PART 29--AIRWORTHINESS STANDARDS: TRANSPORT CATEGORY ROTORCRAFT


           Special Federal Aviation Regulation No. 29-4
           Subpart A--General
               Sec. 29.1 Applicability.
               Sec. 29.2 Special retroactive requirements.
           Subpart B--Flight
             General
               Sec. 29.21 Proof of compliance.
               Sec. 29.25 Weight limits.
               Sec. 29.27 Center of gravity limits.
               Sec. 29.29 Empty weight and corresponding center of gravity.
               Sec. 29.31 Removable ballast.
               Sec. 29.33 Main rotor speed and pitch limits.
             Performance
               Sec. 29.45 General.
               Sec. 29.51 Takeoff data: general.
               Sec. 29.53 Takeoff: Category A.
               Sec. 29.59 Takeoff path: Category A.
               Sec. 29.63 Takeoff: Category B.
               Sec. 29.65 Climb: all engines operating.
               Sec. 29.67 Climb: one engine inoperative.
               Sec. 29.71 Helicopter angle of glide: Category B.
               Sec. 29.73 Performance at minimum operating speed.
               Sec. 29.75 Landing.
               Sec. 29.77 Balked landing: category A.
               Sec. 29.79 Limiting height-speed envelope.
             Flight Characteristics
               Sec. 29.141 General.
               Sec. 29.143 Controllability and maneuverability.
               Sec. 29.151 Flight controls.
               Sec. 29.161 Trim control.
               Sec. 29.171 Stability: general.
               Sec. 29.173 Static longitudinal stability.
               Sec. 29.175 Demonstration of static longitudinal stability.
               Sec. 29.177 Static directional stability.
               Sec. 29.181 Dynamic stability: Category A rotorcraft.
             Ground and Water Handling Characteristics
               Sec. 29.231 General.
               Sec. 29.235 Taxiing condition.
               Sec. 29.239 Spray characteristics.
               Sec. 29.241 Ground resonance.
             Miscellaneous Flight Requirements
               Sec. 29.251 Vibration.
           Subpart C--Strength Requirements
             General
               Sec. 29.301 Loads.
               Sec. 29.303 Factor of safety.
               Sec. 29.305 Strength and deformation.
               Sec. 29.307 Proof of structure.
               Sec. 29.309 Design limitations.
             Flight Loads
               Sec. 29.321 General.
               Sec. 29.337 Limit maneuvering load factor.
               Sec. 29.339 Resultant limit maneuvering loads.
               Sec. 29.341 Gust loads.
               Sec. 29.351 Yawing conditions.
               Sec. 29.361 Engine torque.
             Control Surface and System Loads
               Sec. 29.391 General.
               Sec. 29.395 Control system.
               Sec. 29.397 Limit pilot forces and torques.
               Sec. 29.399 Dual control system.
               Sec. 29.401 [Removed. Amdt. 29-31, 55 FR 38966, Sept. 21, 1990]
               Sec. 29.403 [Removed. Amdt. 29-31, 55 FR 38966, Sept. 21, 1990]
               Sec. 29.411 Ground clearance: tail rotor guard.
               Sec. 29.413 [Removed. Amdt. 29-31, 55 FR 38966, Sept. 21, 1990]
               Sec. 29.427 Unsymmetrical loads.
             Ground Loads
               Sec. 29.471 General.
               Sec. 29.473 Ground loading conditions and assumptions.
               Sec. 29.475 Tires and shock absorbers.
               Sec. 29.477 Landing gear arrangement.
               Sec. 29.479 Level landing conditions.
               Sec. 29.481 Tail-down landing conditions.
               Sec. 29.483 One-wheel landing conditions.
               Sec. 29.485 Lateral drift landing conditions.
               Sec. 29.493 Braked roll conditions.
               Sec. 29.497 Ground loading conditions: landing gear with tail
                wheels.
               Sec. 29.501 Ground loading conditions: landing gear with skids.
               Sec. 29.505 Ski landing conditions.
               Sec. 29.511 Ground load: unsymmetrical loads on multiple-wheel
                units.
             Water Loads
               Sec. 29.519 Hull type rotorcraft: Water-based and amphibian.
               Sec. 29.521 Float landing conditions.
             Main Component Requirements
               Sec. 29.547 Main rotor structure.
               Sec. 29.549 Fuselage and rotor pylon structures.
               Sec. 29.551 Auxiliary lifting surfaces.
             Emergency Landing Conditions
               Sec. 29.561 General.
               Sec. 29.562 Emergency landing dynamic conditions.
               Sec. 29.563 Structural ditching provisions.
             Fatigue Evaluation
               Sec. 29.571 Fatigue evaluation of structure.
           Subpart D--Design and Construction
             General
               Sec. 29.601 Design.
               Sec. 29.603 Materials.
               Sec. 29.605 Fabrication methods.
               Sec. 29.607 Fasteners.
               Sec. 29.609 Protection of structure.
               Sec. 29.610 Lightning protection.
               Sec. 29.611 Inspection provisions.
               Sec. 29.613 Material strength properties and design values.
               Sec. 29.619 Special factors.
               Sec. 29.621 Casting factors.
               Sec. 29.623 Bearing factors.
               Sec. 29.625 Fitting factors.
               Sec. 29.629 Flutter.
             Rotors
               Sec. 29.653 Pressure venting and drainage of rotor blades.
               Sec. 29.659 Mass balance.
               Sec. 29.661 Rotor blade clearance.
               Sec. 29.663 Ground resonance prevention means.
             Control Systems
               Sec. 29.671 General.
               Sec. 29.672 Stability augmentation, automatic, and power-
                operated systems.
               Sec. 29.673 Primary flight controls.
               Sec. 29.674 Interconnected controls.
               Sec. 29.675 Stops.
               Sec. 29.679 Control system locks.
               Sec. 29.681 Limit load static tests.
               Sec. 29.683 Operation tests.
               Sec. 29.685 Control system details.
               Sec. 29.687 Spring devices.
               Sec. 29.691 Autorotation control mechanism.
               Sec. 29.695 Power boost and power-operated control system.
             Landing Gear
               Sec. 29.723 Shock absorption tests.
               Sec. 29.725 Limit drop test.
               Sec. 29.727 Reserve energy absorption drop test.
               Sec. 29.729 Retracting mechanism.
               Sec. 29.731 Wheels.
               Sec. 29.733 Tires.
               Sec. 29.735 Brakes.
               Sec. 29.737 Skis.
             Floats and Hulls
               Sec. 29.751 Main float buoyancy.
               Sec. 29.753 Main float design.
               Sec. 29.755 Hull buoyancy.
               Sec. 29.757 Hull and auxiliary float strength.
             Personnel and Cargo Accommodations
               Sec. 29.771 Pilot compartment.
               Sec. 29.773 Pilot compartment view.
               Sec. 29.775 Windshields and windows.
               Sec. 29.777 Cockpit controls.
               Sec. 29.779 Motion and effect of cockpit controls.
               Sec. 29.783 Doors.
               Sec. 29.785 Seats, safety belts, and harnesses.
               Sec. 29.787 Cargo and baggage compartments.
               Sec. 29.801 Ditching.
               Sec. 29.803 Emergency evacuation.
               Sec. 29.805 Flight crew emergency exits.
               Sec. 29.807 Passenger emergency exits.
               Sec. 29.809 Emergency exit arrangement.
               Sec. 29.811 Emergency exit marking.
               Sec. 29.812 Emergency lighting.
               Sec. 29.813 Emergency exit access.
               Sec. 29.815 Main aisle width.
               Sec. 29.831 Ventilation.
               Sec. 29.833 Heaters.
             Fire Protection
               Sec. 29.851 Fire extinguishers.
               Sec. 29.853 Compartment interiors.
               Sec. 29.855 Cargo and baggage compartmen@.
               Sec. 29.859 Combustion heater fire protection.
               Sec. 29.861 Fire protection of structure, controls, and other
                parts.
               Sec. 29.863 Flammable fluid fire protection.
             External Load Attaching Means
               Sec. 29.865 External load attaching means.
             Miscellaneous
               Sec. 29.871 Leveling marks.
               Sec. 29.873 Ballast provisions.
           Subpart E--Powerplant
             General
               Sec. 29.901 Installation.
               Sec. 29.903 Engines.
               Sec. 29.907 Engine vibration.
               Sec. 29.908 Cooling fans.
             Rotor Drive System
               Sec. 29.917 Design.
               Sec. 29.921 Rotor brake.
               Sec. 29.923 Rotor drive system and control mechanism tests.
               Sec. 29.927 Additional tests.
               Sec. 29.931 Shafting critical speed.
               Sec. 29.935 Shafting joints.
               Sec. 29.939 Turbine engine operating characteristics.
             Fuel System
               Sec. 29.951 General.
               Sec. 29.953 Fuel system independence.
               Sec. 29.954 Fuel system lightning protection.
               Sec. 29.955 Fuel flow.
               Sec. 29.957 Flow between interconnected tanks.
               Sec. 29.959 Unusable fuel supply.
               Sec. 29.961 Fuel system hot weather operation.
               Sec. 29.963 Fuel tanks: general.
               Sec. 29.965 Fuel tank tests.
               Sec. 29.967 Fuel tank installation.
               Sec. 29.969 Fuel tank expansion space.
               Sec. 29.971 Fuel tank sump.
               Sec. 29.973 Fuel tank filler connection.
               Sec. 29.975 Fuel tank vents and carburetor vapor vents.
               Sec. 29.977 Fuel tank outlet.
               Sec. 29.979 Pressure refueling and fueling provisions below
                fuel level.
             Fuel System Components
               Sec. 29.991 Fuel pumps.
               Sec. 29.993 Fuel system lines and fittings.
               Sec. 29.995 Fuel valves.
               Sec. 29.997 Fuel strainer or filter.
               Sec. 29.999 Fuel system drains.
               Sec. 29.1001 Fuel jettisoning.
             Oil System
               Sec. 29.1011 Engines: General.
               Sec. 29.1013 Oil tanks.
               Sec. 29.1015 Oil tank tests.
               Sec. 29.1017 Oil lines and fittings.
               Sec. 29.1019 Oil strainer or filter.
               Sec. 29.1021 Oil system drains.
               Sec. 29.1023 Oil radiators.
               Sec. 29.1025 Oil valves.
               Sec. 29.1027 Transmission and gearboxes: General.
             Cooling
               Sec. 29.1041 General.
               Sec. 29.1043 Cooling tests.
               Sec. 29.1045 Climb cooling test procedures.
               Sec. 29.1047 Takeoff cooling test procedures.
               Sec. 29.1049 Hovering cooling test procedures.
             Induction System
               Sec. 29.1091 Air induction.
               Sec. 29.1093 Induction system icing protection.
               Sec. 29.1101 Carburetor air preheater design.
               Sec. 29.1103 Induction systems ducts and air duct systems.
               Sec. 29.1105 Induction system screens.
               Sec. 29.1107 Inter-coolers and after-coolers.
               Sec. 29.1109 Carburetor air cooling.
             Exhaust System
               Sec. 29.1121 General.
               Sec. 29.1123 Exhaust piping.
               Sec. 29.1125 Exhaust heat exchangers.
             Powerplant Controls and Accessories
               Sec. 29.1141 Powerplant controls: general.
               Sec. 29.1142 Auxiliary power unit controls.
               Sec. 29.1143 Engine controls.
               Sec. 29.1145 Ignition switches.
               Sec. 29.1147 Mixture controls.
               Sec. 29.1151 Rotor brake controls.
               Sec. 29.1157 Carburetor air temperature controls.
               Sec. 29.1159 Supercharger controls.
               Sec. 29.1163 Powerplant accessories.
               Sec. 29.1165 Engine ignition systems.
             Powerplant Fire Protection
               Sec. 29.1181 Designated fire zones: regions included.
               Sec. 29.1183 Lines, fittings, and components.
               Sec. 29.1185 Flammable fluids.
               Sec. 29.1187 Drainage and ventilation of fire zones.
               Sec. 29.1189 Shutoff means.
               Sec. 29.1191 Firewalls.
               Sec. 29.1193 Cowling and engine compartment covering.
               Sec. 29.1194 Other surfaces.
               Sec. 29.1195 Fire extinguishing systems.
               Sec. 29.1197 Fire extinguishing agents.
               Sec. 29.1199 Extinguishing agent containers.
               Sec. 29.1201 Fire extinguishing system materials.
               Sec. 29.1203 Fire detector systems.
           Subpart F--Equipment
             General
               Sec. 29.1301 Function and installation.
               Sec. 29.1303 Flight and navigation instruments.
               Sec. 29.1305 Powerplant instruments.
               Sec. 29.1307 Miscellaneous equipment.
               Sec. 29.1309 Equipment, systems, and installations.
             Instruments: Installation
               Sec. 29.1321 Arrangement and visibility.
               Sec. 29.1322 Warning, caution, and advisory lights.
               Sec. 29.1323 Airspeed indicating system.
               Sec. 29.1325 Static pressure and pressure altimeter systems.
               Sec. 29.1327 Magnetic direction indicator.
               Sec. 29.1329 Automatic pilot system.
               Sec. 29.1331 Instruments using a power supply.
               Sec. 29.1333 Instrument systems.
               Sec. 29.1335 Flight director systems.
               Sec. 29.1337 Powerplant instruments.
             Electrical Systems and Equipment
               Sec. 29.1351 General.
               Sec. 29.1353 Electrical equipment and installations.
               Sec. 29.1355 Distribution system.
               Sec. 29.1357 Circuit protective devices.
               Sec. 29.1359 Electrical system fire and smoke protection.
               Sec. 29.1363 Electrical system tests.
             Lights
               Sec. 29.1381 Instrument lights.
               Sec. 29.1383 Landing lights.
               Sec. 29.1385 Position light system installation.
               Sec. 29.1387 Position light system dihedral angles.
               Sec. 29.1389 Position light distribution and intensities.
               Sec. 29.1391 Minimum intensities in the horizontal plane of
                forward and rear position lights.
               Sec. 29.1393 Minimum intensities in any vertical plane of
                forward and rear position lights.
               Sec. 29.1395 Maximum intensities in overlapping beams of
                forward and rear position lights.
               Sec. 29.1397 Color specifications.
               Sec. 29.1399 Riding light.
               Sec. 29.1401 Anticollision light system.
             Safety Equipment
               Sec. 29.1411 General.
               Sec. 29.1413 Safety belts: passenger warning device.
               Sec. 29.1415 Ditching equipment.
               Sec. 29.1419 Ice protection.
             Miscellaneous Equipment
               Sec. 29.1431 Electronic equipment.
               Sec. 29.1433 Vacuum systems.
               Sec. 29.1435 Hydraulic systems.
               Sec. 29.1439 Protective breathing equipment.
               Sec. 29.1457 Cockpit voice recorders.
               Sec. 29.1459 Flight recorders.
               Sec. 29.1461 Equipment containing high energy rotors.
           Subpart G--Operating Limitations and Information
               Sec. 29.1501 General.
             Operating Limitations
               Sec. 29.1503 Airspeed limitations: general.
               Sec. 29.1505 Never-exceed speed.
               Sec. 29.1509 Rotor speed.
               Sec. 29.1517 Limiting height-speed envelope.
               Sec. 29.1519 Weight and center of gravity.
               Sec. 29.1521 Powerplant limitations.
               Sec. 29.1522 Auxiliary power unit limitations.
               Sec. 29.1523 Minimum flight crew.
               Sec. 29.1525 Kinds of operations.
               Sec. 29.1527 Maximum operating altitude.
               Sec. 29.1529 Instructions for continued airworthiness.
             Markings and Placards
               Sec. 29.1541 General.
               Sec. 29.1543 Instrument markings: general.
               Sec. 29.1545 Airspeed indicator.
               Sec. 29.1547 Magnetic direction indicator.
               Sec. 29.1549 Powerplant instruments.
               Sec. 29.1551 Oil quantity indicator.
               Sec. 29.1553 Fuel quantity indicator.
               Sec. 29.1555 Control markings.
               Sec. 29.1557 Miscellaneous markings and placards.
               Sec. 29.1559 Limitations placard.
               Sec. 29.1561 Safety equipment.
               Sec. 29.1565 Tail rotor.
             Rotorcraft Flight Manual
               Sec. 29.1581 General.
               Sec. 29.1583 Operating limitations.
               Sec. 29.1585 Operating procedures.
               Sec. 29.1587 Performance information.
               Sec. 29.1589 Loading information.
           Appendix A to Part 29--Instructions for Continued Airworthiness
           Appendix B to Part 29--Airworthiness Criteria for Helicopter
            Instrument Flight
           Appendix C to Part 29--Icing Certification
           Appendix D--Criteria for Demonstration of Emergency Evacuation
            Procedures Under Sec. 29.803

                 Special Federal Aviation Regulation No. 29-4

   Editorial Note: For the text of SFAR No. 29-4, see Part 21 of this chapter.




                              Subpart A--General

 Sec. 29.1  Applicability.

   (a) This part prescribes airworthiness standards for the issue of type
 certificates, and changes to those certificates, for transport category
 rotorcraft.
   (b) Transport category rotorcraft must be certificated in accordance with
 either the Category A or Category B requirements of this part. A multiengine
 rotorcraft may be type certificated as both Category A and Category B with
 appropriate and different operating limitations for each category.
   (c) Rotorcraft with a maximum weight greater than 20,000 pounds and 10 or
 more passenger seats must be type certificated as Category A rotorcraft.
   (d) Rotorcraft with a maximum weight greater than 20,000 pounds and nine or
 less passenger seats may be type certificated as Category B rotorcraft
 provided the Category A requirements of Subparts C, D, E, and F of this part
 are met.
   (e) Rotorcraft with a maximum weight of 20,000 pounds or less but with 10
 or more passenger seats may be type certificated as Category B rotorcraft
 provided the Category A requirements of Secs. 29.67(a)(2), 29.79, 29.1517,
 and of Subparts C, D, E, and F of this part are met.
   (f) Rotorcraft with a maximum weight of 20,000 pounds or less and nine or
 less passenger seats may be type certificated as Category B rotorcraft.
   (g) Each person who applies under Part 21 for a certificate or change
 described in paragraphs (a) through (f) of this section must show compliance
 with the applicable requirements of this part.

 [Amdt. 29-21, 48 FR 4391, Jan. 31, 1983]

 Sec. 29.2  Special retroactive requirements.

   For each rotorcraft manufactured after September 16, 1992, each applicant
 must show that each occupant's seat is equipped with a safety belt and
 shoulder harness that meets the requirements of paragraphs (a), (b), and (c)
 of this section.
   (a) Each occupant's seat must have a combined safety belt and shoulder
 harness with a single-point release. Each pilot's combined safety belt and
 shoulder harness must allow each pilot, when seated with safety belt and
 shoulder harness fastened, to perform all functions necessary for flight
 operations. There must be a means to secure belts and harnesses, when not in
 use, to prevent interference with the operation of the rotorcraft and with
 rapid egress in an emergency.
   (b) Each occupant must be protected from serious head injury by a safety
 belt plus a shoulder harness that will prevent the head from contacting any
 injurious object.
   (c) The safety belt and shoulder harness must meet the static and dynamic
 strength requirements, if applicable, specified by the rotorcraft type
 certification basis.
   (d) For purposes of this section, the date of manufacture is either--
   (1) The date the inspection acceptance records, or equivalent, reflect that
 the rotorcraft is complete and meets the FAA-Approved Type Design Data; or
   (2) The date that the foreign civil airworthiness authority certifies the
 rotorcraft is complete and issues an original standard airworthiness
 certificate, or equivalent, in that country.

 [Amdt. 29-32, 56 FR 41052, Aug. 16, 1991]

 *****************************************************************************


 56 FR 41048, No. 159, Aug. 16, 1991

   SUMMARY: This final rule amends the airworthiness and operating
 regulations to require installation and use of shoulder harnesses at all
 seats of rotorcraft manufactured after September 16, 1992. These amendments
 respond to a safety recommendation from the National Transportation Safety
 Board and are intended to enhance protection of occupants in rotorcraft.

   DATES: Effective date: September 16, 1991.
   Compliance date: September 16, 1992.

 *****************************************************************************

                               Subpart B--Flight

                                    General

 Sec. 29.21  Proof of compliance.

   Each requirement of this subpart must be met at each appropriate
 combination of weight and center of gravity within the range of loading
 conditions for which certification is requested. This must be shown--
   (a) By tests upon a rotorcraft of the type for which certification is
 requested, or by calculations based on, and equal in accuracy to, the results
 of testing; and
   (b) By systematic investigation of each required combination of weight and
 center of gravity, if compliance cannot be reasonably inferred from
 combinations investigated.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR
 44435, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.25  Weight limits.

   (a) Maximum weight. The maximum weight (the highest weight at which
 compliance with each applicable requirement of this part is shown) or, at the
 option of the applicant, the highest weight for each altitude and for each
 practicably separable operating condition, such as takeoff, enroute
 operation, and landing, must be established so that it is not more than--
   (1) The highest weight selected by the applicant;
   (2) The design maximum weight (the highest weight at which compliance with
 each applicable structural loading condition of this part is shown); or
   (3) The highest weight at which compliance with each applicable flight
 requirement of this part is shown.
   (b) Minimum weight. The minimum weight (the lowest weight at which
 compliance with each applicable requirement of this part is shown) must be
 established so that it is not less than--
   (1) The lowest weight selected by the applicant;
   (2) The design minimum weight (the lowest weight at which compliance with
 each structural loading condition of this part is shown); or
   (3) The lowest weight at which compliance with each applicable flight
 requirement of this part is shown.
   (c) Total weight with jettisonable external load. A total weight for the
 rotorcraft with jettisonable external load attached that is greater than the
 maximum weight established under paragraph (a) of this section may be
 established if structural component approval for external load operations
 under Part 133 of this chapter is requested and the following conditions are
 met:
   (1) The portion of the total weight that is greater than the maximum weight
 established under paragraph (a) of this section is made up only of the weight
 of all or part of the jettisonable external load.
   (2) Structural components of the rotorcraft are shown to comply with the
 applicable structural requirements of this part under the increased loads and
 stresses caused by the weight increase over that established under paragraph
 (a) of this section.
   (3) Operation of the rotorcraft at a total weight greater than the maximum
 certificated weight established under paragraph (a) of this section is
 limited by appropriate operating limitations to rotorcraft external load
 operations under Part 133 of this chapter.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR
 55471, Dec. 20, 1976]

 Sec. 29.27  Center of gravity limits.

   The extreme forward and aft centers of gravity and, where critical, the
 extreme lateral centers of gravity must be established for each weight
 established under Sec. 29.25. Such an extreme may not lie beyond--
   (a) The extremes selected by the applicant;
   (b) The extremes within which the structure is proven; or
   (c) The extremes within which compliance with the applicable flight
 requirements is shown.

 [Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR 965, Jan. 26, 1968]

 Sec. 29.29  Empty weight and corresponding center of gravity.

   (a) The empty weight and corresponding center of gravity must be determined
 by weighing the rotorcraft without the crew and payload, but with--
   (1) Fixed ballast;
   (2) Unusable fuel; and
   (3) Full operating fluids, including--
   (i) Oil;
   (ii) Hydraulic fluid; and
   (iii) Other fluids required for normal operation of rotorcraft systems,
 except water intended for injection in the engines.
   (b) The condition of the rotorcraft at the time of determining empty weight
 must be one that is well defined and can be easily repeated, particularly
 with respect to the weights of fuel, oil, coolant, and installed equipment.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, and 605 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49
 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424, and 1425); and sec. 6(c) of the Dept. of
 Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1655(c)))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150. Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-15, 43 FR
 2326, Jan. 16, 1978]

 Sec. 29.31  Removable ballast.

   Removable ballast may be used in showing compliance with the flight
 requirements of this subpart.

 Sec. 29.33  Main rotor speed and pitch limits.

   (a) Main rotor speed limits. A range of main rotor speeds must be
 established that--
   (1) With power on, provides adequate margin to accommodate the variations
 in rotor speed occurring in any appropriate maneuver, and is consistent with
 the kind of governor or synchronizer used; and
   (2) With power off, allows each appropriate autorotative maneuver to be
 performed throughout the ranges of airspeed and weight for which
 certification is requested.
   (b) Normal main rotor high pitch limit (power on). For rotorcraft, except
 helicopters required to have a main rotor low speed warning under paragraph
 (e) of this section, it must be shown, with power on and without exceeding
 approved engine maximum limitations, that main rotor speeds substantially
 less than the minimum approved main rotor speed will not occur under any
 sustained flight condition. This must be met by--
   (1) Appropriate setting of the main rotor high pitch stop;
   (2) Inherent rotorcraft characteristics that make unsafe low main rotor
 speeds unlikely; or
   (3) Adequate means to warn the pilot of unsafe main rotor speeds.
   (c) Normal main rotor low pitch limit (power off). It must be shown, with
 power off, that--
   (1) The normal main rotor low pitch limit provides sufficient rotor speed,
 in any autorotative condition, under the most critical combinations of weight
 and airspeed; and
   (2) It is possible to prevent overspeeding of the rotor without exceptional
 piloting skill.
   (d) Emergency high pitch. If the main rotor high pitch stop is set to meet
 paragraph (b)(1) of this section, and if that stop cannot be exceeded
 inadvertently, additional pitch may be made available for emergency use.
   (e) Main rotor low speed warning for helicopters. For each single engine
 helicopter, and each multiengine helicopter that does not have an approved
 device that automatically increases power on the operating engines when one
 engine fails, there must be a main rotor low speed warning which meets the
 following requirements:
   (1) The warning must be furnished to the pilot in all flight conditions,
 including power-on and power-off flight, when the speed of a main rotor
 approaches a value that can jeopardize safe flight.
   (2) The warning may be furnished either through the inherent aerodynamic
 qualities of the helicopter or by a device.
   (3) The warning must be clear and distinct under all conditions, and must
 be clearly distinguishable from all other warnings. A visual device that
 requires the attention of the crew within the cockpit is not acceptable by
 itself.
   (4) If a warning device is used, the device must automatically deactivate
 and reset when the low-speed condition is corrected. If the device has an
 audible warning, it must also be equipped with a means for the pilot to
 manually silence the audible warning before the low-speed condition is
 corrected.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, and 605 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49
 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424, and 1425); and sec. 6(c) of the Dept. of
 Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1655(c)))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR
 965, Jan. 26, 1968; Amdt. 29-15, 43 FR 2326, Jan. 16, 1978]

                                  Performance

 Sec. 29.45  General.

   (a) The performance prescribed in this subpart must be determined--
   (1) With normal piloting skill and;
   (2) Without exceptionally favorable conditions.
   (b) Compliance with the performance requirements of this subpart must be
 shown--
   (1) For still air at sea level with a standard atmosphere and;
   (2) For the approved range of atmospheric variables.
   (c) The available power must correspond to engine power, not exceeding the
 approved power, less--
   (1) Installation losses; and
   (2) The power absorbed by the accessories and services at the values for
 which certification is requested and approved.
   (d) For reciprocating engine-powered rotorcraft, the performance, as
 affected by engine power, must be based on a relative humidity of 80 percent
 in a standard atmosphere.
   (e) For turbine engine-powered rotorcraft, the performance, as affected by
 engine power, must be based on a relative humidity of--
   (1) 80 percent, at and below standard temperature; and
   (2) 34 percent, at and above standard temperature plus 50 deg. F.

 Between these two temperatures, the relative humidity must vary linearly.
   (f) For turbine-engine-power rotorcraft, a means must be provided to permit
 the pilot to detemine prior to takeoff that each engine is capable of
 developing the power necessary to achieve the applicable rotorcraft
 performance prescribed in this subpart.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, and 605 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49
 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424, and 1425); and sec. 6(c), Dept. of
 Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1655(c)))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-15, 43 FR
 2326, Jan. 16, 1978; Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR 44436, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.51  Takeoff data: general.

   (a) The takeoff data required by Secs. 29.53(b), 29.59, 29.63, and
 29.67(a)(1) and (2) must be determined--
   (1) At each weight, altitude, and temperature selected by the applicant;
 and
   (2) With the operating engines within approved operating limitations.
   (b) Takeoff data must--
   (1) Be determined on a smooth, dry, hard surface; and
   (2) Be corrected to assume a level takeoff surface.
   (c) No takeoff made to determine the data required by this section may
 require exceptional piloting skill or alertness, or exceptionally favorable
 conditions.

 Sec. 29.53  Takeoff: Category A.

   (a) General. The takeoff performance must be determined and scheduled so
 that, if one engine fails at any time after the start of takeoff, the
 rotorcraft can--
   (1) Return to, and stop safely on, the takeoff area; or
   (2) Continue the takeoff and climb-out, and attain a configuration and
 airspeed allowing compliance with Sec. 29.67(a)(2).
   (b) Critical decision point. The critical decision point must be a
 combination of height and speed selected by the applicant in establishing the
 flight paths under Sec. 29.59. The critical decision point must be obtained
 so as to avoid the critical areas of the limiting height-speed envelope
 established under Sec. 29.79.

 Sec. 29.59  Takeoff path: Category A.

   (a) The takeoff climb-out path, and the rejected takeoff path must be
 established so that the takeoff, climb-out, and rejected takeoff are
 accomplished with a safe, smooth transition between each stage of the
 maneuver. The takeoff may be begun in any manner if--
   (1) The takeoff surface is defined; and
   (2) Adequate safeguards are maintained to ensure proper center of gravity
 and control positions.
   (b) The rejected takeoff path must be established with not more than
 takeoff power on each engine from the start of takeoff to the critical
 decision point, at which point it is assumed that the critical engine becomes
 inoperative and that the rotorcraft is brought to a safe stop.
   (c) The takeoff climbout path must be established with not more than
 takeoff power on each engine from the start of takeoff to the critical
 decision point, at which point it is assumed that the critical engine becomes
 inoperative and remains inoperative for the rest of the takeoff. The
 rotorcraft must be accelerated to achieve the takeoff safety speed and a
 height of 35 feet above the ground or greater and the climbout must be made--
   (1) At not less than the takeoff safety speed used in meeting the rate of
 climb requirements of Sec. 29.67(a)(1); and
   (2) So that the airspeed and configuration used in meeting the climb
 requirement of Sec. 29.67(a)(2) are attained.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR
 44436, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.63  Takeoff: Category B.

   The horizontal distance required to take off and climb over a 50-foot
 obstacle must be established with the most unfavorable center of gravity. The
 takeoff may be begun in any manner if--
   (a) The takeoff surface is defined;
   (b) Adequate safeguards are maintained to ensure proper center of gravity
 and control positions; and
   (c) A landing can be made safely at any point along the flight path if an
 engine fails.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR
 55471, Dec. 20, 1976]

 Sec. 29.65  Climb: all engines operating.

   (a) The steady rate of climb must be determined for each Category B
 rotorcraft--
   (1) With maximum continuous power on each engine;
   (2) With the landing gear retracted;
   (3) For the weights, altitudes, and temperatures for which certification is
 requested; and
   (4) At VY for standard sea level conditions at maximum weight and at speeds
 selected by the applicant at or below VNE for other conditions.
   (b) For each Category B rotorcraft except helicopters, the rate of climb
 determined under paragraph (a) of this section must provide a steady climb
 gradient of at least 1:6 under standard sea level conditions.
   (c) For Category A helicopters, if VNE at any altitude within the range for
 which certification is requested is less than VY at sea level standard
 conditions, with maximum weight and maximum continuous power, the steady rate
 of climb must be determined--
   (1) At the climb speed selected by the applicant at or below VNE;
   (2) Within the range from 2,000 feet below the altitude at which VNE is
 equal to VY up to the maximum altitude for which certification is requested;
   (3) For the weights and temperatures that correspond to the altitude range
 set forth in paragraph (c)(2) of this section and for which certification is
 requested;
   (4) With maximum continuous power on each engine; and
   (5) With the landing gear retracted.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, and 605 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49
 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424, and 1425); and sec. 6(c), Dept. of
 Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1655(c)))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150. Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-15, 43 FR
 2326, Jan. 16, 1978]


 Sec. 29.67  Climb: one engine inoperative.

   (a) For Category A rotorcraft, the following apply:
   (1) The steady rate of climb without ground effect must be at least 100
 feet per minute for each weight, altitude, and temperature for which takeoff
 and landing data are to be scheduled, with--
   (i) The critical engine inoperative and the remaining engines within
 approved operating limitations, except that for rotorcraft for which the use
 of 30-second/2-minute OEI power is requested, only the 2-minute OEI power may
 be used in showing compliance with this paragraph;
   (ii) The most unfavorable center of gravity;
   (iii) The landing gear extended;
   (iv) The takeoff safety speed selected by the applicant; and
   (v) Cowl flaps or other means of controlling the engine-cooling air supply
 in the position that provides adequate cooling at the temperatures and
 altitudes for which certification is requested.
   (2) The steady rate of climb without ground effect must be at least 150
 feet per minute 1,000 feet above the takeoff and landing surfaces for each
 weight, altitude, and temperature for which takeoff and landing data are to
 be scheduled, with--
   (i) The critical engine inoperative and the remaining engines at--
   (A) Maximum continuous power;
   (B) Thirty-minute OEI power (for helicopters for which certification for
 the use of 30-minute OEI power is requested); or
   (C) Continuous OEI power (for helicopters for which certification for the
 use of continuous OEI power is requested);
   (ii) The most unfavorable center of gravity;
   (iii) The landing gear retracted;
   (iv) A speed selected by the applicant; and
   (v) Cowl flaps, or other means of controlling the engine-cooling air
 supply, in the position that provides adequate cooling at the temperatures
 and altitudes for which certification is requested.
   (3) The steady rate of climb, in feet per minute, at any altitude at which
 the rotorcraft is expected to operate, and at any weight within the range of
 weights for which certification is requested, must be determined with--
   (i) The critical engine inoperative and the remaining engines at--
   (A) Maximum continuous power and at 30-minute OEI power (for helicopters
 for which certification for use of 30-minute OEI power is requested); or
   (B) Continuous OEI power (for helicopters for which certification for the
 use of continuous OEI power is requested);
   (ii) The most unfavorable center of gravity;
   (iii) The landing gear retracted;
   (iv) The speed selected by the applicant; and
   (v) Cowl flaps or other means of controlling the engine-cooling air supply
 in the position that provides adequate cooling at the temperatures and
 altitudes for which certification is requested.
   (b) For multiengine Category B helicopters meeting the requirements for
 Category A in Sec. 29.79, the steady rate of climb (or descent) must be
 determined at the speed for the best rate of climb (or minimum rate of
 descent) with the critical engine inoperative and the remaining engines at
 either--
   (1) Maximum continuous power and at 30-minute OEI power (for helicopters
 for which certification for the use of 30-minute OEI power is requested); or
   (2) Continuous OEI power (for helicopters for which certification for the
 use of continuous OEI power is requested).

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR
 965, Jan. 26, 1968; Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR 55471, Dec. 20, 1976; Amdt. 29-24, 49
 FR 44436, Nov. 6, 1984; Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR 34215, Sept. 2, 1988; Amdt. 29-34,
 59 FR 47768, Sept. 16, 1994]

 *****************************************************************************


 59 FR 47764, No. 179, Sept. 16, 1994

 SUMMARY: This rule adopts new and revised airworthiness standards by
 incorporating optional one-engine-inoperative (OEI) power ratings for
 multiengine, turbine-powered rotorcraft. These amendments result from a
 petition for rulemaking from Aerospace Industries Association of America
 (AIA) and the recognition by both government and industry that additional OEI
 power rating standards are needed. These amendments enhance rotorcraft safety
 after an engine failure or precautionary shutdown by providing higher OEI
 power, when necessary. These amendments also assure that the drive system
 will maintain its structural integrity and allow continued safe flight while
 operating at the new OEI power ratings with the operable engine(s).

 EFFECTIVE DATE: October 17, 1994.

 *****************************************************************************



 Sec. 29.71  Helicopter angle of glide: Category B.

   For each category B helicopter, except multiengine helicopters meeting the
 requirements of Sec. 29.67(b) and the powerplant installation requirements of
 category A, the steady angle of glide must be determined in autorotation--
   (a) At the forward speed for minimum rate of descent as selected by the
 applicant;
   (b) At the forward speed for best glide angle;
   (c) At maximum weight; and
   (d) At the rotor speed or speeds selected by the applicant.

 [Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR 55471, Dec. 20, 1976]

 Sec. 29.73  Performance at minimum operating speed.

   (a) For each category A rotorcraft, the hovering performance must be
 determined over the ranges of weight, altitude, and temperature for which
 takeoff data are scheduled--
   (1) With not more than takeoff power on each engine;
   (2) With the landing gear extended; and
   (3) At a height consistent with the procedure used in establishing the
 takeoff climbout and rejected takeoff paths.
   (b) For each category B helicopter--
   (1) The hovering performance must be determined over the ranges of weight,
 altitude, and temperature for which certification is requested, with--
   (i) Takeoff power on each engine;
   (ii) The landing gear extended; and
   (iii) The helicopter in ground effect at a height consistent with normal
 takeoff procedures; and
   (2) The hovering ceiling determined under paragraph (b)(1) of this
 section--
   (i) For reciprocating engine powered helicopters, must be at least 4,000
 feet in standard atmosphere at maximum weight;
   (ii) For single engine, turbine engine powered helicopters, must be at
 least 2,500 feet, in standard atmosphere plus 40 deg. F., at maximum weight;
 and
   (iii) For multiengine, turbine engine power helicopters, must be available
 at each altitude, temperature, and weight for which takeoff data are to be
 scheduled.
   (c) For rotorcraft other than helicopters, the steady rate of climb at the
 minimum operating speed must be determined, over the ranges of weight,
 altitude, and temperature for which certification is requested, with--
   (1) Takeoff power; and
   (2) The landing gear extended.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR
 965, Jan. 26, 1968]

 Sec. 29.75  Landing.

   (a) General. For each rotorcraft--
   (1) The corrected landing data must--
   (i) Be determined on a smooth, dry, hard surface; and
   (ii) Assume a level landing surface;
   (2) The approach and landing may not require exceptional piloting skill or
 exceptionally favorable conditions;
   (3) The landing must be made without excessive vertical acceleration or
 tendency to bounce, nose over, ground loop, porpoise, or water loop; and
   (4) The landing data required by paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section and
 by Sec. 29.77 must be determined--
   (i) At each weight, altitude, and temperature selected by the applicant;
 and
   (ii) With each operating engine within approved operating limitations.
   (b) Category A. For category A rotorcraft--
   (1) The landing performance must be determined and scheduled so that, if
 one engine fails at any point in the approach path, the rotorcraft can either
 land and stop safely or climb out from a point in the approach path and
 attain a rotorcraft configuration and speed allowing compliance with the
 climb requirement of Sec. 29.67(a)(2);
   (2) The approach and landing paths must be established, with one engine
 inoperative, so that the transition between each stage can be made smoothly
 and safely;
   (3) The approach and landing speeds must be selected by the applicant and
 must be appropriate to the type of rotorcraft;
   (4) The approach and landing path must be established to avoid the critical
 areas of a limiting height-speed envelope established--
   (i) Under Sec. 29.79; or
   (ii) For the landing condition with one engine inoperative;
   (5) It must be possible to make a safe landing on a prepared landing
 surface after complete power failure occurring during normal cruise; and
   (6) The horizontal distance required to land and come to a complete stop
 (or to a speed of approximately three knots for water landings), from a point
 50 feet above the landing surface, must be determined from the approach and
 landing paths established in accordance with paragraphs (b)(2) through (b)(4)
 of this section.
   (c) Category B. For category B rotorcraft--
   (1) The horizontal distance required to land and come to a complete stop
 (or to a speed of approximately three knots for water landings), from a point
 50 feet above the landing surface, must be determined with--
   (i) Glide speeds appropriate to the type of rotorcraft and chosen by the
 applicant; and
   (ii) The approach and landing made with power off and entered from steady
 autorotation; and
   (2) Each multiengine category B rotorcraft that meets the powerplant
 installation requirements for category A must meet the requirements of--
   (i) Paragraph (c)(1) of this section; or
   (ii) Paragraphs (b)(2) through (b)(6) of this section.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49 U.S.C.
 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424), and sec. 6(c), Dept. of Transportation Act (49
 U.S.C. 1655(c)))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR, 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR
 965, Jan. 26, 1968; Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR 55471, Dec. 20, 1976; Amdt. 29-17, 43
 FR 50599, Oct. 30, 1978]

 Sec. 29.77  Balked landing: category A.

   For category A rotorcraft, the balked landing path must be established so
 that--
   (a) With one engine inoperative, the transition from each stage of the
 maneuver to the next stage can be made smoothly and safely;
   (b) From a combination of height and speed in the approach path selected by
 the applicant, a safe climbout can be made at speeds allowing compliance with
 the climb requirements of Sec. 29.67(a)(1) and (2); andturn off    (c) The
rotorcraft does not descend below 35 feet above the landing surface
 in the maneuver described in paragraph (b) of this section.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR
 44436, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.79  Limiting height-speed envelope.

   (a) If there is any combination of height and forward speed (including
 hover) under which a safe landing cannot be made under the applicable power
 failure condition in paragraph (b) of this section, a limiting height-speed
 envelope must be established for--
   (1) Category A. Combinations of weight, pressure altitude, and ambient
 temperature for which takeoff and landing are approved; and
   (2) Category B. (i) Altitude, from standard sea level conditions to the
 maximum altitude for which takeoff and landing are approved; and
   (ii) Weight, from the maximum weight (at sea level) to the highest weight
 approved for takeoff and landing at each altitude. For helicopters, this
 weight need not exceed the highest weight allowing hovering out-of-ground-
 effect at each altitude.
   (b) The applicable power failure conditions are--
   (1) For category A rotorcraft, sudden failure of the critical engine with
 the remaining engines at the greatest power for which certification is
 requested;
   (2) For category B rotorcraft, complete power failure, and
   (3) For multiengine, category B rotorcraft for which certification under
 the powerplant installation requirements of category A is requested, the
 condition specified in either paragraph (b)(1) or (2) of this section.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-1, 30 FR
 8778, July 13, 1965; Amdt. 29-21, 48 FR 4391, Jan. 31, 1983]

                            Flight Characteristics

 Sec. 29.141  General.

   The rotorcraft must--
   (a) Except as specifically required in the applicable section, meet the
 flight characteristics requirements of this subpart--
   (1) At the approved operating altitudes and temperatures;
   (2) Under any critical loading condition within the range of weights and
 centers of gravity for which certification is requested; and
   (3) For power-on operations, under any condition of speed, power, and rotor
 r.p.m. for which certification is requested; and
   (4) For power-off operations, under any condition of speed, and rotor
 r.p.m. for which certification is requested that is attainable with the
 controls rigged in accordance with the approved rigging instructions and
 tolerances;
   (b) Be able to maintain any required flight condition and make a smooth
 transition from any flight condition to any other flight condition without
 exceptional piloting skill, alertness, or strength, and without danger of
 exceeding the limit load factor under any operating condition probable for
 the type, including--
   (1) Sudden failure of one engine, for multiengine rotorcraft meeting
 Transport Category A engine isolation requirements;
   (2) Sudden, complete power failure, for other rotorcraft; and
   (3) Sudden, complete control system failures specified in Sec. 29.695 of
 this part; and
   (c) Have any additional characteristics required for night or instrument
 operation, if certification for those kinds of operation is requested.
 Requirements for helicopter instrument flight are contained in Appendix B of
 this part.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 8, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR
 905, Jan. 26, 1968; Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR 55471, Dec. 20, 1976; Amdt. 29-21, 48
 FR 4391, Jan. 31, 1983; Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR 44436, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.143  Controllability and maneuverability.

   (a) The rotorcraft must be safely controllable and maneuverable--
   (1) During steady flight; and
   (2) During any maneuver appropriate to the type, including--
   (i) Takeoff;
   (ii) Climb;
   (iii) Level flight;
   (iv) Turning flight;
   (v) Glide; and
   (vi) Landing (power on and power off).
   (b) The margin of cyclic control must allow satisfactory roll and pitch
 control at VNE w@h--
   (1) Critical weight;
   (2) Critical center of gravity;
   (3) Critical rotor r.p.m.; and
   (4) Power off (except for helicopters demonstrating compliance with
 paragraph (e) of this section) and power on.
   (c) A wind velocity of not less than 17 knots must be established in which
 the rotorcraft can be operated without loss of control on or near the ground
 in any maneuver appropriate to the type (such as crosswind takeoffs, sideward
 flight, and rearward flight), with--
   (1) Critical weight;
   (2) Critical center of gravity; and
   (3) Critical rotor r.p.m.
   (d) The rotorcraft, after (1) failure of one engine, in the case of
 multiengine rotorcraft that meet Transport Category A engine isolation
 requirements, or (2) complete power failure in the case of other rotorcraft,
 must be controllable over the range of speeds and altitudes for which
 certification is requested when such power failure occurs with maximum
 continuous power and critical weight. No corrective action time delay for any
 condition following power failure may be less than--
   (i) For the cruise condition, one second, or normal pilot reaction time
 (whichever is greater); and
   (ii) For any other condition, normal pilot reaction time.
   (e) For helicopters for which a VNE (power-off) is established under Sec.
 29.1505(c), compliance must be demonstrated with the following requirements
 with critical weight, critical center of gravity, and critical rotor r.p.m.:
   (1) The helicopter must be safely slowed to VNE (power-off), without
 exceptional pilot skill after the last operating engine is made inoperative
 at power-on VNE.
   (2) At a speed of 1.1 VNE (power-off), the margin of cyclic control must
 allow satisfactory roll and pitch control with power off.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, and 605 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49
 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424, and 1425); and sec. 6(c) of the Dept. of
 Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1655(c)))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR
 965, Jan. 26, 1968; Amdt. 29-15, 43 FR 2326, Jan. 16, 1978; Amdt. 29-24, 49
 FR 44436, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.151  Flight controls.

   (a) Longitudinal, lateral, directional, and collective controls may not
 exhibit excessive breakout force, friction, or preload.
   (b) Control system forces and free play may not inhibit a smooth, direct
 rotorcraft response to control system input.

 [Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR 44436, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.161  Trim control.

   The trim control--
   (a) Must trim any steady longitudinal, lateral, and collective control
 forces to zero in level flight at any appropriate speed; and
   (b) May not introduce any undesirable discontinuities in control force
 gradients.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR
 44436, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.171  Stability: general.

   The rotorcraft must be able to be flown, without undue pilot fatigue or
 strain, in any normal maneuver for a period of time as long as that expected
 in normal operation. At least three landings and takeoffs must be made during
 this demonstration.

 Sec. 29.173  Static longitudinal stability.

   (a) The longitudinal control must be designed so that a rearward movement
 of the control is necessary to obtain a speed less than the trim speed, and a
 forward movement of the control is necessary to obtain a speed more than the
 trim speed.
   (b) With the throttle and collective pitch held constant during the
 maneuvers specified in Sec. 29.175 (a) through (c), the slope of the control
 position versus speed curve must be positive throughout the full range of
 altitude for which certification is requested.
   (c) During the maneuver specified in Sec. 29.175(d), the longitudinal
 control position versus speed curve may have a negative slope within the
 specified speed range if the negative motion is not greater than 10 percent
 of total control travel.

 [Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR 44436, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.175  Demonstration of static longitudinal stability.

   (a) Climb. Static longitudinal stability must be shown in the climb
 condition at speeds from 0.85 VY, or 15 knots below VY, whichever is less, to
 1.2 VY or 15 knots above VY, whichever is greater, with--
   (1) Critical weight;
   (2) Critical center of gravity;
   (3) Maximum continuous power;
   (4) The landing gear retracted; and
   (5) The rotorcraft trimmed at VY.
   (b) Cruise. Static longitudinal stability must be shown in the cruise
 condition at speeds from 0.7 VH or 0.7 VNE,   whichever is less, to 1.1 VH or
 1.1 VNE,  whichever is less, with--
   (1) Critical weight;
   (2) Critical center of gravity;
   (3) Power for level flight at 0.9 VH or 0.9 VNE, whichever is less;
   (4) The landing gear retracted, and
   (5) The rotorcraft trimmed at 0.9 VH  or 0.9 VNE, whichever is less.
   (c) Autorotation. Static longitudinal stability must be shown in
 autorotation at airspeeds from 0.5 times the speed for minimum rate of
 descent, or 0.5 times the maximum range glide speed for Category A
 rotorcraft, to VNE or to 1.1 VNE (power-off) if VNE (power-off) is
 established under Sec. 29.1505(c), and with--
   (1) Critical weight;
   (2) Critical center of gravity;
   (3) Power off;
   (4) The landing gear----
   (i) Retracted; and
   (ii) Extended; and
   (5) The rotorcraft trimmed at appropriate speeds found necessary by the
 Administrator to demonstrate stability throughout the prescribed speed range.
   (d) Hovering. For helicopters, the longitudinal cyclic control must operate
 with the sense, direction of motion, and position as prescribed in Sec.
 29.173 between the maximum approved rearward speed and a forward speed of 17
 knots with--
   (1) Critical weight;
   (2) Critical center of gravity;
   (3) Power required to maintain an approximate constant height in ground
 effect;
   (4) The landing gear extended; and
   (5) The helicopter trimmed for hovering.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, and 605 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49
 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424, and 1425); and sec. 6(c), Dept. of
 Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1655(c)))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR
 966, Jan. 26, 1968; Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR 55471, Dec. 20, 1976; Amdt. 29-15, 43
 FR 2327, Jan. 16, 1978; Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR 44436, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.177  Static directional stability.

   Static directional stability must be positive with throttle and collective
 controls held constant at the trim conditions specified in Sec. 29.175 (a),
 (b), and (c). Sideslip angle must increase steadily with directional control
 deflection for sideslip angles up to +/-10 deg. from trim. Sufficient cues
 must accompany sideslip to alert the pilot when approaching sideslip limits.

 [Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR 44436, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.181  Dynamic stability: Category A rotorcraft.

   Any short-period oscillation occurring at any speed from VY to VNE must be
 positively damped with the primary flight controls free and in a fixed
 position.

 [Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR 44437, Nov. 6, 1984]

                   Ground and Water Handling Characteristics

 Sec. 29.231  General.

   The rotorcraft must have satisfactory ground and water handling
 characteristics, including freedom from uncontrollable tendencies in any
 condition expected in operation.

 Sec. 29.235  Taxiing condition.

   The rotorcraft must be designed to withstand the loads that would occur
 when the rotorcraft is taxied over the roughest ground that may reasonably be
 expected in normal operation.

 Sec. 29.239  Spray characteristics.

   If certification for water operation is requested, no spray characteristics
 during taxiing, takeoff, or landing may obscure the vision of the pilot or
 damage the rotors, propellers, or other parts of the rotorcraft.

 Sec. 29.241  Ground resonance.

   The rotorcraft may have no dangerous tendency to oscillate on the ground
 with the rotor turning.

                       Miscellaneous Flight Requirements

 Sec. 29.251  Vibration.

   Each part of the rotorcraft must be free from excessive vibration under
 each appropriate speed and power condition.

                       Subpart C--Strength Requirements

                                    General

 Sec. 29.301  Loads.

   (a) Strength requirements are specified in terms of limit loads (the
 maximum loads to be expected in service) and ultimate loads (limit loads
 multiplied by prescribed factors of safety). Unless otherwise provided,
 prescribed loads are limit loads.
   (b) Unless otherwise provided, the specified air, ground, and water loads
 must be placed in equilibrium with inertia forces, considering each item of
 mass in the rotorcraft. These loads must be distributed to closely
 approximate or conservatively represent actual conditions.
   (c) If deflections under load would significantly change the distribution
 of external or internal loads, this redistribution must be taken into
 account.

 Sec. 29.303  Factor of safety.

   Unless otherwise provided, a factor of safety of 1.5 must be used. This
 factor applies to external and inertia loads unless its application to the
 resulting internal stresses is more conservative.

 Sec. 29.305  Strength and deformation.

   (a) The structure must be able to support limit loads without detrimental
 or permanent deformation. At any load up to limit loads, the deformation may
 not interfere with safe operation.
   (b) The structure must be able to support ultimate loads without failure.
 This must be shown by--
   (1) Applying ultimate loads to the structure in a static test for at least
 three seconds; or
   (2) Dynamic tests simulating actual load application.

 Sec. 29.307  Proof of structure.

   (a) Compliance with the strength and deformation requirements of this
 subpart must be shown for each critical loading condition accounting for the
 environment to which the structure will be exposed in operation. Structural
 analysis (static or fatigue) may be used only if the structure conforms to
 those structures for which experience has shown this method to be reliable.
 In other cases, substantiating load tests must be made.
   (b) Proof of compliance with the strength requirements of this subpart must
 include--
   (1) Dynamic and endurance tests of rotors, rotor drives, and rotor
 controls;
   (2) Limit load tests of the control system, including control surfaces;
   (3) Operation tests of the control system;
   (4) Flight stress measurement tests;
   (5) Landing gear drop tests; and
   (6) Any additional tests required for new or unusual design features.

 (Secs. 604, 605, 72 Stat. 778, 49 U.S.C. 1424, 1425)

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-4, 33 FR
 14106, Sept. 18, 1968; Amdt. 29-30, 55 FR 8001, Mar. 6, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 7992, No. 44, Mar. 6, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule adopts new and revised airworthiness standards for
 certification of airframe and related equipment on both normal and transport
 category rotorcraft. In addition, one amendment changes an operating rule
 affecting external load operators. These amendments grew out of a rotorcraft
 regulatory review program and the recognition by both government and industry
 that updated safety standards are needed. These amendments provide a high
 level of safety in design requirements, while removing certain unnecessary
 existing burdens and better utilizing the unique characteristics and
 capabilities of rotorcraft.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: April 5, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

 Sec. 29.309  Design limitations.

   The following values and limitations must be established to show compliance
 with the structural requirements of this subpart:
   (a) The design maximum and design minimum weights.
   (b) The main rotor r.p.m. ranges, power on and power off.
   (c) The maximum forward speeds for each main rotor r.p.m. within the ranges
 determined under paragraph (b) of this section.
   (d) The maximum rearward and sideward flight speeds.
   (e) The center of gravity limits corresponding to the limitations
 determined under paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section.
   (f) The rotational speed ratios between each powerplant and each connected
 rotating component.
   (g) The positive and negative limit maneuvering load factors.

                                 Flight Loads

 Sec. 29.321  General.

   (a) The flight load factor must be assumed to act normal to the
 longitudinal axis of the rotorcraft, and to be equal in magnitude and
 opposite in direction to the rotorcraft inertia load factor at the center of
 gravity.
   (b) Compliance with the flight load requirements of this subpart must be
 shown--
   (1) At each weight from the design minimum weight to the design maximum
 weight; and
   (2) With any practical distribution of disposable load within the operating
 limitations in the Rotorcraft Flight Manual.

 Sec. 29.337  Limit maneuvering load factor.

   The rotorcraft must be designed for--
   (a) A limit maneuvering load factor ranging from a positive limit of 3.5 to
 a negative limit of -1.0; or
   (b) Any positive limit maneuvering load factor not less than 2.0 and any
 negative limit maneuvering load factor of not less than -0.5 for which--
   (1) The probability of being exceeded is shown by analysis and flight tests
 to be extremely remote; and
   (2) The selected values are appropriate to each weight condition between
 the design maximum and design minimum weights.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended at Amdt. 29-30, 55 FR
 8002, Mar. 6, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 7992, No. 44, Mar. 6, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule adopts new and revised airworthiness standards for
 certification of airframe and related equipment on both normal and transport
 category rotorcraft. In addition, one amendment changes an operating rule
 affecting external load operators. These amendments grew out of a rotorcraft
 regulatory review program and the recognition by both government and industry
 that updated safety standards are needed. These amendments provide a high
 level of safety in design requirements, while removing certain unnecessary
 existing burdens and better utilizing the unique characteristics and
 capabilities of rotorcraft.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: April 5, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

 Sec. 29.339  Resultant limit maneuvering loads.

   The loads resulting from the application of limit maneuvering load factors
 are assumed to act at the center of each rotor hub and at each auxiliary
 lifting surface, and to act in directions and with distributions of load
 among the rotors and auxiliary lifting surfaces, so as to represent each
 critical maneuvering condition, including power-on and power-off flight with
 the maximum design rotor tip speed ratio. The rotor tip speed ratio is the
 ratio of the rotorcraft flight velocity component in the plane of the rotor
 disc to the rotational tip speed of the rotor blades, and is expressed as
 follows:

                                       V cos a
                               <mu> =  --------
                                       VR

 where--

 V=The airspeed along the flight path (f.p.s.);
 a=The angle between the projection, in the plane of symmetry, of the axis of
     no feathering and a line perpendicular to the flight path (radians,
     positive when axis is pointing aft);
 V=The angular velocity of rotor (radians per second); and
 R =The rotor radius (ft.).

 Sec. 29.341  Gust loads.

   Each rotorcraft must be designed to withstand, at each critical airspeed
 including hovering, the loads resulting from vertical and horizontal gusts of
 30 feet per second.

 Sec. 29.351  Yawing conditions.

   (a) Each rotorcraft must be designed for the loads resulting from the
 maneuvers specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, with--
   (1) Unbalanced aerodynamic moments about the center of gravity which the
 aircraft reacts to in a rational or conservative manner considering the
 principal masses furnishing the reacting inertia forces; and
   (2) Maximum main rotor speed.
   (b) To produce the load required in paragraph (a) of this section, in
 unaccelerated flight with zero yaw, at forward speeds from zero up to 0.6
 VNE--
   (1) Displace the cockpit control suddenly to the maximum deflection limited
 by the control stops or by the maximum pilot force specified in Sec.
 29.395(a);
   (2) Attain a resulting sideslip angle or 90 deg., whichever is less; and
   (3) Return the directional control suddenly to neutral.
   (c) To produce the load required in paragraph (a) of the section, in
 unaccelerated flight with zero yaw, at forward speeds from 0.6 VNE up to VNE
 or VH, whichever is less--
   (1) Displace the cockpit directional control suddenly to the maximum
 deflection limited by the control stops or by the pilot force specified in
 Sec. 29.395(a);
   (2) Attain a resulting sideslip angle or 15 deg., whichever is less, at the
 lesser speed of VNE or VH;
   (3) Vary the sideslip angles of paragraphs (b)(2) and (c)(2) of this
 section directly with speed; and
   (4) Return the directional control suddenly to neutral.

 [Doc. No. 25570, Amdt. 29-30, 55 FR 8002, Mar. 6, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 7992, No. 44, Mar. 6, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule adopts new and revised airworthiness standards for
 certification of airframe and related equipment on both normal and transport
 category rotorcraft. In addition, one amendment changes an operating rule
 affecting external load operators. These amendments grew out of a rotorcraft
 regulatory review program and the recognition by both government and industry
 that updated safety standards are needed. These amendments provide a high
 level of safety in design requirements, while removing certain unnecessary
 existing burdens and better utilizing the unique characteristics and
 capabilities of rotorcraft.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: April 5, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

 Sec. 29.361  Engine torque.

   The limit engine torque may not be less than the following:
   (a) For turbine engines, the highest of--
   (1) The mean torque for maximum continuous power multiplied by 1.25;
   (2) The torque required by Sec. 29.923;
   (3) The torque required by Sec. 29.927; or
   (4) The torque imposed by sudden engine stoppage due to malfunction or
 structural failure (such as compressor jamming).
   (b) For reciprocating engines, the mean torque for maximum continuous power
 multiplied by--
   (1) 1.33, for engines with five or more cylinders; and
   (2) Two, three, and four, for engines with four, three, and two cylinders,
 respectively.

 [Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR 34215, Sept. 2, 1988]

                       Control Surface and System Loads

 Sec. 29.391  General.

   Each auxiliary rotor, each fixed or movable stabilizing or control surface,
 and each system operating any flight control must meet the requirements of
 Secs. 29.395 through 29.403, 29.411, 29.413, and 29.427.

 [Doc. No. 25570, Amdt. 29-30, 55 FR 8002, Mar. 6, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 7992, No. 44, Mar. 6, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule adopts new and revised airworthiness standards for
 certification of airframe and related equipment on both normal and transport
 category rotorcraft. In addition, one amendment changes an operating rule
 affecting external load operators. These amendments grew out of a rotorcraft
 regulatory review program and the recognition by both government and industry
 that updated safety standards are needed. These amendments provide a high
 level of safety in design requirements, while removing certain unnecessary
 existing burdens and better utilizing the unique characteristics and
 capabilities of rotorcraft.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: April 5, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

 Sec. 29.395  Control system.

   (a) The reaction to the loads prescribed in Sec. 29.397 must be provided
 by--
   (1) The control stops only;
   (2) The control locks only;
   (3) The irreversible mechanism only (with the mechanism locked and with the
 control surface in the critical positions for the effective parts of the
 system within its limit of motion);
   (4) The attachment of the control system to the rotor blade pitch control
 horn only (with the control in the critical positions for the affected parts
 of the system within the limits of its motion); and
   (5) The attachment of the control system to the control surface horn (with
 the control in the critical positions for the affected parts of the system
 within the limits of its motion).

   (b) Each primary control system, including its supporting structure, must
 be designed as follows:
   (1) The system must withstand loads resulting from the limit pilot forces
 prescribed in Sec. 29.397;
   (2) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(3) of this section, when power-operated
 actuator controls or power boost controls are used, the system must also
 withstand the loads resulting from the limit pilot forces prescribed in Sec.
 29.397 in conjunction with the forces output of each normally energized power
 device, including any single power boost or actuator system failure;
   (3) If the system design or the normal operating loads are such that a part
 of the system cannot react to the limit pilot forces prescribed in Sec.
 29.397, that part of the system must be designed to withstand the maximum
 loads that can be obtained in normal operation. The minimum design loads
 must, in any case, provide a rugged system for service use, including
 consideration of fatigue, jamming, ground gusts, control inertia, and
 friction loads. In the absence of a rational analysis, the design loads
 resulting from 0.60 of the specified limit pilot forces are acceptable
 minimum design loads; and
   (4) If operational loads may be exceeded through jamming, ground gusts,
 control inertia, or friction, the system must withstand the limit pilot
 forces specified in Sec. 29.397, without yielding.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended at Amdt. 29-30, 55 FR
 8002, Mar. 6, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 7992, No. 44, Mar. 6, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule adopts new and revised airworthiness standards for
 certification of airframe and related equipment on both normal and transport
 category rotorcraft. In addition, one amendment changes an operating rule
 affecting external load operators. These amendments grew out of a rotorcraft
 regulatory review program and the recognition by both government and industry
 that updated safety standards are needed. These amendments provide a high
 level of safety in design requirements, while removing certain unnecessary
 existing burdens and better utilizing the unique characteristics and
 capabilities of rotorcraft.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: April 5, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

 Sec. 29.397  Limit pilot forces and torques.

   (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the limit pilot
 forces are as follows:
   (1) For foot controls, 130 pounds.
   (2) For stick controls, 100 pounds fore and aft, and 67 pounds laterally.
   (b) For flap, tab, stabilizer, rotor brake, and landing gear operating
 controls, the following apply (R=radius in inches):
   (1) Crank wheel, and lever controls, [1 + R]/3 x 50 pounds, but not less
 than 50 pounds nor more than 100 pounds for hand operated controls or 130
 pounds for foot operated controls, applied at any angle within 20 degrees of
 the plane of motion of the control.
   (2) Twist controls, 80R pounds.

 [Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR 55471, Dec. 20, 1976]

 Sec. 29.399  Dual control system.

   Each dual primary flight control system must be able to withstand the loads
 that result when pilot forces not less than 0.75 times those obtained under
 Sec. 29.395 are applied--
   (a) In opposition; and
   (b) In the same direction.

 Sec. 29.401  [Removed. Amdt. 29-31, 55 FR 38966, Sept. 21, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 38964, No. 184, Sept. 21, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule amends the airworthiness standards for systems,
 propulsion, and airframe for both normal and transport category rotorcraft.
 In addition, these amendments introduce safety improvements, clarifying
 existing regulations, and standardize terminology. The changes are based on
 some of the proposals that were submitted to the FAA by the European
 Airworthiness Authorities. These amendments are also intended to encourage
 the European community's acceptance of the Federal Aviation Regulations for
 rotorcraft type certification, obviate development of different European
 standards, and achieve increased commonality of airworthiness standards
 among the respective countries.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: October 22, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

 Sec. 29.403  [Removed. Amdt. 29-31, 55 FR 38966, Sept. 21, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 38964, No. 184, Sept. 21, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule amends the airworthiness standards for systems,
 propulsion, and airframe for both normal and transport category rotorcraft.
 In addition, these amendments introduce safety improvements, clarifying
 existing regulations, and standardize terminology. The changes are based on
 some of the proposals that were submitted to the FAA by the European
 Airworthiness Authorities. These amendments are also intended to encourage
 the European community's acceptance of the Federal Aviation Regulations for
 rotorcraft type certification, obviate development of different European
 standards, and achieve increased commonality of airworthiness standards
 among the respective countries.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: October 22, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

 Sec. 29.411  Ground clearance: tail rotor guard.

   (a) It must be impossible for the tail rotor to contact the landing surface
 during a normal landing.
   (b) If a tail rotor guard is required to show compliance with paragraph (a)
 of this section--
   (1) Suitable design loads must be established for the guard: and
   (2) The guard and its supporting structure must be designed to withstand
 those loads.

 Sec. 29.413  [Removed. Amdt. 29-31, 55 FR 38966, Sept. 21, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 38964, No. 184, Sept. 21, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule amends the airworthiness standards for systems,
 propulsion, and airframe for both normal and transport category rotorcraft.
 In addition, these amendments introduce safety improvements, clarifying
 existing regulations, and standardize terminology. The changes are based on
 some of the proposals that were submitted to the FAA by the European
 Airworthiness Authorities. These amendments are also intended to encourage
 the European community's acceptance of the Federal Aviation Regulations for
 rotorcraft type certification, obviate development of different European
 standards, and achieve increased commonality of airworthiness standards
 among the respective countries.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: October 22, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

 Sec. 29.427  Unsymmetrical loads.

   (a) Horizontal tail surfaces and their supporting structure must be
 designed for unsymmetrical loads arising from yawing and rotor wake effects
 in combination with the prescribed flight conditions.
   (b) To meet the design criteria of paragraph (a) of this section, in the
 absence of more rational data, both of the following must be met:
   (1) One hundred percent of the maximum loading from the symmetrical flight
 conditions acts on the surface on one side of the plane of symmetry, and no
 loading acts on the other side.
   (2) Fifty percent of the maximum loading from the symmetrical flight
 conditions acts on the surface on each side of the plane of symmetry, in
 opposite directions.
   (c) For empennage arrangements where the horizontal tail surfaces are
 supported by the vertical tail surfaces, the vertical tail surfaces and
 supporting structure must be designed for the combined vertical and
 horizontal surface loads resulting from each prescribed flight condition,
 considered separately. The flight conditions must be selected so that the
 maximum design loads are obtained on each surface. In the absence of more
 rational data, the unsymmetrical horizontal tail surface loading
 distributions described in this section must be assumed.

 [Doc. No. 25570, Amdt. 29-30, 55 FR 8002, Mar. 6, 1990, as amended by Amdt.
 29-31, 55 FR 38966, Sept. 21, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 38964, No. 184, Sept. 21, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule amends the airworthiness standards for systems,
 propulsion, and airframe for both normal and transport category rotorcraft.
 In addition, these amendments introduce safety improvements, clarifying
 existing regulations, and standardize terminology. The changes are based on
 some of the proposals that were submitted to the FAA by the European
 Airworthiness Authorities. These amendments are also intended to encourage
 the European community's acceptance of the Federal Aviation Regulations for
 rotorcraft type certification, obviate development of different European
 standards, and achieve increased commonality of airworthiness standards
 among the respective countries.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: October 22, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

                                 Ground Loads

 Sec. 29.471  General.

   (a) Loads and equilibrium. For limit ground loads--
   (1) The limit ground loads obtained in the landing conditions in this part
 must be considered to be external loads that would occur in the rotorcraft
 structure if it were acting as a rigid body; and
   (2) In each specified landing condition, the external loads must be placed
 in equilibrium with linear and angular inertia loads in a rational or
 conservative manner.
   (b) Critical centers of gravity. The critical centers of gravity within the
 range for which certification is requested must be selected so that the
 maximum design loads are obtained in each landing gear element.

 Sec. 29.473  Ground loading conditions and assumptions.

   (a) For specified landing conditions, a design maximum weight must be used
 that is not less than the maximum weight. A rotor lift may be assumed to act
 through the center of gravity throughout the landing impact. This lift may
 not exceed two-thirds of the design maximum weight.
   (b) Unless otherwise prescribed, for each specified landing condition, the
 rotorcraft must be designed for a limit load factor of not less than the
 limit inertia load factor substantiated under Sec. 29.725.
   (c) Triggering or actuating devices for additional or supplementary energy
 absorption may not fail under loads established in the tests prescribed in
 Secs. 29.725 and 29.727, but the factor of safety prescribed in Sec. 29.303
 need not be used.

 [Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR 966, Jan. 26, 1968]

 Sec. 29.475  Tires and shock absorbers.

   Unless otherwise prescribed, for each specified landing condition, the
 tires must be assumed to be in their static position and the shock absorbers
 to be in their most critical position.

 Sec. 29.477  Landing gear arrangement.

   Sections 29.235, 29.479 through 29.485, and 29.493 apply to landing gear
 with two wheels aft, and one or more wheels forward, of the center of
 gravity.

 Sec. 29.479  Level landing conditions.

   (a) Attitudes. Under each of the loading conditions prescribed in paragraph
 (b) of this section, the rotorcraft is assumed to be in each of the following
 level landing attitudes:
   (1) An attitude in which each wheel contacts the ground simultaneously.
   (2) An attitude in which the aft wheels contact the ground with the forward
 wheels just clear of the ground.
   (b) Loading conditions. The rotorcraft must be designed for the following
 landing loading conditions:
   (1) Vertical loads applied under Sec. 29.471.
   (2) The loads resulting from a combination of the loads applied under
 paragraph (b)(1) of this section with drag loads at each wheel of not less
 than 25 percent of the vertical load at that wheel.
   (3) The vertical load at the instant of peak drag load combined with a drag
 component simulating the forces required to accelerate the wheel rolling
 assembly up to the specified ground speed, with--
   (i) The ground speed for determination of the spin-up loads being at least
 75 percent of the optimum forward flight speed for minimum rate of descent in
 autorotation; and
   (ii) The loading conditions of paragraph (b) applied to the landing gear
 and its attaching structure only.
   (4) If there are two wheels forward, a distribution of the loads applied to
 those wheels under paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section in a ratio of
 40:60.
   (c) Pitching moments. Pitching moments are assumed to be resisted by--
   (1) In the case of the attitude in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the
 forward landing gear; and
   (2) In the case of the attitude in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the
 angular inertia forces.

 Sec. 29.481  Tail-down landing conditions.

   (a) The rotorcraft is assumed to be in the maximum nose-up attitude
 allowing ground clearance by each part of the rotorcraft.
   (b) In this attitude, ground loads are assumed to act perpendicular to the
 ground.

 Sec. 29.483  One-wheel landing conditions.

   For the one-wheel landing condition, the rotorcraft is assumed to be in the
 level attitude and to contact the ground on one aft wheel. In this attitude--
   (a) The vertical load must be the same as that obtained on that side under
 Sec. 29.479(b)(1); and
   (b) The unbalanced external loads must be reacted by rotorcraft inertia.

 Sec. 29.485  Lateral drift landing conditions.

   (a) The rotorcraft is assumed to be in the level landing attitude, with--
   (1) Side loads combined with one-half of the maximum ground reactions
 obtained in the level landing conditions of Sec. 29.479(b)(1); and
   (2) The loads obtained under paragraph (a)(1) of this section applied--
   (i) At the ground contact point; or
   (ii) For full-swiveling gear, at the center of the axle.
   (b) The rotorcraft must be designed to withstand, at ground contact--
   (1) When only the aft wheels contact the ground, side loads of 0.8 times
 the vertical reaction acting inward on one side and 0.6 times the vertical
 reaction acting outward on the other side, all combined with the vertical
 loads specified in paragraph (a) of this section; and
   (2) When the wheels contact the ground simultaneously--
   (i) For the aft wheels, the side loads specified in paragraph (b)(1) of
 this section; and
   (ii) For the forward wheels, a side load of 0.8 times the vertical reaction
 combined with the vertical load specified in paragraph (a) of this section.

 Sec. 29.493  Braked roll conditions.

   Under braked roll conditions with the shock absorbers in their static
 positions--
   (a) The limit vertical load must be based on a load factor of at least--
   (1) 1.33, for the attitude specified in Sec. 29.479(a)(1); and
   (2) 1.0, for the attitude specified in Sec. 29.479(a)(2); and
   (b) The structure must be designed to withstand, at the ground contact
 point of each wheel with brakes, a drag load of at least the lesser of--
   (1) The vertical load multiplied by a coefficient of friction of 0.8; and
   (2) The maximum value based on limiting brake torque.

 Sec. 29.497  Ground loading conditions: landing gear with tail wheels.

   (a) General. Rotorcraft with landing gear with two wheels forward and one
 wheel aft of the center of gravity must be designed for loading conditions as
 prescribed in this section.
   (b) Level landing attitude with only the forward wheels contacting the
 ground. In this attitude--
   (1) The vertical loads must be applied under Secs. 29.471 through 29.475;
   (2) The vertical load at each axle must be combined with a drag load at
 that axle of not less than 25 percent of that vertical load; and
   (3) Unbalanced pitching moments are assumed to be resisted by angular
 inertia forces.
   (c) Level landing attitude with all wheels contacting the ground
 simultaneously.  In this attitude, the rotorcraft must be designed for
 landing loading conditions as prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section.
   (d) Maximum nose-up attitude with only the rear wheel contacting the
 ground. The attitude for this condition must be the maximum nose-up attitude
 expected in normal operation, including autorotative landings. In this
 attitude--
   (1) The appropriate ground loads specified in paragraph (b)(1) and (2) of
 this section must be determined and applied, using a rational method to
 account for the moment arm between the rear wheel ground reaction and the
 rotorcraft center of gravity; or
   (2) The probability of landing with initial contact on the rear wheel must
 be shown to be extremely remote.
   (e) Level landing attitude with only one forward wheel contacting the
 ground.  In this attitude, the rotorcraft must be designed for ground loads
 as specified in paragraph (b)(1) and (3) of this section.
   (f) Side loads in the level landing attitude.  In the attitudes specified
 in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, the following apply:
   (1) The side loads must be combined at each wheel with one-half of the
 maximum vertical ground reactions obtained for that wheel under paragraphs
 (b) and (c) of this section. In this condition, the side loads must be--
   (i) For the forward wheels, 0.8 times the the vertical reaction (on one
 side) acting inward, and 0.6 times the vertical reaction (on the other side)
 acting outward; and
   (ii) For the rear wheel, 0.8 times the vertical reaction.
   (2) The loads specified in paragraph (f)(1) of this section must be
 applied--
   (i) At the ground contact point with the wheel in the trailing position
 (for non-full swiveling landing gear or for full swiveling landing gear with
 a lock, steering device, or shimmy damper to keep the wheel in the trailing
 position); or
   (ii) At the center of the axle (for full swiveling landing gear without a
 lock, steering device, or shimmy damper).
   (g) Braked roll conditions in the level landing attitude. In the attitudes
 specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, and with the shock
 absorbers in their static positions, the rotorcraft must be designed for
 braked roll loads as follows:
   (1) The limit vertical load must be based on a limit vertical load factor
 of not less than--
   (i) 1.0, for the attitude specified in paragraph (b) of this section; and
   (ii) 1.33, for the attitude specified in paragraph (c) of this section.
   (2) For each wheel with brakes, a drag load must be applied, at the ground
 contact point, of not less than the lesser of--
   (i) 0.8 times the vertical load; and
   (ii) The maximum based on limiting brake torque.
   (h) Rear wheel turning loads in the static ground attitude. In the static
 ground attitude, and with the shock absorbers and tires in their static
 positions, the rotorcraft must be designed for rear wheel turning loads as
 follows:
   (1) A vertical ground reaction equal to the static load on the rear wheel
 must be combined with an equal side load.
   (2) The load specified in paragraph (h)(1) of this section must be applied
 to the rear landing gear--
   (i) Through the axle, if there is a swivel (the rear wheel being assumed to
 be swiveled 90 degrees to the longitudinal axis of the rotorcraft); or
   (ii) At the ground contact point if there is a lock, steering device or
 shimmy damper (the rear wheel being assumed to be in the trailing position).
   (i) Taxiing condition. The rotorcraft and its landing gear must be designed
 for the loads that would occur when the rotorcraft is taxied over the
 roughest ground that may reasonably be expected in normal operation.

 Sec. 29.501  Ground loading conditions: landing gear with skids.

   (a) General. Rotorcraft with landing gear with skids must be designed for
 the loading conditions specified in this section. In showing compliance with
 this section, the following apply:
   (1) The design maximum weight, center of gravity, and load factor must be
 determined under Secs. 29.471 through 29.475.
   (2) Structural yielding of elastic spring members under limit loads is
 acceptable.
   (3) Design ultimate loads for elastic spring members need not exceed those
 obtained in a drop test of the gear with--
   (i) A drop height of 1.5 times that specified in Sec. 29.725; and
   (ii) An assumed rotor lift of not more than 1.5 times that used in the
 limit drop tests prescribed in Sec. 29.725.
   (4) Compliance with paragraph (b) through (e) of this section must be shown
 with--
   (i) The gear in its most critically deflected position for the landing
 condition being considered; and
   (ii) The ground reactions rationally distributed along the bottom of the
 skid tube.
   (b) Vertical reactions in the level landing attitude. In the level
 attitude, and with the rotorcraft contacting the ground along the bottom of
 both skids, the vertical reactions must be applied as prescribed in paragraph
 (a) of this section.
   (c) Drag reactions in the level landing attitude. In the level attitude,
 and with the rotorcraft contacting the ground along the bottom of both skids,
 the following apply:
   (1) The vertical reactions must be combined with horizontal drag reactions
 of 50 percent of the vertical reaction applied at the ground.
   (2) The resultant ground loads must equal the vertical load specified in
 paragraph (b) of this section.
   (d) Sideloads in the level landing attitude.  In the level attitude, and
 with the rotorcraft contacting the ground along the bottom of both skids, the
 following apply:
   (1) The vertical ground reaction must be--
   (i) Equal to the vertical loads obtained in the condition specified in
 paragraph (b) of this section; and
   (ii) Divided equally among the skids.
   (2) The vertical ground reactions must be combined with a horizontal
 sideload of 25 percent of their value.
   (3) The total sideload must be applied equally between skids and along the
 length of the skids.
   (4) The unbalanced moments are assumed to be resisted by angular inertia.
   (5) The skid gear must be investigated for--
   (i) Inward acting sideloads; and
   (ii) Outward acting sideloads.
   (e) One-skid landing loads in the level attitude. In the level attitude,
 and with the rotorcraft contacting the ground along the bottom of one skid
 only, the following apply:
   (1) The vertical load on the ground contact side must be the same as that
 obtained on that side in the condition specified in paragraph (b) of this
 section.
   (2) The unbalanced moments are assumed to be resisted by angular inertia.
   (f) Special conditions. In addition to the conditions specified in
 paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, the rotorcraft must be designed for
 the following ground reactions:
   (1) A ground reaction load acting up and aft at an angle of 45 degrees to
 the longitudinal axis of the rotorcraft. This load must be--
   (i) Equal to 1.33 times the maximum weight;
   (ii) Distributed symmetrically among the skids;
   (iii) Concentrated at the forward end of the straight part of the skid
 tube; and
   (iv) Applied only to the forward end of the skid tube and its attachment to
 the rotorcraft.
   (2) With the rotorcraft in the level landing attitude, a vertical ground
 reaction load equal to one-half of the vertical load determined under
 paragraph (b) of this section. This load must be--
   (i) Applied only to the skid tube and its attachment to the rotorcraft; and
   (ii) Distributed equally over 33.3 percent of the length between the skid
 tube attachments and centrally located midway between the skid tube
 attachments.

 [Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR 966, Jan. 26, 1968, as amended at Amdt. 29-30, 55 FR 8002,
 Mar. 6, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 7992, No. 44, Mar. 6, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule adopts new and revised airworthiness standards for
 certification of airframe and related equipment on both normal and transport
 category rotorcraft. In addition, one amendment changes an operating rule
 affecting external load operators. These amendments grew out of a rotorcraft
 regulatory review program and the recognition by both government and industry
 that updated safety standards are needed. These amendments provide a high
 level of safety in design requirements, while removing certain unnecessary
 existing burdens and better utilizing the unique characteristics and
 capabilities of rotorcraft.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: April 5, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

 Sec. 29.505  Ski landing conditions.

   If certification for ski operation is requested, the rotorcraft, with skis,
 must be designed to withstand the following loading conditions (where P is
 the maximum static weight on each ski with the rotorcraft at design maximum
 weight, and n is the limit load factor determined under Sec. 29.473(b)):
   (a) Up-load conditions in which--
   (1) A vertical load of Pn and a horizontal load of Pn/4 are simultaneously
 applied at the pedestal bearings; and
   (2) A vertical load of 1.33 P is applied at the pedestal bearings.
   (b) A side load condition in which a side load of 0.35 Pn is applied at the
 pedestal bearings in a horizontal plane perpendicular to the centerline of
 the rotorcraft.
   (c) A torque-load condition in which a torque load of 1.33 P (in foot-
 pounds) is applied to the ski about the vertical axis through the centerline
 of the pedestal bearings.

 Sec. 29.511  Ground load: unsymmetrical loads on multiple-wheel units.

   (a) In dual-wheel gear units, 60 percent of the total ground reaction for
 the gear unit must be applied to one wheel and 40 percent to the other.
   (b) To provide for the case of one deflated tire, 60 percent of the
 specified load for the gear unit must be applied to either wheel except that
 the vertical ground reaction may not be less than the full static value.
   (c) In determining the total load on a gear unit, the transverse shift in
 the load centroid, due to unsymmetrical load distribution on the wheels, may
 be neglected.

 [Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR 966, Jan. 26, 1968]

                                  Water Loads

 Sec. 29.519  Hull type rotorcraft: Water-based and amphibian.

   (a) General. For hull type rotorcraft, the structure must be designed to
 withstand the water loading set forth in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this
 section considering the most severe wave heights and profiles for which
 approval is desired. The loads for the landing conditions of paragraphs (b)
 and (c) of this section must be developed and distributed along and among the
 hull and auxiliary floats, if used, in a rational and conservative manner,
 assuming a rotor lift not exceeding two-thirds of the rotorcraft weight to
 act throughout the landing impact.
   (b) Vertical landing conditions. The rotorcraft must initially contact the
 most critical wave surface at zero forward speed in likely pitch and roll
 attitudes which result in critical design loadings. The vertical descent
 velocity may not be less than 6.5 feet per second relative to the mean water
 surface.
   (c) Forward speed landing conditions. The rotorcraft must contact the most
 critical wave at forward velocities from zero up to 30 knots in likely pitch,
 roll, and yaw attitudes and with a vertical descent velocity of not less than
 6.5 feet per second relative to the mean water surface. A maximum forward
 velocity of less than 30 knots may be used in design if it can be
 demonstrated that the forward velocity selected would not be exceeded in a
 normal one-engine-out landing.
   (d) Auxiliary float immersion condition.  In addition to the loads from the
 landing conditions, the auxiliary float, and its support and attaching
 structure in the hull, must be designed for the load developed by a fully
 immersed float unless it can be shown that full immersion of the float is
 unlikely, in which case the highest likely float buoyancy load must be
 applied that considers loading of the float immersed to create restoring
 moments compensating for upsetting moments caused by side wind, asymmetrical
 rotorcraft loading, water wave action, and rotorcraft inertia.

 [Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR 966, Jan. 26, 1968, as amended at Amdt. 29-30, 55 FR 8002,
 Mar. 6, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 7992, No. 44, Mar. 6, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule adopts new and revised airworthiness standards for
 certification of airframe and related equipment on both normal and transport
 category rotorcraft. In addition, one amendment changes an operating rule
 affecting external load operators. These amendments grew out of a rotorcraft
 regulatory review program and the recognition by both government and industry
 that updated safety standards are needed. These amendments provide a high
 level of safety in design requirements, while removing certain unnecessary
 existing burdens and better utilizing the unique characteristics and
 capabilities of rotorcraft.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: April 5, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

 Sec. 29.521  Float landing conditions.

   If certification for float operation (including float amphibian operation)
 is requested, the rotorcraft, with floats, must be designed to withstand the
 following loading conditions (where the limit load factor is determined under
 Sec. 29.473(b) or assumed to be equal to that determined for wheel landing
 gear):
   (a) Up-load conditions in which--
   (1) A load is applied so that, with the rotorcraft in the static level
 attitude, the resultant water reaction passes vertically through the center
 of gravity; and
   (2) The vertical load prescribed in paragraph (a)(1) of this section is
 applied simultaneously with an aft component of 0.25 times the vertical
 component
   (b) A side load condition in which--
   (1) A vertical load of 0.75 times the total vertical load specified in
 paragraph (a)(1) of this section is divided equally among the floats; and
   (2) For each float, the load share determined under paragraph (b)(1) of
 this section, combined with a total side load of 0.25 times the total
 vertical load specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, is applied to
 that float only.

 [Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR 967, Jan. 26, 1968]

                          Main Component Requirements

 Sec. 29.547  Main rotor structure.

   (a) Each main rotor assembly (including rotor hubs and blades) must be
 designed as prescribed in this section.
   (b) [Reserved]
   (c) The main rotor structure must be designed to withstand the following
 loads prescribed in Secs. 29.337 through 29.341, and 29.351:
   (1) Critical flight loads.
   (2) Limit loads occurring under normal conditions of autorotation.
   (d) The main rotor structure must be designed to withstand loads
 simulating--
   (1) For the rotor bl@es, hubs, and flapping hinges, the impact force of
 each blade against its stop during ground operation; and
   (2) Any other critical condition expected in normal operation.
   (e) The main rotor structure must be designed to withstand the limit torque
 at any rotational speed, including zero. In addition:
   (1) The limit torque need not be greater than the torque defined by a
 torque limiting device (where provided), and may not be less than the greater
 of--
   (i) The maximum torque likely to be transmitted to the rotor structure, in
 either direction, by the rotor drive or by sudden application of the rotor
 brake; and
   (ii) The limit engine torque specified in Sec. 29.361.
   (2) The limit torque must be equally and rationally distributed to the
 rotor blades.

 (Secs. 604, 605, 72 Stat. 778, 49 U.S.C. 1424, 1425)

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-4, 33 FR
 14106, Sept. 18, 1968]

 Sec. 29.549  Fuselage and rotor pylon structures.

   (a) Each fuselage and rotor pylon structure must be designed to withstand--
   (1) The critical loads prescribed in Secs. 29.337 through 29.341, and
 29.351;
   (2) The applicable ground loads prescribed in Secs. 29.235, 29.471 through
 29.485, 29.493, 29.497, 29.505, and 29.521; and
   (3) The loads prescribed in Sec. 29.547 (d)(1) and (e)(1)(i).
   (b) Auxiliary rotor thrust, the torque reaction of each rotor drive system,
 and the balancing air and inertia loads occurring under accelerated flight
 conditions, must be considered.
   (c) Each engine mount and adjacent fuselage structure must be designed to
 withstand the loads occurring under accelerated flight and landing
 conditions, including engine torque.
   (d) [Reserved]
   (e) If approval for the use of 2 1/2 -minute OEI power is requested, each
 engine mount and adjacent structure must be designed to withstand the loads
 resulting from a limit torque equal to 1.25 times the mean torque for 2 1/2 -
 minute OEI power combined with 1g flight loads.

 (Secs. 604, 605, 72 Stat. 778, 49 U.S.C. 1424, 1425)

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-4, 33 FR
 14106, Sept. 18, 1968; Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR 34215, Sept. 2, 1988]

 Sec. 29.551  Auxiliary lifting surfaces.

   Each auxiliary lifting surface must be designed to withstand--
   (a) The critical flight loads in Secs. 29.337 through 29.341, and 29.351;
   (b) the applicable ground loads in Secs. 29.235, 29.471 through 29.485,
 29.493, 29.505, and 29.521; and
   (c) Any other critical condition expected in normal operation.

                         Emergency Landing Conditions

 Sec. 29.561  General.

   (a) The rotorcraft, although it may be damaged in emergency landing
 conditions on land or water, must be designed as prescribed in this section
 to protect the occupants under those conditions.
   (b) The structure must be designed to give each occupant every reasonable
 chance of escaping serious injury in a crash landing when--

                           *     *     *     *     *

   (b) The structure must be designed to give each occupant every reasonable
 chance of escaping serious injury in a minor crash landing when--
   (1) Proper use is made of seats, belts, and other safety design provisions;
   (2) The wheels are retracted (where applicable); and
   (3) Each occupant and each item of mass inside the cabin that could injure
 an occupant is restrained when subjected to the following ultimate inertial
 load factors relative to the surrounding structure:

 (i) Upward--4g.
 (ii) Forward--16g.
 (iii) Sideward--8g.
 (iv) Downward--20g, after the intended displacement of the seat device.

   (c) The supporting structure must be designed to restrain under any
 ultimate inertial load factor up to those specified in this paragraph, any
 item of mass above and/or behind the crew and passenger compartment that
 could injure an occupant if it came loose in an emergency landing. Items of
 mass to be considered include, but are not limited to, rotors, transmis@on,
 and engines. The items of mass must be restrained for the following ultimate
 inertial load factors:
 (1) Upward--1.5g.
 (2) Forward--8g.
 (3) Sideward--2g.
 (4) Downward--4g.

   (d) Any fuselage structure in the area of internal fuel tanks below the
 passenger floor level must be designed to resist the following ultimate
 inertial factors and loads, and to protect the fuel tanks from rupture, if
 rupture is likely when those loads are applied to that area:

 (1) Upward--1.5g.
 (2) Forward--4.0g.
 (3) Sideward--2.0g.
 (4) Downward--4.0g.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 27-25, 54 FR
 47319, Nov. 13, 1989]

 Sec. 29.562  Emergency landing dynamic conditions.

   (a) The rotorcraft, although it may be damaged in a crash landing, must be
 designed to reasonably protect each occupant when--
   (1) The occupant properly uses the seats, safety belts, and shoulder
 harnesses provided in the design; and
   (2) The occupant is exposed to loads equivalent to those resulting from the
 conditions prescribed in this section.
   (b) Each seat type design or other seating device approved for crew or
 passenger occupancy during takeoff and landing must successfully complete
 dynamic tests or be demonstrated by rational analysis based on dynamic tests
 of a similar type seat in accordance with the following criteria. The tests
 must be conducted with an occupant simulated by a 170-pound anthropomorphic
 test dummy (ATD), as defined by 49 CFR 572, Subpart B, or its equivalent,
 sitting in the normal upright position.
   (i) A change in downward velocity of not less than 30 feet per second when
 the seat or other seating device is oriented in its nominal position with
 respect to the rotorcraft's reference system, the rotorcraft's longitudinal
 axis is canted upward 60 deg. with respect to the impact velocity vector, and
 the rotorcraft's lateral axis is perpendicular to a vertical plane containing
 the impact velocity vector and the rotorcraft's longitudinal axis. Peak floor
 deceleration must occur in not more than 0.031 seconds after impact and must
 reach a minimum of 30g's.
   (2) A change in forward velocity of not less than 42 feet per second when
 the seat or other seating device is oriented in its nominal position with
 respect to the rotorcraft's reference system, the rotorcraft's longitudinal
 axis is yawed 10 deg. either right or left of the impact velocity vector
 (whichever would cause the greatest load on the shoulder harness), the
 rotorcraft's lateral axis is contained in a horizontal plane containing the
 impact velocity vector, and the rotorcraft's vertical axis is perpendicular
 to a horizontal plane containing the impact velocity vector. Peak floor
 deceleration must occur in not more than 0.071 seconds after impact and must
 reach a minimum of 18.4g's.
   (3) Where floor rails or floor or sidewall floor attachment devices are
 used to attach the seating devices to the airframe structure for the
 conditions of this section, the rails or devices must be misaligned with
 respect to each other by at least 10 deg. vertically (i.e., pitch out of
 parallel) and by at least a 10 deg. lateral roll, with the directions
 optional, to account for possible floor warp.
   (c) Compliance with the following must be shown:
   (1) The seating device system must remain intact although it may experience
 separation intended as part of its design.
   (2) The attachment between the seating device and the airframe structure
 must remain intact although the structure may have exceeded its limit load.
   (3) The ATD's shoulder harness strap or straps must remain on or in the
 immediate vicinity of the ATD's shoulder during the impact.
   (4) The safety belt must remain on the ATD's pelvis during the impact.
   (5) The ATD's head either does not contact any portion of the crew or
 passenger compartment or, if contact is made, the head impact does not exceed
 a head injury criteria (HIC) of 1,000 as determined by this equation.

                                      **2.5
                  1       t2
 HIC = (t2-t1) [------  I      a(t)dt ]
                (t2-t1)   t1

   Where: a(t) is the resultant acceleration at the center of gravity of the
 head form expressed as a multiple of g (the acceleration of gravity) and t2 -
 t1 is the time duration, in seconds, of major head impact, not to exceed 0.05
 seconds.
   (6) Loads in individual shoulder harness straps must not exceed 1,750
 pounds. If dual straps are used for retaining the upper torso, the total
 harness strap loads must not exceed 2,000 pounds.
   (7) The maximum compressive load measured between the pelvis and the lumbar
 column of the ATD must not exceed 1,500 pounds.
   (d) An alternate approach that achieves an equivalent or greater level of
 occupant protection, as required by this section, must be substantiated on a
 rational basis.

 [Amdt. 27-25, 54 FR 47320, Nov. 13, 1989]

 Sec. 29.563  Structural ditching provisions.

   If certification with ditching provisions is requested, structural strength
 for ditching must meet the requirements of this section and Sec. 29.801(e).
   (a) Forward speed landing conditions. The rotorcraft must initially contact
 the most critical wave for reasonably probable water conditions at forward
 velocities from zero up to 30 knots in likely pitch, roll, and yaw attitudes.
 The rotorcraft limit vertical descent velocity may not be less than 5 feet
 per second relative to the mean water surface. Rotor lift may be used to act
 through the center of gravity throughout the landing impact. This lift may
 not exceed two-thirds of the design maximum weight. A maximum forward
 velocity of less than 30 knots may be used in design if it can be
 demonstrated that the forward velocity selected would not be exceeded in a
 normal one-engine-out touchdown.
   (b) Auxiliary or emergency float conditions.--(1) Floats fixed or deployed
 before initial water contact. In addition to the landing loads in paragraph
 (a) of this section, each auxiliary or emergency float, or its support and
 attaching structure in the airframe or fuselage, must be designed for the
 load developed by a fully immersed float unless it can be shown that full
 immersion is unlikely. If full immersion is unlikely, the highest likely
 float buoyancy load must be applied. The highest likely buoyancy load must
 include consideration of a partially immersed float creating restoring
 moments to compensate the upsetting moments caused by side wind,
 unsymmetrical rotorcraft loading, water wave action, rotorcraft inertia, and
 probable structural damage and leakage considered under Sec. 29.801(d).
 Maximum roll and pitch angles determined from compliance with Sec. 29.801(d)
 may be used, if significant, to determine the extent of immersion of each
 float. If the floats are deployed in flight, appropriate air loads derived
 from the flight limitations with the floats deployed shall be used in
 substantiation of the floats and their attachment to the rotorcraft. For this
 purpose, the design airspeed for limit load is the float deployed airspeed
 operating limit multiplied by 1.11.
   (2) Floats deployed after initial water contact. Each float must be
 designed for full or partial immersion prescribed in paragraph (b)(1) of this
 section. In addition, each float must be designed for combined vertical and
 drag loads using a relative limit speed of 20 knots between the rotorcraft
 and the water. The vertical load may not be less than the highest likely
 buoyancy load determined under paragraph (b)(1) of this section.

 [Doc. No. 25570, Amdt. 29-30, 55 FR 8003, Mar. 6, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 7992, No. 44, Mar. 6, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule adopts new and revised airworthiness standards for
 certification of airframe and related equipment on both normal and transport
 category rotorcraft. In addition, one amendment changes an operating rule
 affecting external load operators. These amendments grew out of a rotorcraft
 regulatory review program and the recognition by both government and industry
 that updated safety standards are needed. These amendments provide a high
 level of safety in design requirements, while removing certain unnecessary
 existing burdens and better utilizing the unique characteristics and
 capabilities of rotorcraft.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: April 5, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

                              Fatigue Evaluation

 Sec. 29.571   Fatigue evaluation of structure.

   (a) General. An evaluation of the strength of principal elements, detail
 design points, and fabrication techniques must show that catastrophic failure
 due to fatigue, considering the effects of environment, intrinsic/discrete
 flaws, or accidental damage will be avoided. Parts to be evaluated include,
 but are not limited to, rotors, rotor drive systems between the engines and
 rotor hubs, controls, fuselage, fixed and movable control surfaces, engine
 and transmission mountings, landing gear, and their related primary
 attachments. In addition, the following apply:
   (1) Each evaluation required by this section must include--
   (i) The identification of principal structural elements, the failure of
 which could result in catastrophic failure of the rotorcraft;
   (ii) In-flight measurement in determining the loads or stresses for items
 in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section in all critical conditions throughout
 the range of limitations in Sec. 29.309 (including altitude effects), except
 that maneuvering load factors need not exceed the maximum values expected in
 operations; and
   (iii) Loading spectra as severe as those expected in operation based on
 loads or stresses determined under paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section,
 including external load operations, if applicable, and other high frequency
 power cycle operations.
   (2) Based on the evaluations required by this section, inspections,
 replacement times, combinations thereof, or other procedures must be
 established as necessary to avoid catastrophic failure. These inspections,
 replacement times, combinations thereof, or other procedures must be included
 in the airworthiness limitations section of the Instructions for Continued
 Airworthiness required by Sec. 29.1529 and section A29.4 of Appendix A of
 this part.
   (b) Fatigue tolerance evaluation (including tolerance to flaws). The
 structure must be shown by analysis supported by test evidence and, if
 available, service experience to be of fatigue tolerant design. The fatigue
 tolerance evaluation must include the requirements of either paragraph (b)
 (1), (2), or (3) of this section, or a combination thereof, and also must
 include a determination of the probable locations and modes of damage caused
 by fatigue, considering environmental effects, intrinsic/discrete flaws, or
 accidental damage. Compliance with the flaw tolerance requirements of
 paragraph (b) (1) or (2) of this section is required unless the applicant
 establishes that these fatigue flaw tolerant methods for a particular
 structure cannot be achieved within the limitations of geometry,
 inspectability, or good design practice. Under these circumstances, the safe-
 life evaluation of paragraph (b)(3) of this section is required.
   (1) Flaw tolerant safe-life evaluation. It must be shown that the
 structure, with flaws present, is able to withstand repeated loads of
 variable magnitude without detectable flaw growth for the following time
 intervals--
   (i) Life of the rotorcraft; or
   (ii) Within a replacement time furnished under section A29.4 of appendix A
 to this part.
   (2) Fail-safe (residual strength after flaw growth) evaluation. It must be
 shown that the structure remaining after a partial failure is able to
 withstand design limit loads without failure within an inspection period
 furnished under section A29.4 of appendix A to this part. Limit loads are
 defined in Sec. 29.301(a).
   (i) The residual strength evaluation must show that the remaining structure
 after flaw growth is able to withstand design limit loads without failure
 within its operational life.
   (ii) Inspection intervals and methods must be established as necessary to
 ensure that failures are detected prior to residual strength conditions being
 reached.
   (iii) If significant changes in structural stiffness or geometry, or both,
 follow from a structural failure or partial failure, the effect on flaw
 tolerance must be further investigated.
   (3) Safe-life evaluation. It must be shown that the structure is able to
 withstand repeated loads of variable magnitude without detectable cracks for
 the following time intervals--
   (i) Life of the rotorcraft; or
   (ii) Within a replacement time furnished under section A29.4 of appendix A
 to this part.

                      Subpart D--Design and Construction

                                    General

 Sec. 29.601  Design.

   (a) The rotorcraft may have no design features or details that experience
 has shown to be hazardous or unreliable.
   (b) The suitability of each questionable design detail and part must be
 established by tests.

 Sec. 29.603  Materials.

   The suitability and durability of materials used for parts, the failure of
 which could adversely affect safety, must--
   (a) Be established on the basis of experience or tests;
   (b) Meet approved specifications that ensure their having the strength and
 other properties assumed in the design data; and
   (c) Take into account the effects of environmental conditions, such as
 temperature and humidity, expected in service.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, and 605 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49
 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424), and sec. 6(c), Dept. of Transportation Act
 (49 U.S.C. 1655(c)))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR
 55471, Dec. 20, 1976; Amdt. 29-17, 43 FR 50599, Oct. 30, 1978]

 Sec. 29.605  Fabrication methods.

   (a) The methods of fabrication used must produce consistently sound
 structures. If a fabrication process (such as gluing, spot welding, or heat-
 treating) requires close control to reach this objective, the process must be
 performed according to an approved process specification.
   (b) Each new aircraft fabrication method must be substantiated by a test
 program.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49 U.S.C.
 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424), sec. 6(c), Dept. of Transportation Act (49 U.S.C.
 1655(c)))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150. Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-17, 43 FR
 50599, Oct. 30, 1978]

 Sec. 29.607  Fasteners.

   (a) Each removable bolt, screw, nut, pin, or other fastener whose loss
 could jeopardize the safe operation of the rotorcraft must incorporate two
 separate locking devices. The fastener and its locking devices may not be
 adversely affected by the environmental conditions associated with the
 particular installation.
   (b) No self-locking nut may be used on any bolt subject to rotation in
 operation unless a nonfriction locking device is used in addition to the
 self-locking device.

 [Amdt. 29-5, 33 FR 14533, Sept. 27, 1968]

 Sec. 29.609  Protection of structure.

   Each part of the structure must--
   (a) Be suitably protected against deterioration or loss of strength in
 service due to any cause, including--
   (1) Weathering;
   (2) Corrosion; and
   (3) Abrasion; and
   (b) Have provisions for ventilation and drainage where necessary to prevent
 the accumulation of corrosive, flammable, or noxious fluids.

 Sec. 29.610  Lightning protection.

   (a) The rotorcraft must be protected against catastrophic effects from
 lightning.
   (b) For metallic components, compliance with paragraph (a) of this section
 may be shown by--
   (1) Electrically bonding the components properly to the airframe; or
   (2) Designing the components so that a strike will not endanger the
 rotorcraft.
   (c) For nonmetallic components, compliance with paragraph (a) of this
 section may be shown by--
   (1) Designing the components to minmize the effect of a strike; or
   (2) Incorporating acceptable means of diverting the resulting electrical
 current to not endanger the rotorcraft.

 [Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR 44437, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.611  Inspection provisions.

   There must be means to allow close examination of each part that requires--
   (a) Recurring inspection;
   (b) Adjustment for proper alignment and functioning; or
   (c) Lubrication.

 Sec. 29.613  Material strength properties and design values.

   (a) Material strength properties must be based on enough tests of material
 meeting specifications to establish design values on a statistical basis.
   (b) Design values must be chosen to minimize the probability of structural
 failure due to material variability. Except as provided in paragraphs (d) and
 (e) of this section, compliance with this paragraph must be shown by
 selecting design values that assure material strength with the following
 probability--
   (1) Where applied loads are eventually distributed through a single member
 within an assembly, the failure of which would result in loss of structural
 integrity of the component, 99 percent probability with 95 percent
 confidence; and
   (2) For redundant structures, those in which the failure of individual
 elements would result in applied loads being safely distributed to other
 load-carrying members, 90 percent probability with 95 percent confidence.
   (c) The strength, detail design, and fabrication of the structure must
 minimize the probability of disastrous fatigue failure, particularly at
 points of stress concentration.
   (d) Design values may be those contained in the following publications
 (available from the Naval Publications and Forms Center, 5801 Tabor Avenue,
 Philadelphia, PA 19120) or other values approved by the Administrator:
   (1) MIL--HDBK-5, "Metallic Materials and Elements for Flight Vehicle
 Structure".
   (2) MIL--HDBK-17, "Plastics for Flight Vehicles".
   (3) ANC-18, "Design of Wood Aircraft Structures".
   (4) MIL--HDBK-23, "Composite Construction for Flight Vehicles".
   (e) Other design values may be used if a selection of the material is made
 in which a specimen of each individual item is tested before use and it is
 determined that the actual strength properties of that particular item will
 equal or exceed those used in design.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49 U.S.C.
 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424), sec. 6(c), Dept. of Transportation Act (49 U.S.C.
 1655(c)))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-17, 43 FR
 50599, Oct. 30, 1978; Amdt. 29-30, 55 FR 8003, Mar. 6, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 7992, No. 44, Mar. 6, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule adopts new and revised airworthiness standards for
 certification of airframe and related equipment on both normal and transport
 category rotorcraft. In addition, one amendment changes an operating rule
 affecting external load operators. These amendments grew out of a rotorcraft
 regulatory review program and the recognition by both government and industry
 that updated safety standards are needed. These amendments provide a high
 level of safety in design requirements, while removing certain unnecessary
 existing burdens and better utilizing the unique characteristics and
 capabilities of rotorcraft.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: April 5, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

 Sec. 29.619  Special factors.

   (a) The special factors prescribed in Secs. 29.621 through 29.625 apply to
 each part of the structure whose strength is--
   (1) Uncertain;
   (2) Likely to deteriorate in service before normal replacement; or
   (3) Subject to appreciable variability due to--
   (i) Uncertainties in manufacturing processes; or
   (ii) Uncertainties in inspection methods.
   (b) For each part of the rotorcraft to which Secs. 29.621 through 29.625
 apply, the factor of safety prescribed in Sec. 29.303 must be multiplied by a
 special factor equal to--
   (1) The applicable special factors prescribed in Secs. 29.621 through
 29.625; or
   (2) Any other factor great enough to ensure that the probability of the
 part being understrength because of the uncertainties specified in paragraph
 (a) of this section is extremely remote.

 Sec. 29.621  Casting factors.

   (a) General. The factors, tests, and inspections specified in paragraphs
 (b) and (c) of this section must be applied in addition to those necessary to
 establish foundry quality control. The inspections must meet approved
 specifications. Paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section apply to structural
 castings except castings that are pressure tested as parts of hydraulic or
 other fluid systems and do not support structural loads.
   (b) Bearing stresses and surfaces. The casting factors specified in
 paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section--
   (1) Need not exceed 1.25 with respect to bearing stresses regardless of the
 method of inspection used; and
   (2) Need not be used with respect to the bearing surfaces of a part whose
 bearing factor is larger than the applicable casting factor.
   (c) Critical castings. For each casting whose failure would preclude
 continued safe flight and landing of the rotorcraft or result in serious
 injury to any occupant, the following apply:
   (1) Each critical casting must--
   (i) Have a casting factor of not less than 1.25; and
   (ii) Receive 100 percent inspection by visual, radiographic, and magnetic
 particle (for ferromagnetic materials) or penetrate (for nonferromagnetic
 materials) inspection methods or approved equivalent inspection methods.
   (2) For each critical casting with a casting factor less than 1.50, three
 sample castings must be static tested and shown to meet--
   (i) The strength requirements of Sec. 29.305 at an ultimate load
 corresponding to a casting factor of 1.25; and
   (ii) The deformation requirements of Sec. 29.305 at a load of 1.15 times
 the limit load.
   (d) Noncritical castings. For each casting other than those specified in
 paragraph (c) of this section, the following apply:
   (1) Except as provided in paragraphs (d) (2) and (3) of this section, the
 casting factors and corresponding inspections must meet the following table:

         Casting factor                            Inspection

 2.0 or greater                   100 percent visual.
 Less than 2.0, greater than 1.5  100 percent visual, and magnetic particle
                                   (ferromagnetic materials), penetrant
                                   (nonferromagnetic materials), or approved
                                   equivalent inspection methods.
 1.25 through 1.50                100 percent visual, and magnetic particle
                                   (ferromagnetic materials), penetrant
                                   (nonferromagnetic materials), and
                                   radiographic or approved equivalent
                                   inspection methods.

   (2) The percentage of castings inspected by nonvisual methods may be
 reduced below that specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section when an
 approved quality control procedure is established.
   (3) For castings procured to a specification that guarantees the mechanical
 properties of the material in the casting and provides for demonstration of
 these properties by test of coupons cut from the castings on a sampling
 basis--
   (i) A casting factor of 1.0 may be used; and
   (ii) The castings must be inspected as provided in paragraph (d)(1) of this
 section for casting factors of "1.25 through 1.50" and tested under paragraph
 (c)(2) of this section.

 Sec. 29.623  Bearing factors.

   (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each part that has
 clearance (free fit), and that is subject to pounding or vibration, must have
 a bearing factor large enough to provide for the effects of normal relative
 motion.
   (b) No bearing factor need be used on a part for which any larger special
 factor is prescribed.

 Sec. 29.625  Fitting factors.

   For each fitting (part or terminal used to join one structural member to
 another) the following apply:
   (a) For each fitting whose strength is not proven by limit and ultimate
 load tests in which actual stress conditions are simulated in the fitting and
 surrounding structures, a fitting factor of at least 1.15 must be applied to
 each part of--
   (1) The fitting;
   (2) The means of attachment; and
   (3) The bearing on the joined members.
   (b) No fitting factor need be used--
   (1) For joints made under approved practices and based on comprehensive
 test data (such as continuous joints in metal plating, welded joints, and
 scarf joints in wood); and
   (2) With respect to any bearing surface for which a larger special factor
 is used.
   (c) For each integral fitting, the part must be treated as a fitting up to
 the point at which the section properties become typical of the member.

 Sec. 29.629  Flutter.

   Each aerodynamic surface of the rotorcraft must be free from flutter
 under each appropriate speed and power condition.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended at Amdt. 29-30, 55
 FR 8003, Mar. 6, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 7992, No. 44, Mar. 6, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule adopts new and revised airworthiness standards for
 certification of airframe and related equipment on both normal and transport
 category rotorcraft. In addition, one amendment changes an operating rule
 affecting external load operators. These amendments grew out of a rotorcraft
 regulatory review program and the recognition by both government and industry
 that updated safety standards are needed. These amendments provide a high
 level of safety in design requirements, while removing certain unnecessary
 existing burdens and better utilizing the unique characteristics and
 capabilities of rotorcraft.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: April 5, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

                                    Rotors

 Sec. 29.653  Pressure venting and drainage of rotor blades.

   (a) For each rotor blade--
   (1) There must be means for venting the internal pressure of the blade;
   (2) Drainage holes must be provided for the blade; and
   (3) The blade must be designed to prevent water from becoming trapped in
 it.
   (b) Paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section does not apply to sealed
 rotor blades capable of withstanding the maximum pressure differentials
 expected in service.

 [Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR 967, Jan. 26, 1968]

 Sec. 29.659  Mass balance.

   (a) The rotor and blades must be mass balanced as necessary to--
   (1) Prevent excessive vibration; and
   (2) Prevent flutter at any speed up to the maximum forward speed.
   (b) The structural integrity of the mass balance installation must be
 substantiated.

 [Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR 967, Jan. 26, 1968]

 Sec. 29.661  Rotor blade clearance.

   There must be enough clearance between the rotor blades and other parts of
 the structure to prevent the blades from striking any part of the structure
 during any operating condition.

 [Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR 967, Jan. 26, 1968]

 Sec. 29.663  Ground resonance prevention means.

   (a) The reliability of the means for preventing ground resonance must be
 shown either by analysis and tests, or reliable service experience, or by
 showing through analysis or tests that malfunction or failure of a single
 means will not cause ground resonance.
   (b) The probable range of variations, during service, of the damping action
 of the ground resonance prevention means must be established and must be
 investigated during the test required by Sec. 29.241.

 [Doc. No. 25570, Amdt. 29-30, 55 FR 8003, Mar. 6, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 7992, No. 44, Mar. 6, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule adopts new and revised airworthiness standards for
 certification of airframe and related equipment on both normal and transport
 category rotorcraft. In addition, one amendment changes an operating rule
 affecting external load operators. These amendments grew out of a rotorcraft
 regulatory review program and the recognition by both government and industry
 that updated safety standards are needed. These amendments provide a high
 level of safety in design requirements, while removing certain unnecessary
 existing burdens and better utilizing the unique characteristics and
 capabilities of rotorcraft.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: April 5, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

                                Control Systems

 Sec. 29.671  General.

   (a) Each control and control system must operate with the ease, smoothness,
 and positiveness appropriate to its function.
   (b) Each element of each flight control system must be designed, or
 distinctively and permanently marked, to minimize the probability of any
 incorrect assembly that could result in the malfunction of the system.
   (c) A means must be provided to allow full control movement of all primary
 flight controls prior to flight, or a means must be provided that will allow
 the pilot to determine that full control authority is available prior to
 flight.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR
 44437, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.672  Stability augmentation, automatic, and power-operated systems.

   If the functioning of stability augmentation or other automatic or power-
 operated system is necessary to show compliance with the flight
 characteristics requirements of this part, the system must comply with Sec.
 29.671 of this part and the following:
   (a) A warning which is clearly distinguishable to the pilot under expected
 flight conditions without requiring the pilot's attention must be provided
 for any failure in the stability augmentation system or in any other
 automatic or power-operated system which could result in an unsafe condition
 if the pilot is unaware of the failure. Warning systems must not activate the
 control systems.
   (b) The design of the stability augmentation system or of any other
 automatic or power-operated system must allow initial counteraction of
 failures without requiring exceptional pilot skill or strength, by overriding
 the failure by moving the flight controls in the normal sense, and by
 deactivating the failed system.
   (c) It must be show that after any single failure of the stability
 augmentation system or any other automatic or power-operated system--
   (1) The rotorcraft is safely controllable when the failure or malfunction
 occurs at any speed or altitude within the approved operating limitations;
   (2) The controllability and maneuverability requirements of this part are
 met within a practical operational flight envelope (for example, speed,
 altitude, normal acceleration, and rotorcraft configurations) which is
 described in the Rotorcraft Flight Manual; and
   (3) The trim and stability characteristics are not impaired below a level
 needed to allow continued safe flight and landing.

 [Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR 44437, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.673  Primary flight controls.

   Primary flight controls are those used by the pilot for immediate control
 of pitch, roll, yaw, and vertical motion of the rotorcraft.

 [Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR 44437, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.674  Interconnected controls.

   Each primary flight control system must provide for safe flight and landing
 and operate independently after a malfunction, failure, or jam of any
 auxiliary interconnected control.

 [Doc. No. 25570, Amdt. 29-30, 55 FR 8003, Mar. 6, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 7992, No. 44, Mar. 6, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule adopts new and revised airworthiness standards for
 certification of airframe and related equipment on both normal and transport
 category rotorcraft. In addition, one amendment changes an operating rule
 affecting external load operators. These amendments grew out of a rotorcraft
 regulatory review program and the recognition by both government and industry
 that updated safety standards are needed. These amendments provide a high
 level of safety in design requirements, while removing certain unnecessary
 existing burdens and better utilizing the unique characteristics and
 capabilities of rotorcraft.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: April 5, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

 Sec. 29.675  Stops.

   (a) Each control system must have stops that positively limit the range of
 motionof the pilot's controls.
   (b) Each stop must be located in the system so that the range of travel of
 its control is not appreciably affected by--
   (1) Wear;
   (2) Slackness; or
   (3) Takeup adjustments.
   (c) Each stop must be able to withstand the loads corresponding to the
 design conditions for the system.
   (d) For each main rotor blade--
   (1) Stops that are appropriate to the blade design must be provided to
 limit travel of the blade about its hinge points; and
   (2) There must be means to keep the blade from hitting the droop stops
 during any operation other than starting and stopping the rotor.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49 U.S.C.
 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424), sec. 6(c), Dept. of Transportation Act (49 U.S.C.
 1655(c)))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150. Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-17, 43 FR
 50599, Oct. 30, 1978]

 Sec. 29.679  Control system locks.

   If there is a device to lock the control system with the rotorcraft on the
 ground or water, there must be means to--
   (a) Automatically disengage the lock when the pilot operates the controls
 in a normal manner, or limit the operation of the rotorcraft so as to give
 unmistakable warning to the pilot before takeoff; and
   (b) Prevent the lock from engaging in flight.

 Sec. 29.681  Limit load static tests.

   (a) Compliance with the limit load requirements of this part must be shown
 by tests in which--
   (1) The direction of the test loads produces the most severe loading in the
 control system; and
   (2) Each fitting, pulley, and bracket used in attaching the system to the
 main structure is included;
   (b) Compliance must be shown (by analyses or individual load tests) with
 the special factor requirements for control system joints subject to angular
 motion.

 Sec. 29.683  Operation tests.

   It must be shown by operation tests that, when the controls are operated
 from the pilot compartment with the control system loaded to correspond with
 loads specified for the system, the system is free from--
   (a) Jamming;
   (b) Excessive friction; and
   (c) Excessive deflection.

 Sec. 29.685  Control system details.

   (a) Each detail of each control system must be designed to prevent jamming,
 chafing, and interference from cargo, passengers, loose objects, or the
 freezing of moisture.
   (b) There must be means in the cockpit to prevent the entry of foreign
 objects into places where they would jam the system.
   (c) There must be means to prevent the slapping of cables or tubes against
 other parts.
   (d) Cable systems must be designed as follows:
   (1) Cables, cable fittings, turnbuckles, splices, and pulleys must be of an
 acceptable kind.
   (2) The design of cable systems must prevent any hazardous change in cable
 tension throughout the range of travel under any operating conditions and
 temperature variations.
   (3) No cable smaller than 1/8  inch diameter may be used in any primary
 control system.
   (4) Pulley kinds and sizes must correspond to the cables with which they
 are used. The pulley-cable combinations and strength values specified in MIL-
 HDBK-5 must be used unless they are inapplicable.
   (5) Pulleys must have close fitting guards to prevent the cables from being
 displaced or fouled.
   (6) Pulleys must lie close enough to the plane passing through the cable to
 prevent the cable from rubbing against the pulley flange.
   (7) No fairlead may cause a change in cable direction of more than three
 degrees.
   (8) No clevis pin subject to load or motion and retained only by cotter
 pins may be used in the control system.
   (9) Turnbuckles attached to parts having angular motion must be installed
 to prevent binding throughout the range of travel.
   (10) There must be means for visual inspection at each fairlead, pulley,
 terminal, and turnbuckle.
   (e) Control system joints subject to angular motion must incorporate the
 following special factors with respect to the ultimate bearing strength of
 the softest material used as a bearing:
   (1) 3.33 for push-pull systems other than ball and roller bearing systems.
   (2) 2.0 for cable systems.
   (f) For control system joints, the manufacturer's static, non-Brinell
 rating of ball and roller bearings may not be exceeded.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR
 55471, Dec. 20, 1976]

 Sec. 29.687  Spring devices.

   (a) Each control system spring device whose failure could cause flutter or
 other unsafe characteristics must be reliable.
   (b) Compliance with paragraph (a) of this section must be shown by tests
 simulating service conditions.

 Sec. 29.691  Autorotation control mechanism.

   Each main rotor blade pitch control mechanism must allow rapid entry into
 autorotation after power failure.

 Sec. 29.695  Power boost and power-operated control system.

   (a) If a power boost or power-operated control system is used, an alternate
 system must be immediately available that allows continued safe flight and
 landing in the event of--
   (1) Any single failure in the power portion of the system; or
   (2) The failure of all engines.
   (b) Each alternate system may be a duplicate power portion or a manually
 operated mechanical system. The power portion includes the power source (such
 as hydrualic pumps), and such items as valves, lines, and actuators.
   (c) The failure of mechanical parts (such as piston rods and links), and
 the jamming of power cylinders, must be considered unless they are extremely
 improbable.

                                 Landing Gear

 Sec. 29.723  Shock absorption tests.

   The landing inertia load factor and the reserve energy absorption capacity
 of the landing gear must be substantiated by the tests prescribed in Secs.
 29.725 and 29.727, respectively. These tests must be conducted on the
 complete rotorcraft or on units consisting of wheel, tire, and shock absorber
 in their proper relation.

 Sec. 29.725  Limit drop test.

   The limit drop test must be conducted as follows:
   (a) The drop height must be at least 8 inches.
   (b) If considered, the rotor lift specified in Sec. 29.473(a) must be
 introduced into the drop test by appropriate energy absorbing devices or by
 the use of an effective mass.
   (c) Each landing gear unit must be tested in the attitude simulating the
 landing condition that is most critical from the standpoint of the energy to
 be absorbed by it.
   (d) When an effective mass is used in showing compliance with paragraph (b)
 of this section, the following formulae may be used instead of more rational
 computations.

                                    h+(1-L)d
                          We = W x  ------------  ; and
                                    h+d

                                       We
                               n = nj  ----  + L
                                       W

 where:

 We=the effective weight to be used in the drop test (lbs.).
 W=WM for main gear units (lbs.), equal to the static reaction on the
     particular unit with the rotorcraft in the most critical attitude. A
     rational method may be used in computing a main gear static reaction,
     taking into consideration the moment arm between the main wheel reaction
     and the rotorcraft center of gravity.
 W=WN for nose gear units (lbs.), equal to the vertical component of the
     static reaction that would exist at the nose wheel, assuming that the
     mass of the rotorcraft acts at the center of gravity and exerts a force
     of 1.0g downward and 0.25g forward.
 W=Wt for tailwheel units (lbs.) equal to whichever of the following is
     critical--

   (1) The static weight on the tailwheel with the rotorcraft resting on all
 wheels; or
   (2) The vertical component of the ground reaction that would occur at the
 tailwheel assuming that the mass of the rotorcraft acts at the center of
 gravity and exerts a force of 1g downward with the rotorcraft in the maximum
 nose-up attitude considered in the nose-up landing conditions.

 h =specified free drop height (inches).
 L=ratio of assumed rotor lift to the rotorcraft weight.
 d=deflection under impact of the tire (at the proper inflation pressure) plus
     the vertical component of the axle travel (inches) relative to the drop
     mass.
 n=limit inertia load factor.
 nj=the load factor developed, during impact, on the mass used in the drop
     test (i.e., the acceleration dv/dt in g's recorded in the drop test plus
     1.0).

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR
 967, Jan. 26. 1968]

 Sec. 29.727  Reserve energy absorption drop test.

   The reserve energy absorption drop test must be conducted as follows:
   (a) The drop height must be 1.5 times that specified in Sec. 29.725(a).
   (b) Rotor lift, where considered in a manner similar to that prescribed in
 Sec. 29.725(b), may not exceed 1.5 times the lift allowed under that
 paragraph.
   (c) The landing gear must withstand this test without collapsing. Collapse
 of the landing gear occurs when a member of the nose, tail, or main gear will
 not support the rotorcraft in the proper attitude or allows the rotorcraft
 structure, other than landing gear and external accessories, to impact the
 landing surface.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended at Amdt. 29-30, 55 FR
 8003, Mar. 6, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 7992, No. 44, Mar. 6, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule adopts new and revised airworthiness standards for
 certification of airframe and related equipment on both normal and transport
 category rotorcraft. In addition, one amendment changes an operating rule
 affecting external load operators. These amendments grew out of a rotorcraft
 regulatory review program and the recognition by both government and industry
 that updated safety standards are needed. These amendments provide a high
 level of safety in design requirements, while removing certain unnecessary
 existing burdens and better utilizing the unique characteristics and
 capabilities of rotorcraft.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: April 5, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

 Sec. 29.729  Retracting mechanism.

   For rotorcraft with retractable landing gear, the following apply:
   (a) Loads. The landing gear, retracting mechanism, wheel well doors, and
 supporting structure must be designed for--
   (1) The loads occurring in any maneuvering condition with the gear
 retracted;
   (2) The combined friction, inertia, and air loads occurring during
 retraction and extension at any airspeed up to the design maximum landing
 gear operating speed; and
   (3) The flight loads, including those in yawed flight, occurring with the
 gear extended at any airspeed up to the design maximum landing gear extended
 speed.
   (b) Landing gear lock. A positive means must be provided to keep the gear
 extended.
   (c) Emergency operation. When other than manual power is used to operate
 the gear, emergency means must be provided for extending the gear in the
 event of--
   (1) Any reasonably probable failure in the normal retraction system; or
   (2) The failure of any single source of hydraulic, electric, or equivalent
 energy.
   (d) Operation tests. The proper functioning of the retracting mechanism
 must be shown by operation tests.
   (e) Position indicator. There must be means to indicate to the pilot when
 the gear is secured in the extreme positions.
   (f) Control. The location and operation of the retraction control must meet
 the requirements of Secs. 29.777 and 29.779.
   (g) Landing gear warning. An aural or equally effective landing gear
 warning device must be provided that functions continuously when the
 rotorcraft is in a normal landing mode and the landing gear is not fully
 extended and locked. A manual shutoff capability must be provided for the
 warning device and the warning system must automatically reset when the
 rotorcraft is no longer in the landing mode.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR
 44437, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.731  Wheels.

   (a) Each landing gear wheel must be approved.
   (b) The maximum static load rating of each wheel may not be less than the
 corresponding static ground reaction with--
   (1) Maximum weight; and
   (2) Critical center of gravity.
   (c) The maximum limit load rating of each wheel must equal or exceed the
 maximum radial limit load determined under the applicable ground load
 requirements of this part.

 Sec. 29.733  Tires.

   Each landing gear wheel must have a tire--
   (a) That is a proper fit on the rim of the wheel; and
   (b) Of a rating that is not exceeded under--
   (1) The design maximum weight;
   (2) A load on each main wheel tire equal to the static ground reaction
 corresponding to the critical center of gravity; and
   (3) A load on nose wheel tires (to be compared with the dynamic rating
 established for those tires) equal to the reaction obtained at the nose
 wheel, assuming that the mass of the rotorcraft acts as the most critical
 center of gravity and exerts a force of 1.0 g downward and 0.25 g forward,
 the reactions being distributed to the nose and main wheels according to the
 principles of statics with the drag reaction at the ground applied only at
 wheels with brakes.
   (c) Each tire installed on a retractable landing gear system must, at the
 maximum size of the tire type expected in service, have a clearance to
 surrounding structure and systems that is adequate to prevent contact between
 the tire and any part of the structure or systems.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR
 55471, Dec. 20, 1976]

 Sec. 29.735  Brakes.

   For rotorcraft with wheel-type landing gear, a braking device must be
 installed that is--
   (a) Controllable by the pilot;
   (b) Usable during power-off landings; and
   (c) Adequate to--
   (1) Counteract any normal unbalanced torque when starting or stopping the
 rotor; and
   (2) Hold the rotorcraft parked on a 10-degree slope on a dry, smooth
 pavement.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR
 44437, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.737  Skis.

   (a) The maximum limit load rating of each ski must equal or exceed the
 maximum limit load determined under the applicable ground load requirements
 of this part.
   (b) There must be a stabilizing means to maintain the ski in an appropriate
 position during flight. This means must have enough strength to withstand the
 maximum aerodynamic and inertia loads on the ski.

                               Floats and Hulls

 Sec. 29.751  Main float buoyancy.

   (a) For main floats, the buoyancy necessary to support the maximum weight
 of the rotorcraft in fresh water must be exceeded by--
   (1) 50 percent, for single floats; and
   (2) 60 percent, for multiple floats.
   (b) Each main float must have enough water-tight compartments so that, with
 any single main float compartment flooded, the mainfloats will provide a
 margin of positive stability great enough to minimize the probability of
 capsizing.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR
 967, Jan. 26, 1968]

 Sec. 29.753  Main float design.

   (a) Bag floats. Each bag float must be designed to withstand--
   (1) The maximum pressure differential that might be developed at the
 maximum altitude for which certification with that float is requested; and
   (2) The vertical loads prescribed in Sec. 29.521(a), distributed along the
 length of the bag over three-quarters of its projected area.
   (b) Rigid floats. Each rigid float must be able to withstand the vertical,
 horizontal, and side loads prescribed in Sec. 29.521. An appropriate load
 distribution under critical conditions must be used.

 Sec. 29.755  Hull buoyancy.

   Water-based and amphibian rotorcraft. The hull and auxiliary floats,
 if used, must have enough watertight compartments so that, with any single
 compartment of the hull or auxiliary floats flooded, the buoyancy of the hull
 and auxiliary floats, and wheel tires if used, provides a margin of positive
 water stability great enough to minimize the probability of capsizing the
 rotorcraft for the worst combination of wave heights and surface winds for
 which approval is desired.

 [Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR 967, Jan. 26, 1968, as amended at Amdt. 29-30, 55 FR 8003,
 Mar. 6, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 7992, No. 44, Mar. 6, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule adopts new and revised airworthiness standards for
 certification of airframe and related equipment on both normal and transport
 category rotorcraft. In addition, one amendment changes an operating rule
 affecting external load operators. These amendments grew out of a rotorcraft
 regulatory review program and the recognition by both government and industry
 that updated safety standards are needed. These amendments provide a high
 level of safety in design requirements, while removing certain unnecessary
 existing burdens and better utilizing the unique characteristics and
 capabilities of rotorcraft.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: April 5, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

 Sec. 29.757  Hull and auxiliary float strength.

   The hull, and auxiliary floats if used, must withstand the water loads
 prescribed by Sec. 29.519 with a rational and conservative distribution of
 local and distributed water pressures over the hull and float bottom.

 [Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR 967, Jan. 26, 1968]

                      Personnel and Cargo Accommodations

 Sec. 29.771  Pilot compartment.

   For each pilot compartment--
   (a) The compartment and its equipment must allow each pilot to perform his
 duties without unreasonable concentration or fatigue;
   (b) If there is provision for a second pilot, the rotorcraft must be
 controllable with equal safety from either pilot position. Flight and
 powerplant controls must be designed to prevent confusion or inadvertent
 operation when the rotorcraft is piloted from either position;
   (c) The vibration and noise characteristics of cockpit appurtenances may
 not interfere with safe operation;
   (d) Inflight leakage of rain or snow that could distract the crew or harm
 the structure must be prevented.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR
 967, Jan. 26, 1968; Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR 44437, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.773  Pilot compartment view.

   (a) Nonprecipitation conditions. For nonprecipitation conditions, the
 following apply:
   (1) Each pilot compartment must be arranged to give the pilots a
 sufficiently extensive, clear, and undistorted view for safe operation.
   (2) Each pilot compartment must be free of glare and reflection that could
 interfere with the pilot's view. If certification for night operation is
 requested, this must be shown by night flight tests.
   (b) Precipitation conditions. For precipitation conditions, the following
 apply:
   (1) Each pilot must have a sufficiently extensive view for safe operation--
   (i) In heavy rain at forward speeds up to VH; and
   (ii) In the most severe icing condition for which certification is
 requested.
   (2) The first pilot must have a window that--
   (i) Is openable under the conditions prescribed in paragraph (b) (1) of
 this section; and
   (ii) Provides the view prescribed in that paragraph.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR
 967, Jan. 26, 1968]

 Sec. 29.775  Windshields and windows.

   Windshields and windows must be made of material that will not break into
 dangerous fragments.

 [Doc. No. 25885, Amdt. 29-31, 55 FR 38966, Sept. 21, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 38964, No. 184, Sept. 21, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule amends the airworthiness standards for systems,
 propulsion, and airframe for both normal and transport category rotorcraft.
 In addition, these amendments introduce safety improvements, clarifying
 existing regulations, and standardize terminology. The changes are based on
 some of the proposals that were submitted to the FAA by the European
 Airworthiness Authorities. These amendments are also intended to encourage
 the European community's acceptance of the Federal Aviation Regulations for
 rotorcraft type certification, obviate development of different European
 standards, and achieve increased commonality of airworthiness standards
 among the respective countries.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: October 22, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

 Sec. 29.777  Cockpit controls.

   Cockpit controls must be--
   (a) Located to provide convenient operation and to prevent confusion and
 inadvertent operation; and
   (b) Located and arranged with respect to the pilot's seats so that there is
 full and unrestricted movement of each control without interference from the
 cockpit structure or the pilot's clothing when pilots from 5'2'' to 6'0'' in
 height are seated.

 Sec. 29.779  Motion and effect of cockpit controls.

   Cockpit controls must be designed so that they operate in accordance with
 the following movements and actuation:
   (a) Flight controls, including the collective pitch control, must operate
 with a sense of motion which corresponds to the effect on the rotorcraft.
   (b) Twist-grip engine power controls must be designed so that, for lefthand
 operation, the motion of the pilot's hand is clockwise to increase power when
 the hand is viewed from the edge containing the index finger. Other engine
 power controls, excluding the collective control, must operate with a forward
 motion to increase power.
   (c) Normal landing gear controls must operate downward to extend the
 landing gear.

 [Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR 44437, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.783  Doors.

   (a) Each closed cabin must have at least one adequate and easily accessible
 external door.
   (b) Each external door must be located, and appropriate operating
 procedures must be established, to ensure that persons using the door will
 not be endangered by the rotors, propellers, engine intakes, and exhausts
 when the operating procedures are used.
   (c) There must be means for locking crew and external passenger doors and
 for preventing their opening in flight inadvertently or as a result of
 mechanical failure. It must be possible to open external doors from inside
 and outside the cabin with the rotorcraft on the ground even though persons
 may be crowded against the door on the inside of the rotorcraft. The means of
 opening must be simple and obvious and so arranged and marked that it can be
 readily located and operated.
   (d) There must be reasonable provisions to prevent the jamming of any
 external doors in a minor crash as a result of fuselage deformation under the
 following ultimate inertial forces except for cargo or service doors not
 suitable for use as an exit in an emergency:

 (1) Upward--1.5g.
 (2) Forward--4.0g.
 (3) Sideward--2.0g.
 (4) Downward--4.0g.
   (e) There must be means for direct visual inspection of the locking
 mechanism by crewmembers to determine whether the external doors (including
 passenger, crew, service, and cargo doors) are fully locked. There must be
 visual means to signal to appropriate crewmembers when normally used external
 doors are closed and fully locked.
   (f) For outward opening external doors usable for entrance or egress, there
 must be an auxiliary safety latching device to prevent the door from opening
 when the primary latching mechanism fails. If the door does not meet the
 requirements of paragraph (c) of this section with this device in place,
 suitable operating procedures must be established to prevent the use of the
 device during takeoff and landing.
   (g) If an integral stair is installed in a passenger entry door that is
 qualified as a passenger emergency exit, the stair must be designed so that
 under the following conditions the effectiveness of passenger emergency
 egress will not be impaired:
   (1) The door, integral stair, and operating mechanism have been subjected
 to the inertial forces specified in paragraph (d) of this section, acting
 separately relative to the surrounding structure.
   (2) The rotorcraft is in the normal ground attitude and in each of the
 attitudes corresponding to collapse of one or more legs, or primary members,
 as applicable, of the landing gear.
   (h) Nonjettisonable doors used as ditching emergency exits must have means
 to enable them to be secured in the open position and remain secure for
 emergency egress in sea state conditions prescribed for ditching.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-20, 45 FR
 60178, Sept. 11, 1980; Amdt. 29-29, 54 FR 47320, Nov. 13, 1989; Amdt. 29-30,
 55 FR 8003, Mar. 6, 1990 Amdt. 29-31, 55 FR 38966, Sept. 21, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 38964, No. 184, Sept. 21, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule amends the airworthiness standards for systems,
 propulsion, and airframe for both normal and transport category rotorcraft.
 In addition, these amendments introduce safety improvements, clarifying
 existing regulations, and standardize terminology. The changes are based on
 some of the proposals that were submitted to the FAA by the European
 Airworthiness Authorities. These amendments are also intended to encourage
 the European community's acceptance of the Federal Aviation Regulations for
 rotorcraft type certification, obviate development of different European
 standards, and achieve increased commonality of airworthiness standards
 among the respective countries.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: October 22, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

 Sec. 29.785  Seats, safety belts, and harnesses.

   (a) Each seat, safety belt, harness, and adjacent part of the rotorcraft at
 each station designated for occupancy during takeoff and landing must be free
 of potentially injurious objects, sharp edges, protuberances, and hard
 surfaces and must be designed so that a person making proper use of these
 facilities will not suffer serious injury in an emergency landing as a result
 of the inertial factors specified in Sec. 29.561(b) and dynamic conditions
 specified in Sec. 29.562.
   (b) Each occupant must be protected from serious head injury by a safety
 belt plus a shoulder harness that will prevent the head from contacting any
 injurious object, except as provided for in Sec. 29.562(c)(5). A shoulder
 harness (upper torso restraint), in combination with the safety belt,
 constitutes a torso restraint system as described in TSO-C114.
   (c) Each occupant's seat must have a combined safety belt and shoulder
 harness with a single-point release. Each pilot's combined safety belt and
 shoulder harness must allow each pilot when seated with safety belt and
 shoulder harness fastened to perform all functions necessary for flight
 operations. There must be a means to secure belt and harness when not in use
 to prevent interference with the operation of the rotorcraft and with rapid
 egress in an emergency.
   (a) Each seat, berth, safety belt, harness, and adjacent part of the
 rotorcraft at each station designated for occupancy during takeoff and
 landing must be free of potentially injurious objects, sharp edges,
 protuberances, and hard surfaces and must be designed so that a person making
 proper use of these facilities will not suffer serious injury in an emergency
 landing as a result of the inertia forces specified in Sec. 29.561.
   (b) Each occupant must be protected from head injury by--
   (1) For each crewmember seat and each seat beside a crewmember front seat,
 a safety belt and harness that will prevent the head from contacting any
 injurious object; and
   (2) For each seat not covered under paragraph (b)(1)--
   (i) A safety belt plus the absence of injurious objects within striking
 radius of the head;
   (ii) A safety belt, plus a shoulder harness that will prevent the head from
 contracting any injurious object; or
   (iii) A safety belt plus an energy-absorbing rest that will support the
 arms, shoulders, head and spine.
   (c) Each pilot's seat must have a combined safety belt and shoulder harness
 with a single-point release that allows the pilot, when seated with safety
 belt and shoulder harness fastened, to perform all of the pilot's necessary
 functions. There must be a means to secure belts and harnesses, when not in
 use, to prevent interference with the operation of the rotorcraft and with
 rapid egress in an emergency.
   (d) If seat backs do not have a firm handhold, there must be hand grips or
 rails along each aisle to let the occupants steady themselves while using the
 aisle in moderately rough air.
   (e) Each projecting object that would injure persons seated or moving about
 in the rotorcraft in normal flight must be padded.
   (f) Each seat and its supporting structure must be designed for an occupant
 weight of at least 170 pounds, considering the maximum load factors, inertial
 forces, and reactions between the occupant, seat, and safety belt or harness
 corresponding with the applicable flight and ground-load conditions,
 including the emergency landing conditions of Sec. 29.561(b). In addition--
   (1) Each pilot seat must be designed for the reactions resulting from the
 application of the pilot forces prescribed in Sec. 29.397; and
   (2) The inertial forces prescribed in Sec. 29.561(b) must be multiplied by
 a factor of 1.33 in determining the strength of the attachment of--
   (i) Each seat to the structure; and
   (ii) Each safety belt or harness to the seat or structure.
   (g) When the safety belt and shoulder harness are combined, the rated
 strength of the safety belt and shoulder harness may not be less than that
 corresponding to the inertial forces specified in Sec. 29.561(b), considering
 the occupant weight of at least 170 pounds, considering the dimensional
 characteristics of the restraint system installation, and using a
 distribution of at least a 60-percent load to the safety belt and at least a
 40-percent load to the shoulder harness. If the safety belt is capable of
 being used without the shoulder harness, the inertial forces specified must
 be met by the safety belt alone.
   (h) When a headrest is used, the headrest and its supporting structure must
 be designed to resist the inertia forces specified in Sec. 29.561, with a
 1.33 fitting factor and a head weight of at least 13 pounds.
   (i) Each seating device system includes the device such as the seat, the
 cushions, the occupant restraint system and attachment devices.
   (j) Each seating device system may use design features such as crushing or
 separation of certain parts of the seat in the design to reduce occupant
 loads for the emergency landing dynamic conditions of Sec. 29.562; otherwise,
 the system must remain intact and must not interfere with rapid evacuation of
 the rotorcraft.
   (k) For purposes of this section, a litter is defined as a device designed
 to carry a nonambulatory person, primarily in a recumbent position, into and
 on the rotorcraft. Each berth or litter must be designed to withstand the
 load reaction of an occupant weight of at least 170 pounds when the occupant
 is subjected to the forward inertial factors specified in Sec. 29.561(b). A
 berth or litter installed within 15 deg. or less of the longitudinal axis of
 the rotorcraft must be provided with a padded end-board, cloth diaphragm, or
 equivalent means that can withstand the forward load reaction. A berth or
 litter oriented greater than 15 deg. with the longitudinal axis of the
 rotorcraft must be equipped with appropriate restraints, such as straps or
 safety belts, to withstand the forward reaction. In addition--
   (1) The berth or litter must have a restraint system and must not have
 corners or other protuberances likely to cause serious injury to a person
 occupying it during emergency landing conditions; and
   (2) The berth or litter attachment and the occupant restraint system
 attachments to the structure must be designed to withstand the critical loads
 resulting from flight and ground load conditions and from the conditions
 prescribed in Sec. 29.561(b).

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR
 44437, Nov. 6, 1984; Amdt. 29-29, 54 FR 47320, Nov. 13, 1989]

 Sec. 29.787  Cargo and baggage compartments.

   (a) Each cargo and baggage compartment must be designed for its placarded
 maximum weight of contents and for the critical load distributions at the
 appropriate maximum load factors corresponding to the specified flight and
 ground load conditions, except the emergency landing conditions of Sec.
 29.561.
   (b) There must be means to prevent the contents of any compartment from
 becoming a hazard by shifting under the loads specified in paragraph (a) of
 this section.
   (c) Under the emergency landing conditions of Sec. 29.561, cargo and
 baggage compartments must--
   (1) Be positioned so that if the contents break loose they are unlikely to
 cause injury to the occupants or restrict any of the escape facilities
 provided for use after an emergency landing; or
   (2) Have sufficient strength to withstand the conditions specified in Sec.
 29.561, including the means of restraint and their attachments required by
 paragraph (b) of this section. Sufficient strength must be provided for the
 maximum authorized weight of cargo and baggage at the critical loading
 distribution.
   (d) If cargo compartment lamps are installed, each lamp must be installed
 so as to prevent contact between lamp bulb and cargo.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR
 55472, Dec. 20, 1976; Amdt. 29-31, 55 FR 38966, Sept. 21, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 38964, No. 184, Sept. 21, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule amends the airworthiness standards for systems,
 propulsion, and airframe for both normal and transport category rotorcraft.
 In addition, these amendments introduce safety improvements, clarifying
 existing regulations, and standardize terminology. The changes are based on
 some of the proposals that were submitted to the FAA by the European
 Airworthiness Authorities. These amendments are also intended to encourage
 the European community's acceptance of the Federal Aviation Regulations for
 rotorcraft type certification, obviate development of different European
 standards, and achieve increased commonality of airworthiness standards
 among the respective countries.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: October 22, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

 Sec. 29.801  Ditching.

   (a) If certification with ditching provisions is requested, the rotorcraft
 must meet the requirements of this section and Secs. 29.807(d), 29.1411 and
 29.1415.
   (b) Each practicable design measure, compatible with the general
 characteristics of the rotorcraft, must be taken to minimize the probability
 that in an emergency landing on water, the behavior of the rotorcraft would
 cause immediate injury to the occupants or would make it impossible for them
 to escape.
   (c) The probable behavior of the rotorcraft in a water landing must be
 investigated by model tests or by comparison with rotorcraft of similar
 configuration for which the ditching characteristics are known. Scoops,
 flaps, projections, and any other factors likely to affect the hydrodynamic
 characteristics of the rotorcraft must be considered.
   (d) It must be shown that, under reasonably probable water conditions, the
 flotation time and trim of the rotorcraft will allow the occupants to leave
 the rotorcraft and enter the liferafts required by Sec. 29.1415. If
 compliance with this provision is shown by bouyancy and trim computations,
 appropriate allowances must be made for probable structural damage and
 leakage. If the rotorcraft has fuel tanks (with fuel jettisoning provisions)
 that can reasonably be expected to withstand a ditching without leakage, the
 jettisonable volume of fuel may be considered as bouyancy volume.
   (e) Unless the effects of the collapse of external doors and windows are
 accounted for in the investigation of the probable behavior of the rotorcraft
 in a water landing (as prescribed in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section),
 the external doors and windows must be designed to withstand the probable
 maximum local pressures.

 [Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR 55472, Dec. 20, 1976]

 Sec. 29.803  Emergency evacuation.

   (a) Each crew and passenger area must have means for rapid evacuation in a
 crash landing, with the landing gear (1) extended and (2) retracted,
 considering the possibility of fire.
   (b) Passenger entrance, crew, and service doors may be considered as
 emergency exits if they meet the requirements of this section and of Secs.
 29.805 through 29.815.
   (c) Limited amphibian rotorcraft must meet paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
 section. In addition, the following apply:
   (1) Each external door, window, and exit must withstand the probable
 maximum local water pressures, unless it can be shown that its failure will
 not be hazardous to the passengers and crew or have an adverse effect on the
 rotorcraft's water stability that would preclude safe evacuation of the
 occupants.
   (2) At least two exits, one per side, meeting the miminum dimensions of the
 exit specified in Sec. 29.807(a)(4) and located above the water level must be
 provided for passenger seating capacities up to 39, inclusive. For passenger
 seating capacities from 40 to 59, inclusive, two exits, one per side, above
 the water level must be provided meeting the minimum dimensions of the exit
 specified in Sec. 29.807(a)(3). In all cases, there must be at least one
 emergency exit located above the water level for each 35 passengers.
   (d) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, the following
 categories of rotorcraft must be tested in accordance with the requirements
 of appendix D of this part to demonstrate that the maximum seating capacity,
 including the crewmembers required by the operating rules, can be evacuated
 from the rotorcraft to the ground within 90 seconds:
   (1) Rotorcraft with a seating capacity of more than 44 passengers.
   (2) Rotorcraft with all of the following:
   (i) Ten or more passengers per passenger exit as determined under Sec.
 29.807(b).
   (ii) No main aisle, as described in Sec. 29.815, for each row of passenger
 seats.
   (iii) Access to each passenger exit for each passenger by virtue of design
 features of seats, such as folding or break-over seat backs or folding seats.
   (e) A combination of analysis and tests may be used to show that the
 rotorcraft is capable of being evacuated within 90 seconds under the
 conditions specified in Sec. 29.803(d) if the Administrator finds that the
 combination of analysis and tests will provide data, with respect to the
 emergency evacuation capability of the rotorcraft, equivalent to that which
 would be obtained by actual demonstration.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR
 967, Jan. 26, 1968; Amdt. 29-30, 55 FR 8004, Mar. 6, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 7992, No. 44, Mar. 6, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule adopts new and revised airworthiness standards for
 certification of airframe and related equipment on both normal and transport
 category rotorcraft. In addition, one amendment changes an operating rule
 affecting external load operators. These amendments grew out of a rotorcraft
 regulatory review program and the recognition by both government and industry
 that updated safety standards are needed. These amendments provide a high
 level of safety in design requirements, while removing certain unnecessary
 existing burdens and better utilizing the unique characteristics and
 capabilities of rotorcraft.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: April 5, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

 Sec. 29.805  Flight crew emergency exits.

   (a) For rotorcraft with passenger emergency exits that are not convenient
 to the flight crew, there must be flight crew emergency exits, on both sides
 of the rotorcraft or as a top hatch, in the flight crew area.
   (b) Each flight crew emergency exit must be of sufficient size and must be
 located so as to allow rapid evacuation of the flight crew. This must be
 shown by test.
   (c) Each exit must not be obstructed by water or flotation devices after a
 ditching. This must be shown by test, demonstration, or analysis.

 [Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR 968, Jan. 26, 1968, as amended at Amdt. 29-30, 55 FR 8004,
 Mar. 6, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 7992, No. 44, Mar. 6, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule adopts new and revised airworthiness standards for
 certification of airframe and related equipment on both normal and transport
 category rotorcraft. In addition, one amendment changes an operating rule
 affecting external load operators. These amendments grew out of a rotorcraft
 regulatory review program and the recognition by both government and industry
 that updated safety standards are needed. These amendments provide a high
 level of safety in design requirements, while removing certain unnecessary
 existing burdens and better utilizing the unique characteristics and
 capabilities of rotorcraft.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: April 5, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

 Sec. 29.807  Passenger emergency exits.

   (a) Type. For the purpose of this part, the types of passenger emergency
 exit are as follows:
   (1) Type I. This type must have a rectangular opening of not less than 24
 inches wide by 48 inches high, with corner radii not greater than one-third
 the width of the exit, in the passenger area in the side of the fuselage at
 floor level and as far away as practicable from areas that might become
 potential fire hazards in a crash.
   (2) Type II. This type is the same as Type I, except that the opening must
 be at least 20 inches wide by 44 inches high.
   (3) Type III. This type is the same as Type I, except that--
   (i) The opening must be at least 20 inches wide by 36 inches high; and
   (ii) The exits need not be at floor level.
   (4) Type IV. This type must have a rectangular opening of not less than 19
 inches wide by 26 inches high, with corner radii not greater than one-third
 the width of the exit, in the side of the fuselage with a step-up inside the
 rotorcraft of not more than 29 inches.

 Openings with dimensions larger than those specified in this section may be
 used, regardless of shape, if the base of the opening has a flat surface of
 not less than the specified width.
   (b) Passenger emergency exits; side-of-fuselage.  Emergency exits must be
 accessible to the passengers and, except as provided in paragraph (d) of this
 section, must be provided in accordance with the following table:

                                     Emergency exits for
                                       each side of the
                                           fuselage

                       Passenger
                        seating     Type  Type  Type  Type
                       capacity      I     II   III    IV

                     1 through 10                        1
                     11 through 19              1 or     2
                     20 through 39           1           1
                     40 through 59     1                 1
                     60 through 79     1        1 or     2

   (c) Passenger emergency exits; other than side-of-fuselage. In addition to
 the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section--
   (1) There must be enough openings in the top, bottom, or ends of the
 fuselage to allow evacuation with the rotorcraft on its side; or
   (2) The probability of the rotorcraft coming to rest on its side in a crash
 landing must be extremely remote.
   (d) Ditching emergency exits for passengers. If certification with ditching
 provisions is requested, ditching emergency exits must be provided in
 accordance with the following requirements and must be proven by test,
 demonstration, or analysis unless the emergency exits required by paragraph
 (b) of this section already meet these requirements.
   (1) For rotorcraft that have a passenger seating configuration, excluding
 pilots seats, of nine seats or less, one exit above the waterline in each
 side of the rotorcraft, meeting at least the dimensions of a Type IV exit.
   (2) For rotorcraft that have a passenger seating configuration, excluding
 pilots seats, of 10 seats or more, one exit above the waterline in a side of
 the rotorcraft meeting at least the dimensions of a Type III exit, for each
 unit (or part of a unit) of 35 passenger seats, but no less than two such
 exits in the passenger cabin, with one on each side of the rotorcraft.
 However, where it has been shown through analysis, ditching demonstrations,
 or any other tests found necessary by the Administrator, that the evacuation
 capability of the rotorcraft during ditching is improved by the use of larger
 exits, or by other means, the passenger seat to exit ratio may be increased.
   (3) Flotation devices, whether stowed or deployed, may not interfere with
 or obstruct the exits.
   (e) Ramp exits. One Type I exit only, or one Type II exit only, that is
 required in the side of the fuselage under paragraph (b) of this section, may
 be installed instead in the ramp of floor ramp rotorcraft if--
   (1) Its installation in the side of the fuselage is impractical; and
   (2) Its installation in the ramp meets Sec. 29.813.
   (f) Tests. The proper functioning of each emergency exit must be shown by
 test.

 [Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR 968, Jan. 26, 1968, as amended by Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR
 55472, Dec. 20, 1976; Amdt. 29-30, 55 FR 8004, Mar. 6, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 7992, No. 44, Mar. 6, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule adopts new and revised airworthiness standards for
 certification of airframe and related equipment on both normal and transport
 category rotorcraft. In addition, one amendment changes an operating rule
 affecting external load operators. These amendments grew out of a rotorcraft
 regulatory review program and the recognition by both government and industry
 that updated safety standards are needed. These amendments provide a high
 level of safety in design requirements, while removing certain unnecessary
 existing burdens and better utilizing the unique characteristics and
 capabilities of rotorcraft.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: April 5, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

 Sec. 29.809  Emergency exit arrangement.

   (a) Each emergency exit must consist of a movable door or hatch in the
 external walls of the fuselage and must provide an unobstructed opening to
 the outside.
   (b) Each emergency exit must be openable from the inside and from the
 outside.
   (c) The means of opening each emergency exit must be simple and obvious and
 may not require exceptional effort.
   (d) There must be means for locking each emergency exit and for preventing
 opening in flight inadvertently or as a result of mechanical failure.
   (e) There must be means to minimize the probability of the jamming of any
 emergency exit in a minor crash landing as a result of fuselage deformation
 under the ultimate inertial forces in Sec. 29.783(d).
   (f) Except as provided in paragraph (h) of this section, each land-based
 rotorcraft emergency exit must have an approved slide as stated in paragraph
 (g) of this section, or its equivalent, to assist occupants in descending to
 the ground from each floor level exit and an approved rope, or its
 equivalent, for all other exits, if the exit threshold is more that 6 feet
 above the ground--
   (1) With the rotorcraft on the ground and with the landing gear extended;
   (2) With one or more legs or part of the landing gear collapsed, broken, or
 not extended; and
   (3) With the rotorcraft resting on its side, if required by Sec. 29.803(d).
   (g) The slide for each passenger emergency exit must be a self-supporting
 slide or equivalent, and must be designed to meet the following requirements:
   (1) It must be automatically deployed, and deployment must begin during the
 interval between the time the exit opening means is actuated from inside the
 rotorcraft and the time the exit is fully opened. However, each passenger
 emergency exit which is also a passenger entrance door or a service door must
 be provided with means to prevent deployment of the slide when the exit is
 opened from either the inside or the outside under nonemergency conditions
 for normal use.
   (2) It must be automatically erected within 10 seconds after deployment is
 begun.
   (3) It must be of such length after full deployment that the lower end is
 self-supporting on the ground and provides safe evacuation of occupants to
 the ground after collapse of one or more legs or part of the landing gear.
   (4) It must have the capability, in 25-knot winds directed from the most
 critical angle, to deploy and, with the assistance of only one person, to
 remain usable after full deployment to evacuate occupants safely to the
 ground.
   (5) Each slide installation must be qualified by five consecutive
 deployment and inflation tests conducted (per exit) without failure, and at
 least three tests of each such five-test series must be conducted using a
 single representative sample of the device. The sample devices must be
 deployed and inflated by the system's primary means after being subjected to
 the inertia forces specified in Sec. 29.561(b). If any part of the system
 fails or does not function properly during the required tests, the cause of
 the failure or malfunction must be corrected by positive means and after
 that, the full series of five consecutive deployment and inflation tests must
 be conducted without failure.
   (h) For rotorcraft having 30 or fewer passenger seats and having an exit
 threshold more than 6 feet above the ground, a rope or other assist means may
 be used in place of the slide specified in paragraph (f) of this section,
 provided an evacuation demonstration is accomplished as prescribed in Sec.
 29.803(d) or (e).
   (i) If a rope, with its attachment, is used for compliance with paragraph
 (f), (g), or (h) of this section, it must--
   (1) Withstand a 400-pound static load; and
   (2) Attach to the fuselage structure at or above the top of the emergency
 exit opening, or at another approved location if the stowed rope would reduce
 the pilot's view in flight.

 [Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR 968, Jan. 26, 1968; Amdt. 29-29, 54 FR 47321, Nov. 13,
 1989; Amdt. 29-30, 55 FR 8004, Mar. 6, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 7992, No. 44, Mar. 6, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule adopts new and revised airworthiness standards for
 certification of airframe and related equipment on both normal and transport
 category rotorcraft. In addition, one amendment changes an operating rule
 affecting external load operators. These amendments grew out of a rotorcraft
 regulatory review program and the recognition by both government and industry
 that updated safety standards are needed. These amendments provide a high
 level of safety in design requirements, while removing certain unnecessary
 existing burdens and better utilizing the unique characteristics and
 capabilities of rotorcraft.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: April 5, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

 Sec. 29.811  Emergency exit marking.

   (a) Each passenger emergency exit, its means of access, and its means of
 opening must be conspicuously marked for the guidance of occupants using the
 exits in daylight or in the dark. Such markings must be designed to remain
 visible for rotorcraft equipped for overwater flights if the rotorcraft is
 capsized and the cabin is submerged.
   (b) The identity and location of each passenger emergency exit must be
 recognizable from a distance equal to the width of the cabin.
   (c) The location of each passenger emergency exit must be indicated by a
 sign visible to occupants approaching along the main passenger aisle. There
 must be a locating sign--
   (1) Next to or above the aisle near each floor emergency exit, except that
 one sign may serve two exits if both exists can be seen readily from that
 sign; and
   (2) On each bulkhead or divider that prevents fore and aft vision along the
 passenger cabin, to indicate emergency exits beyond and obscured by it,
 except that if this is not possible the sign may be placed at another
 appropriate location.
   (d) Each passenger emergency exit marking and each locating sign must have
 white letters 1 inch high on a red background 2 inches high, be self or
 electrically illuminated, and have a minimum luminescence (brightness) of at
 least 160 microlamberts. The colors may be reversed if this will increase the
 emergency illumination of the passenger compartment.
   (e) The location of each passenger emergency exit operating handle and
 instructions for opening must be shown--
   (1) For each emergency exit, by a marking on or near the exit that is
 readable from a distance of 30 inches; and
   (2) For each Type I or Type II emergency exit with a locking mechanism
 released by rotary motion of the handle, by--
   (i) A red arrow, with a shaft at least three-fourths inch wide and a head
 twice the width of the shaft, extending along at least 70 degrees of arc at a
 radius approximately equal to three-fourths of the handle length; and
   (ii) The word "open" in red letters 1 inch high, placed horizontally near
 the head of the arrow.
   (f) Each emergency exit, and its means of opening, must be marked on the
 outside of the rotorcraft. In addition, the following apply:
   (1) There must be a 2-inch colored band outlining each passenger emergency
 exit, except small rotorcraft with a maximum weight of 12,500 pounds or less
 may have a 2-inch colored band outlining each exit release lever or device of
 passenger emergency exits which are normally used doors.
   (2) Each outside marking, including the band, must have color contrast to
 be readily distinguishable from the surrounding fuselage surface. The
 contrast must be such that, if the reflectance of the darker color is 15
 percent or less, the reflectance of the lighter color must be at least 45
 percent. "Reflectance" is the ratio of the luminous flux reflected by a body
 to the luminous flux it receives. When the reflectance of the darker color is
 greater than 15 percent, at least a 30 percent difference between its
 reflectance and the reflectance of the lighter color must be provided.
   (g) Exits marked as such, though in excess of the required number of exits,
 must meet the requirements for emergency exits of the particular type.
 Emergency exits need only be marked with the word "Exit."

 [Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR 968, Jan. 26, 1968, as amended by Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR
 44438, Nov. 6, 1984; Amdt. 29-30, 55 FR 8004, Mar. 6, 1990; Amdt. 29-31, 55
 FR 38967, Sept. 21, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 38964, No. 184, Sept. 21, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule amends the airworthiness standards for systems,
 propulsion, and airframe for both normal and transport category rotorcraft.
 In addition, these amendments introduce safety improvements, clarifying
 existing regulations, and standardize terminology. The changes are based on
 some of the proposals that were submitted to the FAA by the European
 Airworthiness Authorities. These amendments are also intended to encourage
 the European community's acceptance of the Federal Aviation Regulations for
 rotorcraft type certification, obviate development of different European
 standards, and achieve increased commonality of airworthiness standards
 among the respective countries.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: October 22, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

 Sec. 29.812   Emergency lighting.

   For transport Category A rotorcraft, the following apply:
   (a) A source of light with its power supply independent of the main
 lighting system must be installed to--
   (1) Illuminate each passenger emergency exit marking and locating sign; and
   (2) Provide enough general lighting in the passenger cabin so that the
 average illumination, when measured at 40-inch intervals at seat armrest
 height on the center line of the main passenger aisle, is at least 0.05 foot-
 candle.
   (b) Exterior emergency lighting must be provided at each emergency exit.
 The illumination may not be less than 0.05 foot-candle (measured normal to
 the direction of incident light) for minimum width on the ground surface,
 with landing gear extended, equal to the width of the emergency exit where an
 evacuee is likely to make first contact with the ground outside the cabin.
 The exterior emergency lighting may be provided by either interior or
 exterior sources with light intensity measurements made with the emergency
 exits open.
   (c) Each light required by paragraph (a) or (b) of this section must be
 operable manually from the cockpit station and from a point in the passenger
 compartment that is readily accessible. The cockpit control device must have
 an "on," "off," and "armed" position so that when turned on at the cockpit or
 passenger compartment station or when armed at the cockpit station, the
 emergency lights will either illuminate or remain illuminated upon
 interruption of the rotorcraft's normal electric power.
   (d) Any means required to assist the occupants in descending to the ground
 must be illuminated so that the erected assist means is visible from the
 rotorcraft.
   (1) The assist means must be provided with an illumination of not less than
 0.03 foot-candle (measured normal to the direction of the incident light) at
 the ground end of the erected assist means where an evacuee using the
 established escape route would normally make first contact with the ground,
 with the rotorcraft in each of the attitudes corresponding to the collapse of
 one or more legs of the landing gear.
   (2) If the emergency lighting subsystem illuminating the assist means is
 independent of the rotorcraft's main emergency lighting system, it--
   (i) Must automatically be activated when the assist means is erected;
   (ii) Must provide the illumination required by paragraph (d)(1); and
   (iii) May not be adversely affected by stowage.
   (e) The energy supply to each emergency lighting unit must provide the
 required level of illumination for at least 10 minutes at the critical
 ambient conditions after an emergency landing.
   (f) If storage batteries are used as the energy supply for the emergency
 lighting system, they may be recharged from the rotorcraft's main electrical
 power system provided the charging circuit is designed to preclude
 inadvertent battery discharge into charging circuit faults.

 [Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR 44438, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.813  Emergency exit access.

   (a) Each passageway between passenger compartments, and each passageway
 leading to Type I and Type II emergency exits, must be--
   (1) Unobstructed; and
   (2) At least 20 inches wide.
   (b) For each emergency exit covered by Sec. 29.809(f), there must be enough
 space adjacent to that exit to allow a crewmember to assist in the evacuation
 of passengers without reducing the unobstructed width of the passageway below
 that required for that exit.
   (c) There must be access from each aisle to each Type III and Type IV exit,
 and
   (1) For rotorcraft that have a passenger seating configuration, excluding
 pilot seats, of 20 or more, the projected opening of the exit provided must
 not be obstructed by seats, berths, or other protrusions (including seatbacks
 in any position) for a distance from that exit of not less than the width of
 the narrowest passenger seat installed on the rotorcraft;
   (2) For rotorcraft that have a passenger seating configuration, excluding
 pilot seats, of 19 or less, there may be minor obstructions in the region
 described in paragraph (c) (1) of this section, if there are compensating
 factors to maintain the effectiveness of the exit.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR
 55472, Dec. 20, 1976]

 Sec. 29.815  Main aisle width.

   The main passenger aisle width between seats must equal or exceed the
 values in the following table:

                                         Minimum main
                                       passenger aisle
                                            width

                                        Less       25
                                      than 25    Inches
                                       inches   and more
                         Passenger      from      from
                          seating      floor     floor
                         capacity     (inches)  (inches)

                       10 or less           12        15
                       11 through 19        12        20
                       20 or more           15        20

                    /1/ A narrower width not less than 9
                    inches may be approved when
                    substantiated by tests found necessary
                    by the Administrator.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR
 55472, Dec. 20, 1976]

 Sec. 29.831  Ventilation.

   (a) Each passenger and crew compartment must be ventilated, and each crew
 compartment must have enough fresh air (but not less than 10 cu. ft. per
 minute per crewmember) to let crewmembers perform their duties without undue
 discomfort or fatigue.
   (b) Crew and passenger compartment air must be free from harmful or
 hazardous concentrations of gases or vapors.
   (c) The concentration of carbon monoxide may not exceed one part in 20,000
 parts of air during forward flight. If the concentration exceeds this value
 under other conditions, there must be suitable operating restrictions.
   (d) There must be means to ensure compliance with paragraphs (b) and (c) of
 this section under any reasonably probable failure of any ventilating,
 heating, or other system or equipment.

 Sec. 29.833  Heaters.

   Each combustion heater must be approved.

                                Fire Protection

 Sec. 29.851  Fire extinguishers.

   (a) Hand fire extinguishers. For hand fire extinguishers the following
 apply:
   (1) Each hand fire extinguisher must be approved.
   (2) The kinds and quantities of each extinguishing agent used must be
 appropriate to the kinds of fires likely to occur where that agent is used.
   (3) Each extinguisher for use in a personnel compartment must be designed
 to minimize the hazard of toxic gas concentrations.
   (b) Built-in fire extinguishers. If a built-in fire extinguishing system is
 required--
   (1) The capacity of each system, in relation to the volume of the
 compartment where used and the ventilation rate, must be adequate for any
 fire likely to occur in that compartment.
   (2) Each system must be installed so that--
   (i) No extinguishing agent likely to enter personnel compartments will be
 present in a quantity that is hazardous to the occupants; and
   (ii) No discharge of the extinguisher can cause structural damage.

 Sec. 29.853  Compartment interiors.

   For each compartment to be used by the crew or passengers--
   (a) The materials (including finishes or decorative surfaces applied to the
 materials) must meet the following test criteria as applicable:
   (1) Interior ceiling panels, interior wall panels, partitions, galley
 structure, large cabinet walls, structural flooring, and materials used in
 the construction of stowage compartments (other than underseat stowage
 compartments and compartments for stowing small items such as magazines and
 maps) must be self-extinguishing when tested vertically in accordance with
 the applicable portions of Appendix F of Part 25 of this chapter, or other
 approved equivalent methods. The average burn length may not exceed 6 inches
 and the average flame time after removal of the flame source may not exceed
 15 seconds. Drippings from the test specimen may not continue to flame for
 more than an average of 3 seconds after falling.
   (2) Floor covering, textiles (including draperies and upholstery), seat
 cushions, padding, decorative and nondecorative coated fabrics, leather,
 trays and galley furnishings, electrical conduit, thermal and acoustical
 insulation and insulation covering, air ducting, joint and edge covering,
 cargo compartment liners, insulation blankets, cargo covers, and
 transparencies, molded and thermoformed parts, air ducting joints, and trim
 strips (decorative and chafing) that are constructed of materials not covered
 in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, must be self extinguishing when tested
 vertically in accordance with the applicable portion of Appendix F of Part 25
 of this chapter, or other approved equivalent methods. The average burn
 length may not exceed 8 inches and the average flame time after removal of
 the flame source may not exceed 15 seconds. Drippings from the test specimen
 may not continue to flame for more than an average of 5 seconds after
 falling.
   (3) Acrylic windows and signs, parts constructed in whole or in part of
 elastometric materials, edge lighted instrument assemblies consisting of two
 or more instruments in a common housing, seat belts, shoulder harnesses, and
 cargo and baggage tiedown equipment, including containers, bins, pallets,
 etc., used in passenger or crew compartments, may not have an average burn
 rate greater than 2.5 inches per minute when tested horizontally in
 accordance with the applicable portions of Appendix F of Part 25 of this
 chapter, or other approved equivalent methods.
   (4) Except for electrical wire and cable insulation, and for small parts
 (such as knobs, handles, rollers, fasteners, clips, grommets, rub strips,
 pulleys, and small electrical parts) that the Administrator finds would not
 contribute significantly to the propagation of a fire, materials in items not
 specified in paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), or (a)(3) of this section may not
 have a burn rate greater than 4 inches per minute when tested horizontally in
 accordance with the applicable portions of Appendix F of Part 25 of this
 chapter, or other approved equivalent methods.
   (b) In addition to meeting the requirements of paragraph (a)(2), seat
 cushions, except those on flight crewmember seats, must meet the test
 requirements of Part II of Appendix F of Part 25 of this chapter, or
 equivalent.
   (c) If smoking is to be prohibited, there must be a placard so stating, and
 if smoking is to be allowed--
   (1) There must be an adequate number of self-contained, removable ashtrays;
 and
   (2) Where the crew compartment is separated from the passenger compartment,
 there must be at least one illuminated sign (using either letters or symbols)
 notifying all passengers when smoking is prohibited. Signs which notify when
 smoking is prohibited must--
   (i) When illuminated, be legible to each passenger seated in the passenger
 cabin under all probable lighting conditions; and
   (ii) Be so constructed that the crew can turn the illumination on and off.
   (d) Each receptacle for towels, paper, or waste must be at least fire-
 resistant and must have means for containing possible fires;
   (e) There must be a hand fire extinguisher for the flight crewmembers; and
   (f) At least the following number of hand fire extinguishers must be
 conveniently located in passenger compartments:

                           Passenger        Fire
                           capacity     extinguishers

                         7 through 30               1
                         31 through 60              2
                         61 or more                 3

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49 U.S.C.
 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424), sec. 6(c), Dept. of Transportation Act (49 U.S.C.
 1655(c)))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR
 969, Jan. 26, 1968; Amdt. 29-17, 43 FR 50600, Oct. 30, 1978; Amdt 29-18, 45
 FR 7756, Feb. 4, 1980; Amdt. 29-23, 49 FR 43200, Oct. 26, 1984]

 Sec. 29.855  Cargo and baggage compartments.

   (a) Each cargo and baggage compartment must be construced of or lined with
 materials in accordance with the following:
   (1) For accessible and inaccessible compartments not occupied by passengers
 or crew, the material must be at least fire resistant.
   (2) Materials must meet the requirements in Sec. 29.853(a)(1), (a)(2), and
 (a)(3) for cargo or baggage compartments in which--
   (i) The presence of a compartment fire would be easily discovered by a
 crewmember while at the crewmember's station;
   (ii) Each part of the compartment is easily accessible in flight;
   (iii) The compartment has a volume of 200 cubic feet or less; and
   (iv) Notwithstanding Sec. 29.1439(a), protective breathing equipment is not
 required.
   (b) No compartment may contain any controls, wiring, lines, equipment, or
 accessories whose damage or failure would affect safe operation, unless those
 items are protected so that--
   (1) They cannot be damaged by the movement of cargo in the compartment; and
   (2) Their breakage or failure will not create a fire hazard.
   (c) The design and sealing of inaccessible compartments must be adequate to
 contain compartment fires until a landing and safe evacuation can be made.
   (d) Each cargo and baggage compartment that is not sealed so as to contain
 cargo compartment fires completely without endangering the safety of a
 rotorcraft or its occupants must be designed, or must have a device, to
 ensure detection of fires or smoke by a crewmember while at his station and
 to prevent the accumulation of harmful quantities of smoke, flame,
 extinguishing agents, and other noxious gases in any crew or passenger
 compartment. This must be shown in flight.
   (e) For rotorcraft used for the carriage of cargo only, the cabin area may
 be considered a cargo compartment and, in addition to paragraphs (a) through
 (d) of this section, the following apply:
   (1) There must be means to shut off the ventilating airflow to or within
 the compartment. Controls for this purpose must be accessible to the flight
 crew in the crew compartment.
   (2) Required crew emergency exits must be accessible under all cargo
 loading conditions.
   (3) Sources of heat within each compartment must be shielded and insulated
 to prevent igniting the cargo.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR
 969, Jan 26, 1968; Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR 44438, Nov. 6, 1984; Amdt. 29-30, 55 FR
 8004, Mar. 6, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 7992, No. 44, Mar. 6, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule adopts new and revised airworthiness standards for
 certification of airframe and related equipment on both normal and transport
 category rotorcraft. In addition, one amendment changes an operating rule
 affecting external load operators. These amendments grew out of a rotorcraft
 regulatory review program and the recognition by both government and industry
 that updated safety standards are needed. These amendments provide a high
 level of safety in design requirements, while removing certain unnecessary
 existing burdens and better utilizing the unique characteristics and
 capabilities of rotorcraft.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: April 5, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

 Sec. 29.859  Combustion heater fire protection.

   (a) Combustion heater fire zones. The following combustion heater fire
 zones must be protected against fire under the applicable provisions of Secs.
 29.1181 through 29.1191, and 29.1195 through 29.1203:
   (1) The region surrounding any heater, if that region contains any
 flammable fluid system components (including the heater fuel system), that
 could--
   (i) Be damaged by heater malfunctioning; or
   (ii) Allow flammable fluids or vapors to reach the heater in case of
 leakage.
   (2) Each part of any ventilating air passage that--
   (i) Surrounds the combustion chamber; and
   (ii) Would not contain (without damage to other rotorcraft components) any
 fire that may occur within the passage.
   (b) Ventilating air ducts. Each ventilating air duct passing through any
 fire zone must be fireproof. In addition--
   (1) Unless isolation is provided by fireproof valves or by equally
 effective means, the ventilating air duct downstream of each heater must be
 fireproof for a distance great enough to ensure that any fire originating in
 the heater can be contained in the duct; and
   (2) Each part of any ventilating duct passing through any region having a
 flammable fluid system must be so constructed or isolated from that system
 that the malfunctioning of any component of that system cannot introduce
 flammable fluids or vapors into the ventilating airstream.
   (c) Combustion air ducts. Each combustion air duct must be fireproof for a
 distance great enough to prevent damage from backfiring or reverse flame
 propagation. In addition--
   (1) No combustion air duct may communicate with the ventilating airstream
 unless flames from backfires or reverse burning cannot enter the ventilating
 airstream under any operating condition, including reverse flow or
 malfunction of the heater or its associated components; and
   (2) No combustion air duct may restrict the prompt relief of any backfire
 that, if so restricted, could cause heater failure.
   (d) Heater controls; general. There must be means to prevent the hazardous
 accumulation of water or ice on or in any heater control component, control
 system tubing, or safety control.
   (e) Heater safety controls. For each combustion heater, safety control
 means must be provided as follows:
   (1) Means independent of the components provided for the normal continuous
 control of air temperature, airflow, and fuel flow must be provided, for each
 heater, to automatically shut off the ignition and fuel supply of that heater
 at a point remote from that heater when any of the following occurs:
   (i) The heat exchanger temperature exceeds safe limits.
   (ii) The ventilating air temperature exceeds safe limits.
   (iii) The combustion airflow becomes inadequate for safe operation.
   (iv) The ventilating airflow becomes inadequate for safe operation.
   (2) The means of complying with paragraph (e)(1) of this section for any
 individual heater must--
   (i) Be independent of components serving any other heater whose heat output
 is essential for safe operation; and
   (ii) Keep the heater off until restarted by the crew.
   (3) There must be means to warn the crew when any heater whose heat output
 is essential for safe operation has been shut off by the automatic means
 prescribed in paragraph (e)(1) of this section.
   (f) Air intakes. Each combustion and ventilating air intake must be where
 no flammable fluids or vapors can enter the heater system under any operating
 condition--
   (1) During normal operation; or
   (2) As a result of the malfunction of any other component.
   (g) Heater exhaust. Each heater exhaust system must meet the requirements
 of Secs. 29.1121 and 29.1123. In addition--
   (1) Each exhaust shroud must be sealed so that no flammable fluids or
 hazardous quantities of vapors can reach the exhaust systems through joints;
 and
   (2) No exhaust system may restrict the prompt relief of any backfire that,
 if so restricted, could cause heater failure.
   (h) Heater fuel systems. Each heater fuel system must meet the powerplant
 fuel system requirements affecting safe heater operation. Each heater fuel
 system component in the ventilating airstream must be protected by shrouds so
 that no leakage from those components can enter the ventilating airstream.
   (i) Drains. There must be means for safe drainage of any fuel that might
 accumulate in the combustion chamber or the heat exchanger. In addition--
   (1) Each part of any drain that operates at high temperatures must be
 protected in the same manner as heater exhausts; and
   (2) Each drain must be protected against hazardous ice accumulation under
 any operating condition.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-2, 32 FR
 6914, May 5, 1967]

 Sec. 29.861  Fire protection of structure, controls, and other parts.

   Each part of the structure, controls, and the rotor mechanism, and other
 parts essential to controlled landing and (for category A) flight that would
 be affected by powerplant fires must be isolated under Sec. 29.1191, or must
 be--
   (a) For category A rotorcraft, fireproof; and
   (b) For Category B rotorcraft, fireproof or protected so that they can
 perform their essential functions for at least 5 minutes under any
 foreseeable powerplant fire conditions.

 [Doc. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended at Amdt. 29-30, 55 FR
 8005, Mar. 6, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 7992, No. 44, Mar. 6, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule adopts new and revised airworthiness standards for
 certification of airframe and related equipment on both normal and transport
 category rotorcraft. In addition, one amendment changes an operating rule
 affecting external load operators. These amendments grew out of a rotorcraft
 regulatory review program and the recognition by both government and industry
 that updated safety standards are needed. These amendments provide a high
 level of safety in design requirements, while removing certain unnecessary
 existing burdens and better utilizing the unique characteristics and
 capabilities of rotorcraft.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: April 5, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

 Sec. 29.863  Flammable fluid fire protection.

   (a) In each area where flammable fluids or vapors might escape by leakage
 of a fluid system, there must be means to minimize the probability of
 ignition of the fluids and vapors, and the resultant hazards if ignition does
 occur.
   (b) Compliance with paragraph (a) of this section must be shown by analysis
 or tests, and the following factors must be considered:
   (1) Possible sources and paths of fluid leakage, and means of detecting
 leakage.
   (2) Flammability characteristics of fluids, including effects of any
 combustible or absorbing materials.
   (3) Possible ignition sources, including electrical faults, overheating of
 equipment, and malfunctioning of protective devices.
   (4) Means available for controlling or extinguishing a fire, such as
 stopping flow of fluids, shutting down equipment, fireproof containment, or
 use of extinguishing agents.
   (5) Ability of rotorcraft components that are critical to safety of flight
 to withstand fire and heat.
   (c) If action by the flight crew is required to prevent or counteract a
 fluid fire (e.g. equipment shutdown or actuation of a fire extinguisher),
 quick acting means must be provided to alert the crew.
   (d) Each area where flammable fluids or vapors might escape by leakage of a
 fluid system must be identified and defined.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49 U.S.C.
 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424), sec. 6(c), Dept. of Transportation Act (49 U.S.C.
 1655(c)))

 [Amdt. 29-17, 43 FR 50600, Oct. 30, 1978]

                         External Load Attaching Means

 Sec. 29.865  External load attaching means.

   (a) It must be shown by analysis or test, or both, that the rotorcraft
 external load attaching means can withstand a limit static load equal to 2.5,
 or some lower factor approved under Secs. 29.337 through 29.341, multiplied
 by the maximum external load for which authorization is requested. The load
 is applied in the vertical direction and in any direction making an angle of
 30 deg. with the vertical, except for those directions having a forward
 component. However, the 30 deg. angle may be reduced to a lesser angle if--
   (1) An operating limitation is established limiting external load
 operations to such angles for which compliance with this paragraph has been
 shown; or
   (2) It is shown that the lesser angle can not be exceeded in service.
   (b) The external load attaching means for Class B and Class C rotorcraft-
 load combinations must include a device to enable the pilot to release the
 external load quickly during flight. This quick-release device, and the means
 by which it is controlled, must comply with the following:
   (1) A control for the quick-release device must be installed on one of the
 pilot's primary controls and must be designed and located so that it may be
 operated by the pilot without hazardously limiting his ability to control the
 rotorcraft during an emergency situation.
   (2) In addition a manual mechanical control for the quick-release device,
 readily accessible either to the pilot or to another crew member, must be
 provided.
   (3) The quick-release device must function properly with all external loads
 up to and including the maximum external load for which authorization is
 requested.
   (c) A placard or marking must be installed next to the external-load
 attaching means stating the maximum authorized external load as demonstrated
 under Sec. 29.25 and this section.
   (d) The fatigue evaluation of Sec. 29.571(a) does not apply to this section
 except for a failure of the cargo attaching means that results in a hazard to
 the rotorcraft.

 [Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR 55472, Dec. 20, 1976, as amended at Amdt. 29-30, 55 FR
 8005, Mar. 6, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 7992, No. 44, Mar. 6, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule adopts new and revised airworthiness standards for
 certification of airframe and related equipment on both normal and transport
 category rotorcraft. In addition, one amendment changes an operating rule
 affecting external load operators. These amendments grew out of a rotorcraft
 regulatory review program and the recognition by both government and industry
 that updated safety standards are needed. These amendments provide a high
 level of safety in design requirements, while removing certain unnecessary
 existing burdens and better utilizing the unique characteristics and
 capabilities of rotorcraft.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: April 5, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

                                 Miscellaneous

 Sec. 29.871  Leveling marks.

   There must be reference marks for leveling the rotorcraft on the ground.

 Sec. 29.873  Ballast provisions.

   Ballast provisions must be designed and constructed to prevent inadvertent
 shifting of ballast in flight.



                             Subpart E--Powerplant






                                    General






 Sec. 29.901  Installation.

   (a) For the purpose of this part, the powerplant installation includes each
 part of the rotorcraft (other than the main and auxiliary rotor structures)
 that--
   (1) Is necessary for propulsion;
   (2) Affects the control of the major propulsive units; or
   (3) Affects the safety of the major propulsive units between normal
 inspections or overhauls.
   (b) For each powerplant installation--
   (1) The installation must comply with--
   (i) The installation instructions provided under Sec. 33.5 of this chapter;
 and
   (ii) The applicable provisions of this subpart.
   (2) Each component of the installation must be constructed, arranged, and
 installed to ensure its continued safe operation between normal inspections
 or overhauls for the range of temperature and altitude for which approval is
 requested.
   (3) Accessibility must be provided to allow any inspection and maintenance
 necessary for continued airworthiness; and
   (4) Electrical interconnections must be provided to prevent differences of
 potential between major components of the installation and the rest of the
 rotorcraft.
   (5) Axial and radial expansion of turbine engines may not affect the safety
 of the installation.
   (6) Design precautions must be taken to minimize the possibility of
 incorrect assembly of components and equipment essential to safe operation of
 the rotorcraft, except where operation with the incorrect assembly can be
 shown to be extremely improbable.
   (c) For each powerplant and auxiliary power unit installation, it must be
 established that no single failure or malfunction or probable combination of
 failures will jeopardize the safe operation of the rotorcraft except that--
   (1) The failure of structural elements need not be considered if the
 probability of such failure is extremely remote; and
   (2) The failure of engine rotor discs need not be considered.
   (d) Each auxiliary power unit installation must meet the applicable
 provisions of this subpart.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49 U.S.C.
 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424), sec. 6(c), Dept. of Transportation Act (49 U.S.C.
 1655(c)))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR
 969, Jan. 26, 1968; Amdt, 29-13, 42 FR 15046, Mar. 17, 1977; Amdt. 29-17, 43
 FR 50600, Oct. 30, 1978; Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR 34215, Sept. 2, 1988]






 Sec. 29.903  Engines.

   (a) Engine type certification. Each engine must have an approved type
 certificate. Reciprocating engines for use in helicopters must be qualified
 in accordance with Sec. 33.49(d) of this chapter or be otherwise approved for
 the intended usage.
   (b) Category A; engine isolation. For each category A rotorcraft, the
 powerplants must be arranged and isolated from each other to allow operation,
 in at least one configuration, so that the failure or malfunction of any
 engine, or the failure of any system that can affect any engine, will not--
   (1) Prevent the continued safe operation of the remaining engines; or
   (2) Require immediate action, other than normal pilot action with primary
 flight controls, by any crewmember to maintain safe operation.
   (c) Category A; control of engine rotation. For each Category A rotorcraft,
 there must be a means for stopping the rotation of any engine individually in
 flight, except that, for turbine engine installations, the means for stopping
 the engine need be provided only where necessary for safety. In addition--
   (1) Each component of the engine stopping system that is located on the
 engine side of the firewall, and that might be exposed to fire, must be at
 least fire resistant; or
   (2) Duplicate means must be available for stopping the engine and the
 controls must be where all are not likely to be damaged at the same time in
 case of fire.
   (d) Turbine engine installation. For turbine engine installations, the
 powerplant systems associated with engine control devices, systems, and
 instrumentation must be designed to give reasonable assurance that those
 engine operating limitations that adversely affect turbine rotor structural
 integrity will not be exceeded in service.
   (e) Restart capability. (1) A means to restart any engine in flight must be
 provided.
   (2) Except for the in-flight shutdown of all engines, engine restart
 capability must be demonstrated throughout a flight envelope for the
 rotorcraft.
   (3) Following the in-flight shutdown of all engines, in-flight engine
 restart capability must be provided.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, and 603, 72 Stat. 752, 775, 49 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, and
 1423; sec. 6(c), 49 U.S.C. 1655(c))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR
 969, Jan. 26, 1968; Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR 55472, Dec. 20, 1976; Amdt. 29-13, 42
 FR 15046, Mar. 17, 1977; Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR 34215, Sept. 2, 1988; Amdt.
 29-31, 55 FR 38967, Sept. 21, 1990; Amdt. 29-31, 55 FR 41309, Oct. 10, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 38964, No. 184, Sept. 21, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule amends the airworthiness standards for systems,
 propulsion, and airframe for both normal and transport category rotorcraft.
 In addition, these amendments introduce safety improvements, clarifying
 existing regulations, and standardize terminology. The changes are based on
 some of the proposals that were submitted to the FAA by the European
 Airworthiness Authorities. These amendments are also intended to encourage
 the European community's acceptance of the Federal Aviation Regulations for
 rotorcraft type certification, obviate development of different European
 standards, and achieve increased commonality of airworthiness standards
 among the respective countries.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: October 22, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************






 Sec. 29.907  Engine vibration.

   (a) Each engine must be installed to prevent the harmful vibration of any
 part of the engine or rotorcraft.
   (b) The addition of the rotor and the rotor drive system to the engine may
 not subject the principal rotating parts of the engine to excessive vibration
 stresses. This must be shown by a vibration investigation.






 Sec. 29.908  Cooling fans.

   For cooling fans that are a part of a powerplant installation the following
 apply:
   (a) Category A. For cooling fans installed in Category A rotorcraft, it
 must be shown that a fan blade failure will not prevent continued safe flight
 either because of damage caused by the failed blade or loss of cooling air.
   (b) Category B. For cooling fans installed in category B rotorcraft, there
 must be means to protect the rotorcraft and allow a safe landing if a fan
 blade fails. It must be shown that--
   (1) The fan blade would be contained in the case of a failure;
   (2) Each fan is located so that a fan blade failure will not jeopardize
 safety; or
   (3) Each fan blade can withstand an ultimate load of 1.5 times the
 centrifugal force expected in service, limited by either--
   (i) The highest rotational speeds achievable under uncontrolled conditions;
 or
   (ii) An overspeed limiting device.
   (c) Fatigue evaluation. Unless a fatigue evaluation under Sec. 29.571 is
 conducted, it must be shown that cooling fan blades are not operating at
 resonant conditions within the operating limits of the rotorcraft.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, and 603, 72 Stat. 752, 775, 49 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, and
 1423; sec. 6(c), 49 U.S.C. 1655 (c))

 [Amdt. 29-13, 42 FR 15046, Mar. 17, 1977, as amended by Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR
 34215, Sept. 2, 1988]






                              Rotor Drive System






 Sec. 29.917  Design.

   (a) General. The rotor drive system includes any part necessary to transmit
 power from the engines to the rotor hubs. This includes gear boxes, shafting,
 universal joints, couplings, rotor brake assemblies, clutches, supporting
 bearings for shafting, any attendant accessory pads or drives, and any
 cooling fans that are a part of, attached to, or mounted on the rotor drive
 system.
   (b) Arrangement. Rotor drive systems must be arranged as follows:
   (1) Each rotor drive system of multiengine rotorcraft must be arranged so
 that each rotor necessary for operation and control will continue to be
 driven by the remaining engines if any engine fails.
   (2) For single-engine rotorcraft, each rotor drive system must be so
 arranged that each rotor necessary for control in autorotation will continue
 to be driven by the main rotors after disengagement of the engine from the
 main and auxiliary rotors.
   (3) Each rotor drive system must incorporate a unit for each engine to
 automatically disengage that engine from the main and auxiliary rotors if
 that engine fails.
   (4) If a torque limiting device is used in the rotor drive system, it must
 be located so as to allow continued control of the rotorcraft when the device
 is operating.
   (5) If the rotors must be phased for intermeshing, each system must provide
 constant and positive phase relationship under any operating condition.
   (6) If a rotor dephasing device is incorporated, there must be means to
 keep the rotors locked in proper phase before operation.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR
 55472, Dec. 20, 1976]






 Sec. 29.921  Rotor brake.

   If there is a means to control the rotation of the rotor drive system
 independently of the engine, any limitations on the use of that means must be
 specified, and the control for that means must be guarded to prevent
 inadvertent operation.






 Sec. 29.923  Rotor drive system and control mechanism tests.

   (a) Endurance tests, general. Each rotor drive system and rotor control
 mechanism must be tested, as prescribed in paragraphs (b) through (n) of this
 section, for at least 200 hours plus the time required to meet the
 requirements of paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(3), and (k) of this section. These
 tests must be conducted as follows:
   (1) Ten-hour test cycles must be used, except that the test cycle must be
 extended to include the OEI test of paragraphs (b)(2) and (k), of this
 section if OEI ratings are requested.
   (2) The tests must be conducted on the rotorcraft.
   (3) The test torque and rotational speed must be--
   (i) Determined by the powerplant limitations; and
   (ii) Absorbed by the rotors to be approved for the rotorcraft.
   (b) Endurance tests; takeoff run. The takeoff run must be conducted as
 follows:
   (1) Except as prescribed in paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section,
 the takeoff torque run must consist of 1 hour of alternate runs of 5 minutes
 at takeoff torque and the maximum speed for use with takeoff torque, and 5
 minutes at as low an engine idle speed as practicable. The engine must be
 declutched from the rotor drive system, and the rotor brake, if furnished and
 so intended, must be applied during the first minute of the idle run. During
 the remaining 4 minutes of the idle run, the clutch must be engaged so that
 the engine drives the rotors at the minimum practical r.p.m. The engine and
 the rotor drive system must be accelerated at the maximum rate. When
 declutching the engine, it must be decelerated rapidly enough to allow the
 operation of the overrunning clutch.
   (2) For helicopters for which the use of a 2 1/2 -minute OEI rating is
 requested, the takeoff run must be conducted as prescribed in paragraph
 (b)(1) of this section, except for the third and sixth runs for which the
 takeoff torque and the maximum speed for use with takeoff torque are
 prescribed in that paragraph. For these runs, the following apply:
   (i) Each run must consist of at least one period of 2 1/2  minutes with
 takeoff torque and the maximum speed for use with takeoff torque on all
 engines.
   (ii) Each run must consist of at least one period, for each engine in
 sequence, during which that engine simulates a power failure and the
 remaining engines are run at the 2 1/2 -minute OEI torque and the maximum
 speed for use with 2 1/2 -minute OEI torque for 2 1/2  minutes.
   (3) For multiengine, turbine-powered rotorcraft for which the use of 30-
 second/2-minute OEI power is requested, the takeoff run must be conducted as
 prescribed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section except for the following:
   (i) Immediately following any one 5-minute power-on run required by
 paragraph (b)(1) of this section, each power source must simulate a failure,
 in turn, and apply the maximum torque and the maximum speed for use with 30-
 second OEI power to the remaining affected drive system power inputs for not
 less than 30 seconds, followed by application of the maximum torque and the
 maximum speed for use with 2-minute OEI power for not less than 2 minutes. At
 least one run sequence must be conducted from a simulated "flight idle"
 condition. When conducted on a bench test, the test sequence must be
 conducted following stabilization at takeoff power.
   (ii) For the purpose of this paragraph, an affected power input includes
 all parts of the rotor drive system which can be adversely affected by the
 application of higher or asymmetric torque and speed prescribed by the test.
   (iii) This test may be conducted on a representative bench test facility
 when engine limitations either preclude repeated use of this power or would
 result in premature engine removals during the test. The loads, the vibration
 frequency, and the methods of application to the affected rotor drive system
 components must be representative of rotorcraft conditions. Test components
 must be those used to show compliance with the remainder of this section.
   (c) Endurance tests; maximum continuous run. Three hours of continuous
 operation at maximum continuous torque and the maximum speed for use with
 maximum continuous torque must be conducted as follows:
   (1) The main rotor controls must be operated at a minimum of 15 times each
 hour through the main rotor pitch positions of maximum vertical thrust,
 maximum forward thrust component, maximum aft thrust component, maximum left
 thrust component, and maximum right thrust component, except that the control
 movements need not produce loads or blade flapping motion exceeding the
 maximum loads of motions encountered in flight.
   (2) The directional controls must be operated at a minimum of 15 times each
 hour through the control extremes of maximum right turning torque, neutral
 torque as required by the power applied to the main rotor, and maximum left
 turning torque.
   (3) Each maximum control position must be held for at least 10 seconds, and
 the rate of change of control position must be at least as rapid as that for
 normal operation.
   (d) Endurance tests; 90 percent of maximum continuous run. One hour of
 continuous operation at 90 percent of maximum continuous torque and the
 maximum speed for use with 90 percent of maximum continuous torque must be
 conducted.
   (e) Endurance tests; 80 percent of maximum continuous run. One hour of
 continuous operation at 80 percent of maximum continuous torque and the
 minimum speed for use with 80 percent of maximum continuous torque must be
 conducted.
   (f) Endurance tests; 60 percent of maximum continuous run. Two hours or,
 for helicopters for which the use of either 30-minute OEI power or continuous
 OEI power is requested, 1 hour of continuous operation at 60 percent of
 maximum continuous torque and the minimum speed for use with 60 percent of
 maximum continuous torque must be conducted.
   (g) Endurance tests; engine malfunctioning run. It must be determined
 whether malfunctioning of components, such as the engine fuel or ignition
 systems, or whether unequal engine power can cause dynamic conditions
 detrimental to the drive system. If so, a suitable number of hours of
 operation must be accomplished under those conditions, 1 hour of which must
 be included in each cycle, and the remaining hours of which must be
 accomplished at the end of the 20 cycles. If no detrimental condition
 results, an additional hour of operation in compliance with paragraph (b) of
 this section must be conducted in accordance with the run schedule of
 paragraph (b)(1) of this section without consideration of paragraph (b)(2) of
 this section.
   (h) Endurance tests; overspeed run. One hour of continuous operation must
 be conducted at maximum continuous torque and the maximum power-on overspeed
 expected in service, assuming that speed and torque limiting devices, if any,
 function properly.
   (i) Endurance tests; rotor control positions. When the rotor controls are
 not being cycled during the tie-down tests, the rotor must be operated, using
 the procedures prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section, to produce each
 of the maximum thrust positions for the following percentages of test time
 (except that the control positions need not produce loads or blade flapping
 motion exceeding the maximum loads or motions encountered in flight):
   (1) For full vertical thrust, 20 percent.
   (2) For the forward thrust component, 50 percent.
   (3) For the right thrust component, 10 percent.
   (4) For the left thrust component, 10 percent.
   (5) For the aft thrust component, 10 percent.
   (j) Endurance tests, clutch and brake engagements. A total of at least 400
 clutch and brake engagements, including the engagements of paragraph (b) of
 this section, must be made during the takeoff torque runs and, if necessary,
 at each change of torque and speed throughout the test. In each clutch
 engagement, the shaft on the driven side of the clutch must be accelerated
 from rest. The clutch engagements must be accomplished at the speed and by
 the method prescribed by the applicant. During deceleration after each clutch
 engagement, the engines must be stopped rapidly enough to allow the engines
 to be automatically disengaged from the rotors and rotor drives. If a rotor
 brake is installed for stopping the rotor, the clutch, during brake
 engagements, must be disengaged above 40 percent of maximum continuous rotor
 speed and the rotors allowed to decelerate to 40 percent of maximum
 continuous rotor speed, at which time the rotor brake must be applied. If the
 clutch design does not allow stopping the rotors with the engine running, or
 if no clutch is provided, the engine must be stopped before each application
 of the rotor brake, and then immediately be started after the rotors stop.
   (k) Endurance tests; OEI power run--(1) 30-minute OEI power run. For
 rotorcraft for which the use of 30-minute OEI power is requested, a run at
 30-minute OEI torque and the maximum speed for use with 30-minute OEI torque
 must be conducted as follows: For each engine, in sequence, that engine must
 be inoperative and the remaining engines must be run for a 30-minute period.
   (2) Continuous OEI power run. For rotorcraft for which the use of
 continuous OEI power is requested, a run at continuous OEI torque and the
 maximum speed for use with continuous OEI torque must be conducted as
 follows: For each engine, in sequence, that engine must be inoperative and
 the remaining engines must be run for 1 hour.
   (3) The number of periods prescribed in paragraph (k)(1) or (k)(2) of this
 section may not be less than the number of engines, nor may it be less than
 two.
   (l) [Reserved]
   (m) Any components that are affected by maneuvering and gust loads must be
 investigated for the same flight conditions as are the main rotors, and their
 service lives must be determined by fatigue tests or by other acceptable
 methods. In addition, a level of safety equal to that of the main rotors must
 be provided for--
   (1) Each component in the rotor drive system whose failure would cause an
 uncontrolled landing;
   (2) Each component essential to the phasing of rotors on multirotor
 rotorcraft, or that furnishes a driving link for the essential control of
 rotors in autorotation; and
   (3) Each component common to two or more engines on multiengine rotorcraft.
   (n) Special tests. Each rotor drive system designed to operate at two or
 more gear ratios must be subjected to special testing for durations necessary
 to substantiate the safety of the rotor drive system.
   (o) Each part tested as prescribed in this section must be in a serviceable
 condition at the end of the tests. No intervening disassembly which might
 affect test results may be conducted.
   (p) Endurance tests; operating lubricants. To be approved for use in rotor
 drive and control systems, lubricants must meet the specifications of
 lubricants used during the tests prescribed by this section. Additional or
 alternate lubricants may be qualified by equivalent testing or by comparative
 analysis of lubricant specifications and rotor drive and control system
 characteristics. In addition--
   (1) At least three 10-hour cycles required by this section must be
 conducted with transmission and gearbox lubricant temperatures, at the
 location prescribed for measurement, not lower than the maximum operating
 temperature for which approval is requested;
   (2) For pressure lubricated systems, at least three 10-hour cycles required
 by this section must be conducted with the lubricant pressure, at the
 location prescribed for measurement, not higher than the minimum operating
 pressure for which approval is requested; and
   (3) The test conditions of paragraphs (p)(1) and (p)(2) of this section
 must be applied simultaneously and must be extended to include operation at
 any one-engine-inoperative rating for which approval is requested.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49 U.S.C.
 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424), sec. 6(c), Dept. of Transportation Act (49 U.S.C.
 1655(c)))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-1, 30 FR
 8778, July 13, 1965; Amdt. 29-17, 43 FR 50600, Oct. 30, 1978; Amdt. 29-26, 53
 FR 34215, Sept. 2, 1988; Amdt. 29-31, 55 FR 38967, Sept. 21, 1990; Amdt.
 29-34, 59 FR 47768, Sept. 16, 1994]

 *****************************************************************************


 59 FR 47764, No. 179, Sept. 16, 1994

 SUMMARY: This rule adopts new and revised airworthiness standards by
 incorporating optional one-engine-inoperative (OEI) power ratings for
 multiengine, turbine-powered rotorcraft. These amendments result from a
 petition for rulemaking from Aerospace Industries Association of America
 (AIA) and the recognition by both government and industry that additional OEI
 power rating standards are needed. These amendments enhance rotorcraft safety
 after an engine failure or precautionary shutdown by providing higher OEI
 power, when necessary. These amendments also assure that the drive system
 will maintain its structural integrity and allow continued safe flight while
 operating at the new OEI power ratings with the operable engine(s).

 EFFECTIVE DATE: October 17, 1994.

 *****************************************************************************






 Sec. 29.927  Additional tests.

   (a) Any additional dynamic, endurance, and operational tests, and vibratory
 investigations necessary to determine that the rotor drive mechanism is safe,
 must be performed.
   (b) If turbine engine torque output to the transmission can exceed the
 highest engine or transmission torque limit, and that output is not directly
 controlled by the pilot under normal operating conditions (such as where the
 primary engine power control is accomplished through the flight control), the
 following test must be made:
   (1) Under conditions associated with all engines operating, make 200
 applications, for 10 seconds each, of torque that is at least equal to the
 lesser of--
   (i) The maximum torque used in meeting Sec. 29.923 plus 10 percent; or
   (ii) The maximum torque attainable under probable operating conditions,
 assuming that torque limiting devices, if any, function properly.
   (2) For multiengine rotorcraft under conditions associated with each
 engine, in turn, becoming inoperative, apply to the remaining transmission
 torque inputs the maximum torque attainable under probable operating
 conditions, assuming that torque limiting devices, if any, function properly.
 Each transmission input must be tested at this maximum torque for at least
 fifteen minutes.
   (c) Lubrication system failure. For lubrication systems required for proper
 operation of rotor drive systems, the following apply:
   (1) Category A. Unless such failures are extremely remote, it must be shown
 by test that any failure which results in loss of lubricant in any normal use
 lubrication system will not prevent continued safe operation, although not
 necessarily without damage, at a torque and rotational speed prescribed by
 the applicant for continued flight, for at least 30 minutes after perception
 by the flightcrew of the lubrication system failure or loss of lubricant.
   (2) Category B. The requirements of Category A apply except that the rotor
 drive system need only be capable of operating under autorotative conditions
 for at least 15 minutes.
   (d) Overspeed test. The rotor drive system must be subjected to 50
 overspeed runs, each 30+/-3 seconds in duration, at not less than either the
 higher of the rotational speed to be expected from an engine control device
 failure or 105 percent of the maximum rotational speed, including transients,
 to be expected in service. If speed and torque limiting devices are
 installed, are independent of the normal engine control, and are shown to be
 reliable, their rotational speed limits need not be exceeded. These runs must
 be conducted as follows:
   (1) Overspeed runs must be alternated with stabilizing runs of from 1 to 5
 minutes duration each at 60 to 80 percent of maximum continuous speed.
   (2) Acceleration and deceleration must be accomplished in a period not
 longer than 10 seconds (except where maximum engine acceleration rate will
 require more than 10 seconds), and the time for changing speeds may not be
 deducted from the specified time for the overspeed runs.
   (3) Overspeed runs must be made with the rotors in the flattest pitch for
 smooth operation.
   (e) The tests prescribed in paragraphs (b) and (d) of this section must be
 conducted on the rotorcraft and the torque must be absorbed by the rotors to
 be installed, except that other ground or flight test facilities with other
 appropriate methods of torque absorption may be used if the conditions of
 support and vibration closely simulate the conditions that would exist during
 a test on the rotorcraft.
   (f) Each test prescribed by this section must be conducted without
 intervening disassembly and, except for the lubrication system failure test
 required by paragraph (c) of this section, each part tested must be in a
 serviceable condition at the conclusion of the test.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49 U.S.C.
 1354(a), 1421, 1423 1424), sec. 6(c), Dept. of Transportation Act (49 U.S.C.
 1655(c)))

 [Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR 969, Jan. 26, 1968, as amended by Amdt. 29-17, 43 FR
 50601, Oct. 30, 1978; Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR 34216, Sept. 2, 1988]






 Sec. 29.931  Shafting critical speed.

   (a) The critical speeds of any shafting must be determined by demonstration
 except that analytical methods may be used if reliable methods of analysis
 are available for the particular design.
   (b) If any critical speed lies within, or close to, the operating ranges
 for idling, power-on, and autorotative conditions, the stresses occurring at
 that speed must be within safe limits. This must be shown by tests.
   (c) If analytical methods are used and show that no critical speed lies
 within the permissible operating ranges, the margins between the calculated
 critical speeds and the limits of the allowable operating ranges must be
 adequate to allow for possible variations between the computed and actual
 values.

 [Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR 55472, Dec. 20, 1976]






 Sec. 29.935  Shafting joints.

   Each universal joint, slip joint, and other shafting joints whose
 lubrication is necessary for operation must have provision for lubrication.






 Sec. 29.939  Turbine engine operating characteristics.

   (a) Turbine engine operating characteristics must be investigated in flight
 to determine that no adverse characteristics  (such  as  stall,  surge,  of
 flameout) are present, to a hazardous degree, during normal and emergency
 operation within the range of operating limitations of the rotorcraft and of
 the engine.
   (b) The turbine engine air inlet system may not, as a result of airflow
 distortion during normal operation, cause vibration harmful to the engine.
   (c) For governor-controlled engines, it must be shown that there exists no
 hazardous torsional instability of the drive system associated with critical
 combinations of power, rotational speed, and control displacement.

 [Amdt. 29-2, 32 FR 6914, May 5, 1967, as amended by Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR 55473,
 Dec. 20, 1976]






                                  Fuel System






 Sec. 29.951  General.

   (a) Each fuel system must be constructed and arranged to ensure a flow of
 fuel at a rate and pressure established for proper engine and auxiliary power
 unit functioning under any likely operating conditions, including the
 maneuvers for which certification is requested and during which the engine or
 auxiliary power unit is permitted to be in operation.
   (b) Each fuel system must be arranged so that--
   (1) No engine or fuel pump can draw fuel from more than one tank at a time;
 or
   (2) There are means to prevent introducing air into the system.
   (c) Each fuel system for a turbine engine must be capable of sustained
 operation throughout its flow and pressure range with fuel initially
 saturated with water at 80 degrees F. and having 0.75cc of free water per
 gallon added and cooled to the most critical condition for icing likely to be
 encountered in operation.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-10, 39 FR
 35462, Oct. 1, 1974; Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR 55473, Dec. 20, 1976]






 Sec. 29.952  Fuel system crash resistance.

   Unless other means acceptable to the Administrator are employed to minimize
 the hazard of fuel fires to occupants following an otherwise survivable
 impact (crash landing), the fuel systems must incorporate the design features
 of this section. These systems must be shown to be capable of sustaining the
 static and dynamic deceleration loads of this section, considered as ultimate
 loads acting alone, measured at the system component's center of gravity
 without structural damage to the system components, fuel tanks, or their
 attachments that would leak fuel to an ignition source.
   (a) Drop test requirements. Each tank, or the most critical tank, must be
 drop-tested as follows:
   (1) The drop height must be at least 50 feet.
   (2) The drop impact surface must be nondeforming.
   (3) The tanks must be filled with water to 80 percent of the normal, full
 capacity.
   (4) The tank must be enclosed in a surrounding structure representative of
 the installation unless it can be established that the surrounding structure
 is free of projections or other design features likely to contribute to
 rupture of the tank.
   (5) The tank must drop freely and impact in a horizontal position +/-10
 deg..
   (6) After the drop test, there must be no leakage.
   (b) Fuel tank load factors. Except for fuel tanks located so that tank
 rupture with fuel release to either significant ignition sources, such as
 engines, heaters, and auxiliary power units, or occupants is extremely
 remote, each fuel tank must be designed and installed to retain its contents
 under the following ultimate inertial load factors, acting alone.
   (1) For fuel tanks in the cabin:
   (i) Upward--4g.
   (ii) Forward--16g.
   (iii) Sideward--8g.
   (iv) Downward--20g.
   (2) For fuel tanks located above or behind the crew or passenger
 compartment that, if loosened, could injure an occupant in an emergency
 landing:
   (i) Upward--1.5g.
   (ii) Forward--8g.
   (iii) Sideward--2g.
   (iv) Downward--4g.
   (3) For fuel tanks in other areas:
   (i) Upward--1.5g.
   (ii) Forward--4g.
   (iii) Sideward--2g.
   (iv) Downward--4g.
   (c) Fuel line self-sealing breakaway couplings. Self-sealing breakaway
 couplings must be installed unless hazardous relative motion of fuel system
 components to each other or to local rotorcraft structure is demonstrated to
 be extremely improbable or unless other means are provided. The couplings or
 equivalent devices must be installed at all fuel tank-to-fuel line
 connections, tank-to-tank interconnects, and at other points in the fuel
 system where local structural deformation could lead to the release of fuel.
   (1) The design and construction of self-sealing breakaway couplings must
 incorporate the following design features:
   (i) The load necessary to separate a breakaway coupling must be between 25
 to 50 percent of the minimum ultimate failure load (ultimate strength) of the
 weakest component in the fluid-carrying line. The separation load must in no
 case be less than 300 pounds, regardless of the size of the fluid line.
   (ii) A breakaway coupling must separate whenever its ultimate load (as
 defined in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section) is applied in the failure
 modes most likely to occur.
   (iii) All breakaway couplings must incorporate design provisions to
 visually ascertain that the coupling is locked together (leak-free) and is
 open during normal installation and service.
   (iv) All breakaway couplings must incorporate design provisions to prevent
 uncoupling or unintended closing due to operational shocks, vibrations, or
 accelerations.
   (v) No breakaway coupling design may allow the release of fuel once the
 coupling has performed its intended function.
   (2) All individual breakaway couplings, coupling fuel feed systems, or
 equivalent means must be designed, tested, installed, and maintained so
 inadvertent fuel shutoff in flight is improbable in accordance with Sec.
 29.955(a) and must comply with the fatigue evaluation requirements of Sec.
 29.571 without leaking.
   (3) Alternate, equivalent means to the use of breakaway couplings must not
 create a survivable impact-induced load on the fuel line to which it is
 installed greater than 25 to 50 percent of the ultimate load (strength) of
 the weakest component in the line and must comply with the fatigue
 requirements of Sec. 29.571 without leaking.
   (d) Frangible or deformable structural attachments. Unless hazardous
 relative motion of fuel tanks and fuel system components to local rotorcraft
 structure is demonstrated to be extremely improbable in an otherwise
 survivable impact, frangible or locally deformable attachments of fuel tanks
 and fuel system components to local rotorcraft structure must be used. The
 attachment of fuel tanks and fuel system components to local rotorcraft
 structure, whether frangible or locally deformable, must be designed such
 that its separation or relative local deformation will occur without rupture
 or local tear-out of the fuel tank or fuel system component that will cause
 fuel leakage. The ultimate strength of frangible or deformable attachments
 must be as follows:
   (1) The load required to separate a frangible attachment from its support
 structure, or deform a locally deformable attachment relative to its support
 structure, must be between 25 and 50 percent of the minimum ultimate load
 (ultimate strength) of the weakest component in the attached system. In no
 case may the load be less than 300 pounds.
   (2) A frangible or locally deformable attachment must separate or locally
 deform as intended whenever its ultimate load (as defined in paragraph (d)(1)
 of this section) is applied in the modes most likely to occur.
   (3) All frangible or locally deformable attachments must comply with the
 fatigue requirements of Sec. 29.571.
   (e) Separation of fuel and ignition sources. To provide maximum crash
 resistance, fuel must be located as far as practicable from all occupiable
 areas and from all potential ignition sources.
   (f) Other basic mechanical design criteria. Fuel tanks, fuel lines,
 electrical wires, and electrical devices must be designed, constructed, and
 installed, as far as practicable, to be crash resistant.
   (g) Rigid or semirigid fuel tanks. Rigid or semirigid fuel tank or bladder
 walls must be impact and tear resistant.

 [Amdt. 29-35, 59 FR 50387, Oct. 3, 1994]

 *****************************************************************************


 59 FR 50380, No. 190, Oct. 3, 1994

 SUMMARY: These amendments add comprehensive crash resistant fuel system
 design and test criteria to the airworthiness standards for normal and
 transport category rotorcraft. Application of these standards will minimize
 fuel spillage near ignition sources and potential ignition sources and,
 therefore, will improve the evacuation time needed for crew and passengers to
 escape a post-crash fire (PCF). Implementation of these amendments will
 minimize the PCF hazard saving lives and substantially reducing the severity
 of physiological injuries sustained from PCF's in otherwise survivable
 accidents.

 EFFECTIVE DATE: November 2, 1994.

 *****************************************************************************






 Sec. 29.953  Fuel system independence.

   (a) For category A rotorcraft--
   (1) The fuel system must meet the requirements of Sec. 29.903(b); and
   (2) Unless other provisions are made to meet paragraph (a)(1) of this
 section, the fuel system must allow fuel to be supplied to each engine
 through a system independent of those parts of each system supplying fuel to
 other engines.
   (b) Each fuel system for a multiengine category B rotorcraft must meet the
 requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of this section. However, separate fuel
 tanks need not be provided for each engine.






 Sec. 29.954  Fuel system lightning protection.

   The fuel system must be designed and arranged to prevent the ignition of
 fuel vapor within the system by--
   (a) Direct lightning strikes to areas having a high probability of stroke
 attachment;
   (b) Swept lightning strokes to areas where swept strokes are highly
 probable; and
   (c) Corona and streamering at fuel vent outlets.

 [Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR 34217, Sept. 2, 1988]






 Sec. 29.955  Fuel flow.

   (a) General. The fuel system for each engine must provide the engine with
 at least 100 percent of the fuel required under all operating and maneuvering
 conditions to be approved for the rotorcraft, including, as applicable, the
 fuel required to operate the engines under the test conditions required by
 Sec. 29.927. Unless equivalent methods are used, compliance must be shown by
 test during which the following provisions are met, except that combinations
 of conditions which are shown to be improbable need not be considered.
   (1) The fuel pressure, corrected for accelerations (load factors), must be
 within the limits specified by the engine type certificate data sheet.
   (2) The fuel level in the tank may not exceed that established as the
 unusable fuel supply for that tank under Sec. 29.959, plus that necessary to
 conduct the test.
   (3) The fuel head between the tank and the engine must be critical with
 respect to rotorcraft flight attitudes.
   (4) The fuel flow transmitter, if installed, and the critical fuel pump
 (for pump-fed systems) must be installed to produce (by actual or simulated
 failure) the critical restriction to fuel flow to be expected from component
 failure.
   (5) Critical values of engine rotational speed, electrical power, or other
 sources of fuel pump motive power must be applied.
   (6) Critical values of fuel properties which adversely affect fuel flow are
 applied during demonstrations of fuel flow capability.
   (7) The fuel filter required by Sec. 29.997 is blocked to the degree
 necessary to simulate the accumulation of fuel contamination required to
 activate the indicator required by Sec. 29.1305(a)(17).
   (b) Fuel transfer system. If normal operation of the fuel system requires
 fuel to be transferred to another tank, the transfer must occur automatically
 via a system which has been shown to maintain the fuel level in the receiving
 tank within acceptable limits during flight or surface operation of the
 rotorcraft.
   (c) Multiple fuel tanks. If an engine can be supplied with fuel from more
 than one tank, the fuel system, in addition to having appropriate manual
 switching capability, must be designed to prevent interruption of fuel flow
 to that engine, without attention by the flightcrew, when any tank supplying
 fuel to that engine is depleted of usable fuel during normal operation and
 any other tank that normally supplies fuel to that engine alone contains
 usable fuel.

 [Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR 34217, Sept. 2, 1988]






 Sec. 29.957  Flow between interconnected tanks.

   (a) Where tank outlets are interconnected and allow fuel to flow between
 them due to gravity or flight accelerations, it must be impossible for fuel
 to flow between tanks in quantities great enough to cause overflow from the
 tank vent in any sustained flight condition.
   (b) If fuel can be pumped from one tank to another in flight--
   (1) The design of the vents and the fuel transfer system must prevent
 structural damage to tanks from overfilling; and
   (2) There must be means to warn the crew before overflow through the vents
 occurs.






 Sec. 29.959  Unusable fuel supply.

   The unusable fuel supply for each tank must be established as not less than
 the quantity at which the first evidence of malfunction occurs under the most
 adverse fuel feed condition occurring under any intended operations and
 flight maneuvers involving that tank.






 Sec. 29.961   Fuel system hot weather operation.

   Each suction lift fuel system and other fuel systems conducive to vapor
 formation must be shown to operate satisfactorily (within certification
 limits) when using fuel at the most critical temperature for vapor formation
 under critical operating conditions including, if applicable, the engine
 operating conditions defined by Sec. 29.927(b)(1) and (b)(2).

 [Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR 34217, Sept. 2, 1988]






 Sec. 29.963  Fuel tanks: general.

   (a) Each fuel tank must be able to withstand, without failure, the
 vibration, inertia, fluid, and structural loads to which it may be subjected
 in operation.
   (b) Each flexible fuel tank bladder or liner must be approved or shown to
 be suitable for the particular application and must be puncture resistant.
 Puncture resistance must be shown by meeting the TSO-C80, paragraph 16.0,
 requirements using a minimum puncture force of 370 pounds.
   (c) Each integral fuel tank must have facilities for inspection and repair
 of its interior.
   (d) The maximum exposed surface temperature of all components in the fuel
 tank must be less by a safe margin than the lowest expected autoignition
 temperature of the fuel or fuel vapor in the tank. Compliance with this
 requirement must be shown under all operating conditions and under all normal
 or malfunction conditions of all components inside the tank.
   (e) Each fuel tank installed in personnel compartments must be isolated by
 fume-proof and fuel-proof enclosures that are drained and vented to the
 exterior of the rotorcraft. The design and construction of the enclosures
 must provide necessary protection for the tank, must be crash resistant
 during a survivable impact in accordance with Sec. 29.952, and must be
 adequate to withstand loads and abrasions to be expected in personnel
 compartments.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR
 34217, Sept. 2, 1988; Amdt. 29-35, 59 FR 50388, Oct. 3, 1994]

 *****************************************************************************


 59 FR 50380, No. 190, Oct. 3, 1994

 SUMMARY: These amendments add comprehensive crash resistant fuel system
 design and test criteria to the airworthiness standards for normal and
 transport category rotorcraft. Application of these standards will minimize
 fuel spillage near ignition sources and potential ignition sources and,
 therefore, will improve the evacuation time needed for crew and passengers to
 escape a post-crash fire (PCF). Implementation of these amendments will
 minimize the PCF hazard saving lives and substantially reducing the severity
 of physiological injuries sustained from PCF's in otherwise survivable
 accidents.

 EFFECTIVE DATE: November 2, 1994.

 *****************************************************************************






 Sec. 29.965  Fuel tank tests.

   (a) Each fuel tank must be able to withstand the applicable pressure tests
 in this section without failure or leakage. If practicable, test pressures
 may be applied in a manner simulating the pressure distribution in service.
   (b) Each conventional metal tank, each nonmetallic tank with walls that are
 not supported by the rotorcraft structure, and each integral tank must be
 subjected to a pressure of 3.5 p.s.i. unless the pressure developed during
 maximum limit acceleration or emergency deceleration with a full tank exceeds
 this value, in which case a hydrostatic head, or equivalent test, must be
 applied to duplicate the acceleration loads as far as possible. However, the
 pressure need not exceed 3.5 p.s.i. on surfaces not exposed to the
 acceleration loading.
   (c) Each nonmetallic tank with walls supported by the rotorcraft structure
 must be subjected to the following tests:
   (1) A pressure test of at least 2.0 p.s.i. This test may be conducted on
 the tank alone in conjunction with the test specified in paragraph (c)(2) of
 this section.
   (2) A pressure test, with the tank mounted in the rotorcraft structure,
 equal to the load developed by the reaction of the contents, with the tank
 full, during maximum limit acceleration or emergency deceleration. However,
 the pressure need not exceed 2.0 p.s.i. on surfaces faces not exposed to the
 acceleration loading.
   (d) Each tank with large unsupported or unstiffened flat areas, or with
 other features whose failure or deformation could cause leakage, must be
 subjected to the following test or its equivalent:
   (1) Each complete tank assembly and its supprots must be vibration tested
 while mounted to simulate the actual installation.
   (2) The tank assembly must be vibrated for 25 hours while two-thirds full
 of any suitable fluid. The amplitude of vibration may not be less than one
 thirty-second of an inch, unless otherwise substantiated.
   (3) The test frequency of vibration must be as follows:
   (i) If no frequency of vibration resulting from any r.p.m. within the
 normal operating range of engine or rotor system speeds is critical, the test
 frequency of vibration, in number of cycles per minute, must, unless a
 frequency based on a more rational analysis is used, be the number obtained
 by averaging the maximum and minimum power-on engine speeds (r.p.m.) for
 reciprocating engine powered rotorcraft or 2,000 c.p.m. for turbine engine
 powered rotorcraft.
   (ii) If only one frequency of vibration resulting from any r.p.m. within
 the normal operating range of engine or rotor system speeds is critical, that
 frequency of vibration must be the test frequency.
   (iii) If more than one frequency of vibration resulting from any r.p.m.
 within the normal operating range of engine or rotor system speeds is
 critical, the most critical of these frequencies must be the test frequency.
   (4) Under paragraph (d)(3)(ii) and (iii), the time of test must be adjusted
 to accomplish the same number of vibration cycles as would be accomplished in
 25 hours at the frequency specified in paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section.
   (5) During the test, the tank assembly must be rocked at the rate of 16 to
 20 complete cycles per minute through an angle of 15 degrees on both sides of
 the horizontal (30 degrees total), about the most critical axis, for 25
 hours. If motion about more than one axis is likely to be critical, the tank
 must be rocked about each critical axis for 12 1/2  hours.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, and 603, 72 Stat. 752, 775, 49 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, and
 1423; sec. 6(c), 49 U.S.C. 1655 (c))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-13, 42 FR
 15046, Mar. 17, 1977]






 Sec. 29.967  Fuel tank installation.

   (a) Each fuel tank must be supported so that tank loads are not
 concentrated on unsupported tank surfaces. In addition--
   (1) There must be pads, if necessary, to prevent chafing between each tank
 and its supports;
   (2) The padding must be nonabsorbent or treated to prevent the absorption
 of fuel;
   (3) If flexible tank liners are used, they must be supported so that they
 are not required to withstand fluid loads; and
   (4) Each interior surface of tank compartments must be smooth and free of
 projections that could cause wear of the liner, unless--
   (i) There are means for protection of the liner at those points; or
   (ii) The construction of the liner itself provides such protection.
   (b) Any spaces adjacent to tank surfaces must be adequately ventilated to
 avoid accumulation of fuel or fumes in those spaces due to minor leakage. If
 the tank is in a sealed compartment, ventilation may be limited to drain
 holes that prevent clogging and that prevent excessive pressure resulting
 from altitude changes. If flexible tank liners are installed, the venting
 arrangement for the spaces between the liner and its container must maintain
 the proper relationship to tank vent pressures for any expected flight
 condition.
   (c) The location of each tank must meet the requirements of Sec. 29.1185(b)
 and (c).
   (d) No rotorcraft skin immediately adjacent to a major air outlet from the
 engine compartment may act as the wall of an integral tank.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR
 34217, Sept. 2, 1988; Amdt. 29-35, 59 FR 50388, Oct. 3, 1994]

 *****************************************************************************


 59 FR 50380, No. 190, Oct. 3, 1994

 SUMMARY: These amendments add comprehensive crash resistant fuel system
 design and test criteria to the airworthiness standards for normal and
 transport category rotorcraft. Application of these standards will minimize
 fuel spillage near ignition sources and potential ignition sources and,
 therefore, will improve the evacuation time needed for crew and passengers to
 escape a post-crash fire (PCF). Implementation of these amendments will
 minimize the PCF hazard saving lives and substantially reducing the severity
 of physiological injuries sustained from PCF's in otherwise survivable
 accidents.

 EFFECTIVE DATE: November 2, 1994.

 *****************************************************************************






 Sec. 29.969   Fuel tank expansion space.

   Each fuel tank or each group of fuel tanks with interconnected vent systems
 must have an expansion space of not less than 2 percent of the combined tank
 capacity. It must be impossible to fill the fuel tank expansion space
 inadvertently with the rotorcraft in the normal ground attitude.

 [Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR 34217, Sept. 2, 1988]






 Sec. 29.971  Fuel tank sump.

   (a) Each fuel tank must have a sump with a capacity of not less than the
 greater of--
   (1) 0.10 per cent of the tank capacity; or
   (2) 1/16  gallon.
   (b) The capacity prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section must be
 effective with the rotorcraft in any normal attitude, and must be located so
 that the sump contents cannot escape through the tank outlet opening.
   (c) Each fuel tank must allow drainage of hazardous quantities of water
 from each part of the tank to the sump with the rotorcraft in any ground
 attitude to be expected in service.
   (d) Each fuel tank sump must have a drain that allows complete drainage of
 the sump on the ground.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR
 55473, Dec. 20, 1976; Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR 34217, Sept. 2, 1988]






 Sec. 29.973  Fuel tank filler connection.

   (a) Each fuel tank filler connection must prevent the entrance of fuel into
 any part of the rotorcraft other than the tank itself during normal
 operations and must be crash resistant during a survivable impact in
 accordance with Sec. 29.952(c). In addition--
   (1) Each filler must be marked as prescribed in Sec. 29.1557(c)(1);
   (2) Each recessed filler connection that can retain any appreciable
 quantity of fuel must have a drain that discharges clear of the entire
 rotorcraft; and
   (3) Each filler cap must provide a fuel-tight seal under the fluid pressure
 expected in normal operation and in a survivable impact.
   (b) Each filler cap or filler cap cover must warn when the cap is not fully
 locked or seated on the filler connection.

 [Amdt. 29-35, 59 FR 50388, Oct. 3, 1994]

 *****************************************************************************


 59 FR 50380, No. 190, Oct. 3, 1994

 SUMMARY: These amendments add comprehensive crash resistant fuel system
 design and test criteria to the airworthiness standards for normal and
 transport category rotorcraft. Application of these standards will minimize
 fuel spillage near ignition sources and potential ignition sources and,
 therefore, will improve the evacuation time needed for crew and passengers to
 escape a post-crash fire (PCF). Implementation of these amendments will
 minimize the PCF hazard saving lives and substantially reducing the severity
 of physiological injuries sustained from PCF's in otherwise survivable
 accidents.

 EFFECTIVE DATE: November 2, 1994.

 *****************************************************************************






 Sec. 29.975  Fuel tank vents and carburetor vapor vents.

   (a) Fuel tank vents. Each fuel tank must be vented from the top part of the
 expansion space so that venting is effective under normal flight conditions.
 In addition--
   (1) The vents must be arranged to avoid stoppage by dirt or ice formation;
   (2) The vent arrangement must prevent siphoning of fuel during normal
 operation;
   (3) The venting capacity and vent pressure levels must maintain acceptable
 differences of pressure between the interior and exterior of the tank,
 during--
   (i) Normal flight operation;
   (ii) Maximum rate of ascent and descent; and
   (iii) Refueling and defueling (where applicable);
   (4) Airspaces of tanks with interconnected outlets must be interconnected;
   (5) There may be no point in any vent line where moisture can accumulate
 with the rotorcraft in the ground attitude or the level flight attitude,
 unless drainage is provided;
   (6) No vent or drainage provision may end at any point--
   (i) Where the discharge of fuel from the vent outlet would constitute a
 fire hazard; or
   (ii) From which fumes could enter personnel compartments; and
   (7) The venting system must be designed to minimize spillage of fuel
 through the vents to an ignition source in the event of a rollover during
 landing, ground operations, or a survivable impact, unless a rollover is
 shown to be extremely remote.
   (b) Carburetor vapor vents. Each carburetor with vapor elimination
 connections must have a vent line to lead vapors back to one of the fuel
 tanks. In addition--
   (1) Each vent system must have means to avoid stoppage by ice; and
   (2) If there is more than one fuel tank, and it is necessary to use the
 tanks in a definite sequence, each vapor vent return line must lead back to
 the fuel tank used for takeoff and landing.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR
 34217, Sept. 2, 1988; Amdt. 29-35, 59 FR 50388, Oct. 3, 1994]

 *****************************************************************************


 59 FR 50380, No. 190, Oct. 3, 1994

 SUMMARY: These amendments add comprehensive crash resistant fuel system
 design and test criteria to the airworthiness standards for normal and
 transport category rotorcraft. Application of these standards will minimize
 fuel spillage near ignition sources and potential ignition sources and,
 therefore, will improve the evacuation time needed for crew and passengers to
 escape a post-crash fire (PCF). Implementation of these amendments will
 minimize the PCF hazard saving lives and substantially reducing the severity
 of physiological injuries sustained from PCF's in otherwise survivable
 accidents.

 EFFECTIVE DATE: November 2, 1994.

 *****************************************************************************






 Sec. 29.977  Fuel tank outlet.

   (a) There must be a fuel strainer for the fuel tank outlet or for the
 booster pump. This strainer must--
   (1) For reciprocating engine powered airplanes, have 8 to 16 meshes per
 inch; and
   (2) For turbine engine powered airplanes, prevent the passage of any object
 that could restrict fuel flow or damage any fuel system component.
   (b) The clear area of each fuel tank outlet strainer must be at least five
 times the area of the outlet line.
   (c) The diameter of each strainer must be at least that of the fuel tank
 outlet.
   (d) Each finger strainer must be accessible for inspection and cleaning.

 [Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR 55473, Dec. 20, 1976]






 Sec. 29.979  Pressure refueling and fueling provisions below fuel level.

   (a) Each fueling connection below the fuel level in each tank must have
 means to prevent the escape of hazardous quantities of fuel from that tank in
 case of malfunction of the fuel entry valve.
   (b) For systems intended for pressure refueling, a means in addition to the
 normal means for limiting the tank content must be installed to prevent
 damage to the tank in case of failure of the normal means.
   (c) The rotorcraft pressure fueling system (not fuel tanks and fuel tank
 vents) must withstand an ultimate load that is 2.0 times the load arising
 from the maximum pressure, including surge, that is likely to occur during
 fueling. The maximum surge pressure must be established with any combination
 of tank valves being either intentionally or inadvertently closed.
   (d) The rotorcraft defueling system (not including fuel tanks and fuel tank
 vents) must withstand an ultimate load that is 2.0 times the load arising
 from the maximum permissible defueling pressure (positive or negative) at the
 rotorcraft fueling connection.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR
 55473, Dec. 20, 1976]






                            Fuel System Components






 Sec. 29.991   Fuel pumps.

   (a) Compliance with Sec. 29.955 must not be jeopardized by failure of--
   (1) Any one pump except pumps that are approved and installed as parts of a
 type certificated engine; or
   (2) Any component required for pump operation except the engine served by
 that pump.
   (b) The following fuel pump installation requirements apply:
   (1) When necessary to maintain the proper fuel pressure--
   (i) A connection must be provided to transmit the carburetor air intake
 static pressure to the proper fuel pump relief valve connection; and
   (ii) The gauge balance lines must be independently connected to the
 carburetor inlet pressure to avoid incorrect fuel pressure readings.
   (2) The installation of fuel pumps having seals or diaphragms that may leak
 must have means for draining leaking fuel.
   (3) Each drain line must discharge where it will not create a fire hazard.

 [Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR 34217, Sept. 2, 1988]






 Sec. 29.993  Fuel system lines and fittings.

   (a) Each fuel line must be installed and supported to prevent excessive
 vibration and to withstand loads due to fuel pressure, valve actuation, and
 accelerated flight conditions.
   (b) Each fuel line connected to components of the rotorcraft between which
 relative motion could exist must have provisions for flexibility.
   (c) Each flexible connection in fuel lines that may be under pressure or
 subjected to axial loading must use flexible hose assemblies.
   (d) Flexible hose must be approved.
   (e) No flexible hose that might be adversely affected by high temperatures
 may be used where excessive temperatures will exist during operation or after
 engine shutdown.






 Sec. 29.995  Fuel valves.

   In addition to meeting the requirements of Sec. 29.1189, each fuel valve
 must--
   (a) [Reserved]
   (b) Be supported so that no loads resulting from their operation or from
 accelerated flight conditions are transmitted to the lines attached to the
 valve.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, and 603, 72 Stat. 759, 775, 49 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, and
 1423; sec. 6(c), 49 U.S.C. 1655 (c))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-13, 42 FR
 15046, Mar. 17, 1977]






 Sec. 29.997   Fuel strainer or filter.

   There must be a fuel strainer or filter between the fuel tank outlet and
 the inlet of the first fuel system component which is susceptible to fuel
 contamination, including but not limited to the fuel metering device or an
 engine positive displacement pump, whichever is nearer the fuel tank outlet.
 This fuel strainer or filter must--
   (a) Be accessible for draining and cleaning and must incorporate a screen
 or element which is easily removable;
   (b) Have a sediment trap and drain, except that it need not have a drain if
 the strainer or filter is easily removable for drain purposes;
   (c) Be mounted so that its weight is not supported by the connecting lines
 or by the inlet or outlet connections of the strainer or filter inself,
 unless adequate strengh margins under all loading conditions are provided in
 the lines and connections; and
   (d) Provide a means to remove from the fuel any contaminant which would
 jeopardize the flow of fuel through rotorcraft or engine fuel system
 components required for proper rotorcraft or engine fuel system operation.

 [Amdt. No. 29-10, 39 FR 35462, Oct. 1, 1974, as amended by Amdt. 29-22, 49 FR
 6850, Feb. 23, 1984; Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR 34217, Sept. 2, 1988]






 Sec. 29.999  Fuel system drains.

   (a) There must be at least one accessible drain at the lowest point in each
 fuel system to completely drain the system with the rotorcraft in any ground
 attitude to be expected in service.
   (b) Each drain required by paragraph (a) of this section including the
 drains prescribed in Sec. 29.971 must--
   (1) Discharge clear of all parts of the rotorcraft;
   (2) Have manual or automatic means to ensure positive closure in the off
 position; and
   (3) Have a drain valve--
   (i) That is readily accessible and which can be easily opened and closed;
 and
   (ii) That is either located or protected to prevent fuel spillage in the
 event of a landing with landing gear retracted.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR
 55473, Dec. 20, 1976; Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR 34218, Sept. 2, 1988]






 Sec. 29.1001   Fuel jettisoning.

   If a fuel jettisoning system is installed, the following apply:
   (a) Fuel jettisoning must be safe during all flight regimes for which
 jettisoning is to be authorized.
   (b) In showing compliance with paragraph (a) of this section, it must be
 shown that--
   (1) The fuel jettisoning system and its operation are free from fire
 hazard;
   (2) No hazard results from fuel or fuel vapors which impinge on any part of
 the rotorcraft during fuel jettisoning; and
   (3) Controllability of the rotorcraft remains satisfactory throughout the
 fuel jettisoning operation.
   (c) Means must be provided to automatically prevent jettisoning fuel below
 the level required for an all-engine climb at maximum continuous power from
 sea level to 5,000 feet altitude and cruise thereafter for 30 minutes at
 maximum range engine power.
   (d) The controls for any fuel jettisoning system must be designed to allow
 flight personnel (minimum crew) to safely interrupt fuel jettisoning during
 any part of the jettisoning operation.
   (e) The fuel jettisoning system must be designed to comply with the
 powerplant installation requirements of Sec. 29.901(c).
   (f) An auxiliary fuel jettisoning system which meets the requirements of
 paragraphs (a), (b), (d), and (e) of this section may be installed to
 jettison additional fuel provided it has separate and independent controls.

 [Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR 34218, Sept. 2, 1988]






                                  Oil System






 Sec. 29.1011  Engines: General.

   (a) Each engine must have an independent oil system that can supply it with
 an appropriate quantity of oil at a temperature not above that safe for
 continuous operation.
   (b) The usable oil capacity of each system may not be less than the product
 of the endurance of the rotorcraft under critical operating conditions and
 the maximum allowable oil consumption of the engine under the same
 conditions, plus a suitable margin to ensure adequate circulation and
 cooling. Instead of a rational analysis of endurance and consumption, a
 usable oil capacity of one gallon for each 40 gallons of usable fuel may be
 used for reciprocating engine installations.
   (c) Oil-fuel ratios lower than those prescribed in paragraph (c) of this
 section may be used if they are substantiated by data on the oil consumption
 of the engine.
   (d) The ability of the engine and oil cooling provisions to maintain the
 oil temperature at or below the maximum established value must be shown under
 the applicable requirements of Secs. 29.1041 through 29.1049.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR
 34218, Sept. 2, 1988]






 Sec. 29.1013  Oil tanks.

   (a) Installation. Each oil tank installation must meet the requirements of
 Sec. 29.967.
   (b) Expansion space. Oil tank expansion space must be provided so that--
   (1) Each oil tank used with a reciprocating engine has an expansion space
 of not less than the greater of 10 percent of the tank capacity or 0.5
 gallon, and each oil tank used with a turbine engine has an expansion space
 of not less than 10 percent of the tank capacity;
   (2) Each reserve oil tank not directly connected to any engine has an
 expansion space of not less than two percent of the tank capacity; and
   (3) It is impossible to fill the expansion space inadvertently with the
 rotorcraft in the normal ground attitude.
   (c) Filler connections. Each recessed oil tank filler connection that can
 retain any appreciable quantity of oil must have a drain that discharges
 clear of the entire rotorcraft. In addition--
   (1) Each oil tank filler cap must provide an oil-tight seal under the
 pressure expected in operation;
   (2) For category A rotorcraft, each oil tank filler cap or filler cap cover
 must incorporate features that provide a warning when caps are not fully
 locked or seated on the filler connection; and
   (3) Each oil filler must be marked under Sec. 29.1557(c)(2).
   (d) Vent. Oil tanks must be vented as follows:
   (1) Each oil tank must be vented from the top part of the expansion space
 so that venting is effective under all normal flight conditions.
   (2) Oil tank vents must be arranged so that condensed water vapor that
 might freeze and obstruct the line cannot accumulate at any point;
   (e) Outlet. There must be means to prevent entrance into the tank itself,
 or into the tank outlet, of any object that might obstruct the flow of oil
 through the system. No oil tank outlet may be enclosed by a screen or guard
 that would reduce the flow of oil below a safe value at any operating
 temperature. There must be a shutoff valve at the outlet of each oil tank
 used with a turbine engine unless the external portion of the oil system
 (including oil tank supports) is fireproof.
   (f) Flexible liners. Each flexible oil tank liner must be approved or shown
 to be suitable for the particular installation.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-10, 39 FR
 35462, Oct. 1, 1974]






 Sec. 29.1015  Oil tank tests.

   Each oil tank must be designed and installed so that--
   (a) It can withstand, without failure, any vibration, inertia, and fluid
 loads to which it may be subjected in operation; and
   (b) It meets the requirements of Sec. 29.965, except that instead of the
 pressure specified in Sec. 29.965(b)--
   (1) For pressurized tanks used with a turbine engine, the test pressure may
 not be less than 5 p.s.i. plus the maximum operating pressure of the tank;
 and
   (2) For all other tanks, the test pressure may not be less than 5 p.s.i.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-10, 39 FR
 35462, Oct. 1, 1974]






 Sec. 29.1017  Oil lines and fittings.

   (a) Each oil line must meet the requirements of Sec. 29.993.
   (b) Breather lines must be arranged so that--
   (1) Condensed water vapor that might freeze and obstruct the line cannot
 accumulate at any point;
   (2) The breather discharge will not constitute a fire hazard if foaming
 occurs, or cause emitted oil to strike the pilot's windshield; and
   (3) The breather does not discharge into the engine air induction system.






 Sec. 29.1019  Oil strainer or filter.

   (a) Each turbine engine installation must incorporate an oil strainer or
 filter through which all of the engine oil flows and which meets the
 following requirements:
   (1) Each oil strainer or filter that has a bypass must be constructed and
 installed so that oil will flow at the normal rate through the rest of the
 system with the strainer or filter completely blocked.
   (2) The oil strainer or filter must have the capacity (with respect to
 operating limitations established for the engine) to ensure that engine oil
 system functioning is not impaired when the oil is contaminated to a degree
 (with respect to particle size and density) that is greater than that
 established for the engine under Part 33 of this chapter.
   (3) The oil strainer or filter, unless it is installed at an oil tank
 outlet, must incorporate a means to indicate contamination before it reaches
 the capacity established in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
   (4) The bypass of a strainer or filter must be constructed and installed so
 that the release of collected contaminants is minimized by appropriate
 location of the bypass to ensure that collected contaminants are not in the
 bypass flow path.
   (5) An oil strainer or filter that has no bypass, except one that is
 installed at an oil tank outlet, must have a means to connect it to the
 warning system required in Sec. 29.1305(a)(18).
   (b) Each oil strainer or filter in a powerplant installation using
 reciprocating engines must be constructed and installed so that oil will flow
 at the normal rate through the rest of the system with the strainer or filter
 element completely blocked.

 [Amdt. 29-10, 39 FR 35463, Oct. 1, 1974, as amended by Amdt. 29-22, 49 FR
 6850, Feb. 23, 1984; Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR 34218, Sept. 2, 1988]






 Sec. 29.1021   Oil system drains.

   A drain (or drains) must be provided to allow safe drainage of the oil
 system. Each drain must--
   (a) Be accessible; and
   (b) Have manual or automatic means for positive locking in the closed
 position.

 [Amdt. 29-22, 49 FR 6850, Feb. 23, 1984]






 Sec. 29.1023  Oil radiators.

   (a) Each oil radiator must be able to withstand any vibration, inertia, and
 oil pressure loads to which it would be subjected in operation.
   (b) Each oil radiator air duct must be located, or equipped, so that, in
 case of fire, and with the airflow as it would be with and without the engine
 operating, flames cannot directly strike the radiator.






 Sec. 29.1025  Oil valves.

   (a) Each oil shutoff must meet the requirements of Sec. 29.1189.
   (b) The closing of oil shutoffs may not prevent autorotation.
   (c) Each oil valve must have positive stops or suitable index provisions in
 the "on" and "off" positions and must be supported so that no loads resulting
 from its operation or from accelerated flight conditions are transmitted to
 the lines attached to the valve.






 Sec. 29.1027  Transmission and gearboxes: General.

   (a) The oil system for components of the rotor drive system that require
 continuous lubrication must be sufficiently independent of the lubrication
 systems of the engine(s) to ensure--
   (1) Operation with any engine inoperative; and
   (2) Safe autorotation.
   (b) Pressure lubrication systems for transmissions and gearboxes must
 comply with the requirements of Secs. 29.1013, paragraphs (c), (d), and (f)
 only, 29.1015, 29.1017, 29.1021, 29.1023, and 29.1337(d). In addition, the
 system must have--
   (1) An oil strainer or filter through which all the lubricant flows, and
 must--
   (i) Be designed to remove from the lubricant any contaminant which may
 damage transmission and drive system components or impede the flow of
 lubricant to a hazardous degree; and
   (ii) Be equipped with a bypass constructed and installed so that--
   (A) The lubricant will flow at the normal rate through the rest of the
 system with the strainer or filter completely blocked; and
   (B) The release of collected contaminants is minimized by appropriate
 location of the bypass to ensure that collected contaminants are not in the
 bypass flowpath;
   (iii) Be equipped with a means to indicate collection of contaminants on
 the filter or strainer at or before opening of the bypass;
   (2) For each lubricant tank or sump outlet supplying lubrication to rotor
 drive systems and rotor drive system components, a screen to prevent entrance
 into the lubrication system of any object that might obstruct the flow of
 lubricant from the outlet to the filter required by paragraph (b)(1) of this
 section. The requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section do not apply to
 screens installed at lubricant tank or sump outlets.
   (c) Splash type lubrication systems for rotor drive system gearboxes must
 comply with Secs. 29.1021 and 29.1337(d).

 [Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR 34218, Sept. 2, 1988]






                                    Cooling






 Sec. 29.1041  General.

   (a) The powerplant and auxiliary power unit cooling provisions must be able
 to maintain the temperatures of powerplant components, engine fluids, and
 auxiliary power unit components and fluids within the temperature limits
 established for these components and fluids, under ground, water, and flight
 operating conditions for which certification is requested, and after normal
 engine or auxiliary power unit shutdown, or both.
   (b) There must be cooling provisions to maintain the fluid temperatures in
 any power transmission within safe values under any critical surface (ground
 or water) and flight operating conditions.
   (c) Except for ground-use-only auxiliary power units, compliance with
 paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section must be shown by flight tests in which
 the temperatures of selected powerplant component and auxiliary power unit
 component, engine, and transmission fluids are obtained under the conditions
 prescribed in those paragraphs.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR
 34218, Sept. 2, 1988]






 Sec. 29.1043  Cooling tests.

   (a) General. For the tests prescribed in Sec. 29.1041(c), the following
 apply:
   (1) If the tests are conducted under conditions deviating from the maximum
 ambient atmospheric temperature specified in paragraph (b) of this section,
 the recorded powerplant temperatures must be corrected under paragraphs (c)
 and (d) of this section, unless a more rational correction method is
 applicable.
   (2) No corrected temperature determined under paragraph (a)(1) of this
 section may exceed established limits.
   (3) The fuel used during the cooling tests must be of the minimum grade
 approved for the engines, and the mixture settings must be those used in
 normal operation.
   (4) The test procedures must be as prescribed in Secs. 29.1045 through
 29.1049.
   (5) For the purposes of the cooling tests, a temperature is "stabilized"
 when its rate of change is less than 2 deg.F per minute.
   (b) Maximum ambient atmospheric temperature. A maximum ambient atmospheric
 temperature corresponding to sea level conditions of at least 100 degrees F.
 must be established. The assumed temperature lapse rate is 3.6 degrees F. per
 thousand feet of altitude above sea level until a temperature of -69.7
 degrees F. is reached, above which altitude the temperature is considered
 constant at -69.7 degrees F. However, for winterization installations, the
 applicant may select a maximum ambient atmospheric temperature corresponding
 to sea level conditions of less than 100 degrees F.
   (c) Correction factor (except cylinder barrels). Unless a more rational
 correction applies, temperatures of engine fluids and powerplant components
 (except cylinder barrels) for which temperature limits are established, must
 be corrected by adding to them the difference between the maximum ambient
 atmospheric temperature and the temperature of the ambient air at the time of
 the first occurrence of the maximum component or fluid temperature recorded
 during the cooling test.
   (d) Correction factor for cylinder barrel temperatures. Cylinder barrel
 temperatures must be corrected by adding to them 0.7 times the difference
 between the maximum ambient atmospheric temperature and the temperature of
 the ambient air at the time of the first occurrence of the maximum cylinder
 barrel temperature recorded during the cooling test.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, and 605 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49
 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424, and 1425); and sec. 6(c) of the Dept. of
 Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1655(c)))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR
 55473, Dec. 20, 1976; Amdt. 29-15, 43 FR 2327, Jan. 16, 1978; Amdt. 29-26, 53
 FR 34218, Sept. 2, 1988]






 Sec. 29.1045  Climb cooling test procedures.

   (a) Climb cooling tests must be conducted under this section for--
   (1) Category A rotorcraft; and
   (2) Multiengine category B rotorcraft for which certification is requested
 under the category A powerplant installation requirements, and under the
 requirements of Sec. 29.861(a) at the steady rate of climb or descent
 established under Sec. 29.67(b).
   (b) The climb or descent cooling tests must be conducted with the engine
 inoperative that produces the most adverse cooling conditions for the
 remaining engines and powerplant components.
   (c) Each operating engine must--
   (1) For helicopters for which the use of 30-minute OEI power is requested,
 be at 30-minute OEI power for 30 minutes, and then at maximum continuous
 power (or at full throttle when above the critical altitude);
   (2) For helicopters for which the use of continuous OEI power is requested,
 be at continuous OEI power (or at full throttle when above the critical
 altitude); and
   (3) For other rotorcraft, be at maximum continuous power (or at full
 throttle when above the critical altitude).
   (d) After temperatures have stabilized in flight, the climb must be--
   (1) Begun from an altitude not greater than the lower of--
   (i) 1,000 feet below the engine critcal altitude; and
   (ii) 1,000 feet below the maximum altitude at which the rate of climb is
 150 f.p.m; and
   (2) Continued for at least five minutes after the occurrence of the highest
 temperature recorded, or until the rotorcraft reaches the maximum altitude
 for which certification is requested.
   (e) For category B rotorcraft without a positive rate of climb, the descent
 must begin at the all-engine-critical altitude and end at the higher of--
   (1) The maximum altitude at which level flight can be maintained with one
 engine operative; and
   (2) Sea level.
   (f) The climb or descent must be conducted at an airspeed representing a
 normal operational practice for the configuration being tested. However, if
 the cooling provisions are sensitive to rotorcraft speed, the most critical
 airspeed must be used, but need not exceed the speeds established under Sec.
 29.67(a)(2) or Sec. 29.67(b). The climb cooling test may be conducted in
 conjunction with the takeoff cooling test of Sec. 29.1047.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR
 34218, Sept. 2, 1988]






 Sec. 29.1047  Takeoff cooling test procedures.

   (a) Category A. For each category A rotorcraft, cooling must be shown
 during takeoff and subsequent climb as follows:
   (1) Each temperature must be stabilized while hovering in ground effect
 with--
   (i) The power necessary for hovering;
   (ii) The appropriate cowl flap and shutter settings; and
   (iii) The maximum weight.
   (2) After the temperatures have stabilized, a climb must be started at the
 lowest practicable altitude and must be conducted with one engine
 inoperative.
   (3) The operating engines must be at the greatest power for which approval
 is sought (or at full throttle when above the critical altitude) for the same
 period as this power is used in determining the takeoff climbout path under
 Sec. 29.59.
   (4) At the end of the time interval prescribed in paragraph (b)(3) of this
 section, the power must be changed to that used in meeting Sec. 29.67(a)(2)
 and the climb must be continued for--
   (i) Thirty minutes, if 30-minute OEI power is used; or
   (ii) At least 5 minutes after the occurrence of the highest temperature
 recorded, if continuous OEI power or maximum continuous power is used.
   (5) The speeds must be those used in determining the takeoff flight path
 under Sec. 29.59.
   (b) Category B. For each category B rotorcraft, cooling must be shown
 during takeoff and subsequent climb as follows:
   (1) Each temperature must be stabilized while hovering in ground effect
 with--
   (i) The power necessary for hovering;
   (ii) The appropriate cowl flap and shutter settings; and
   (iii) The maximum weight.
   (2) After the temperatures have stabilized, a climb must be started at the
 lowest practicable altitude with takeoff power.
   (3) Takeoff power must be used for the same time interval as takeoff power
 is used in determining the takeoff flight path under Sec. 29.63.
   (4) At the end of the time interval prescribed in paragraph (a)(3) of this
 section, the power must be reduced to maximum continuous power and the climb
 must be continued for at least five minutes after the occurence of the
 highest temperature recorded.
   (5) The cooling test must be conducted at an airspeed corresponding to
 normal operating practice for the configuration being tested. However, if the
 cooling provisions are sensitive to rotorcraft speed, the most critical
 airspeed must be used, but need not exceed the speed for best rate of climb
 with maximum continuous power.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-1, 30 FR
 8778, July 13, 1965; Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR 34219, Sept. 2, 1988]






 Sec. 29.1049  Hovering cooling test procedures.

   The hovering cooling provisions must be shown--
   (a) At maximum weight or at the greatest weight at which the rotorcraft can
 hover (if less), at sea level, with the power required to hover but not more
 than maximum continuous power, in the ground effect in still air, until at
 least five minutes after the occurrence of the highest temperature recorded;
 and
   (b) With maximum continuous power, maximum weight, and at the altitude
 resulting in zero rate of climb for this configuration, until at least five
 minutes after the occurrence of the highest temperature recorded.






                               Induction System






 Sec. 29.1091  Air induction.

   (a) The air induction system for each engine and auxiliary power unit must
 supply the air required by that engine and auxiliary power unit under the
 operating conditions for which certification is requested.
   (b) Each engine and auxiliary power unit air induction system must provide
 air for proper fuel metering and mixture distribution with the induction
 system valves in any position.
   (c) No air intake may open within the engine accessory section or within
 other areas of any powerplant compartment where emergence of backfire flame
 would constitute a fire hazard.
   (d) Each reciprocating engine must have an alternate air source.
   (e) Each alternate air intake must be located to prevent the entrance of
 rain, ice, or other foreign matter.
   (f) For turbine engine powered rotorcraft and rotorcraft incorporating
 auxiliary power units--
   (1) There must be means to prevent hazardous quantities of fuel leakage or
 overflow from drains, vents, or other components of flammable fluid systems
 from entering the engine or auxiliary power unit intake system; and
   (2) The air inlet ducts must be located or protected so as to minimize the
 ingestion of foreign matter during takeoff, landing, and taxiing.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49 U.S.C.
 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424), sec. 6(c), Dept. of Transportation Act (49 U.S.C.
 1655(c)))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR
 969, Jan. 26, 1968; Amdt. 29-17, 43 FR 50601, Oct. 30, 1978]






 Sec. 29.1093  Induction system icing protection.

   (a) Reciprocating engines. Each reciprocating engine air induction system
 must have means to prevent and eliminate icing. Unless this is done by other
 means, it must be shown that, in air free of visible moisture at a
 temperature of 30 deg. F., and with the engines at 60 percent of maximum
 continuous power--
   (1) Each rotorcraft with sea level engines using conventional venturi
 carburetors has a preheater that can provide a heat rise of 90 deg. F.;
   (2) Each rotorcraft with sea level engines using carburetors tending to
 prevent icing has a preheater that can provide a heat rise of 70 deg. F.;
   (3) Each rotorcraft with altitude engines using conventional venturi
 carburetors has a preheater that can provide a heat rise of 120 deg. F.; and
   (4) Each rotorcraft with altitude engines using carburetors tending to
 prevent icing has a preheater that can provide a heat rise of 100 deg. F.
   (b) Turbine engines. (1) It must be shown that each turbine engine and its
 air inlet system can operate throughout the flight power range of the engine
 (including idling)--
   (i) Without accumulating ice on engine or inlet system components that
 would adversely affect engine operation or cause a serious loss of power
 under the icing conditions specified in Appendix C of this Part; and
   (ii) In snow, both falling and blowing, without adverse effect on engine
 operation, within the limitations established for the rotorcraft.
   (2) Each turbine engine must idle for 30 minutes on the ground, with the
 air bleed available for engine icing protection at its critical condition,
 without adverse effect, in an atmosphere that is at a temperature between 15
 deg. and 30 deg. F (between -9 deg. and -1 deg. C) and has a liquid water
 content not less than 0.3 grams per cubic meter in the form of drops having a
 mean effective diameter not less than 20 microns, followed by momentary
 operation at takeoff power or thrust. During the 30 minutes of idle
 operation, the engine may be run up periodically to a moderate power or
 thrust setting in a manner acceptable to the Administrator.
   (c) Supercharged reciprocating engines. For each engine having a
 supercharger to pressurize the air before it enters the carburetor, the heat
 rise in the air caused by that supercharging at any altitude may be utilized
 in determining compliance with paragraph (a) of this section if the heat rise
 utilized is that which will be available, automatically, for the applicable
 altitude and operation condition because of supercharging.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, and 603, 72 Stat. 752, 775, 49 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, and
 1423; sec. 6(c), 49 U.S.C. 1655 (c))

 [Amdt. No. 29-3, 33 FR 969, Jan. 26, 1968, as amended by Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR
 55473, Dec. 20, 1976; Amdt. 29-13, 42 FR 15046, Mar. 17, 1977; Amdt. 29-22,
 49 FR 6850, Feb. 23, 1984; Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR 34219, Sept. 2, 1988]






 Sec. 29.1101  Carburetor air preheater design.

   Each carburetor air preheater must be designed and constructed to--
   (a) Ensure ventilation of the preheater when the engine is operated in cold
 air;
   (b) Allow inspection of the exhaust manifold parts that it surrounds; and
   (c) Allow inspection of critical parts of the preheater itself.






 Sec. 29.1103  Induction systems ducts and air duct systems.

   (a) Each induction system duct upstream of the first stage of the engine
 supercharger and of the auxiliary power unit compressor must have a drain to
 prevent the hazardous accumulation of fuel and moisture in the ground
 attitude. No drain may discharge where it might cause a fire hazard.
   (b) Each duct must be strong enough to prevent induction system failure
 from normal backfire conditions.
   (c) Each duct connected to components between which relative motion could
 exist must have means for flexibility.
   (d) Each duct within any fire zone for which a fire-extinguishing system is
 required must be at least--
   (1) Fireproof, if it passes through any firewall; or
   (2) Fire resistant, for other ducts, except that ducts for auxiliary power
 units must be fireproof within the auxiliary power unit fire zone.
   (e) Each auxiliary power unit induction system duct must be fireproof for a
 sufficient distance upstream of the auxiliary power unit compartment to
 prevent hot gas reverse flow from burning through auxiliary power unit ducts
 and entering any other compartment or area of the rotorcraft in which a
 hazard would be created resulting from the entry of hot gases. The materials
 used to form the remainder of the induction system duct and plenum chamber of
 the auxiliary power unit must be capable of resisting the maximum heat
 conditions likely to occur.
   (f) Each auxiliary power unit induction system duct must be constructed of
 materials that will not absorb or trap hazardous quantities of flammable
 fluids that could be ignited in the event of a surge or reverse flow
 condition.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49 U.S.C.
 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424), sec. 6(c), Dept. of Transportation Act (49 U.S.C.
 1655(c)))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-17, 43 FR
 50602, Oct. 30, 1978]






 Sec. 29.1105  Induction system screens.

   If induction system screens are used--
   (a) Each screen must be upstream of the carburetor;
   (b) No screen may be in any part of the induction system that is the only
 passage through which air can reach the engine, unless it can be deiced by
 heated air;
   (c) No screen may be deiced by alcohol alone; and
   (d) It must be impossible for fuel to strike any screen.






 Sec. 29.1107  Inter-coolers and after-coolers.

   Each inter-cooler and after-cooler must be able to withstand the vibration,
 inertia, and air pressure loads to which it would be subjected in operation.






 Sec. 29.1109  Carburetor air cooling.

   It must be shown under Sec. 29.1043 that each installation using two-stage
 superchargers has means to maintain the air temperature, at the carburetor
 inlet, at or below the maximum established value.






                                Exhaust System






 Sec. 29.1121  General.

   For powerplant and auxiliary power unit installations the following apply:
   (a) Each exhaust system must ensure safe disposal of exhaust gases without
 fire hazard or carbon monoxide contamination in any personnel compartment.
   (b) Each exhaust system part with a surface hot enough to ignite flammable
 fluids or vapors must be located or shielded so that leakage from any system
 carrying flammable fluids or vapors will not result in a fire caused by
 impingement of the fluids or vapors on any part of the exhaust system
 including shields for the exhaust system.
   (c) Each component upon which hot exhaust gases could impinge, or that
 could be subjected to high temperatures from exhaust system parts, must be
 fireproof. Each exhaust system component must be separated by a fireproof
 shield from adjacent parts of the rotorcraft that are outside the engine and
 auxiliary power unit compartments.
   (d) No exhaust gases may discharge so as to cause a fire hazard with
 respect to any flammable fluid vent or drain.
   (e) No exhaust gases may discharge where they will cause a glare seriously
 affecting pilot vision at night.
   (f) Each exhaust system component must be ventilated to prevent points of
 excessively high temperature.
   (g) Each exhaust shroud must be ventilated or insulated to avoid, during
 normal operation, a temperature high enough to ignite any flammable fluids or
 vapors outside the shroud.
   (h) If significant traps exist, each turbine engine exhaust system must
 have drains discharging clear of the rotorcraft, in any normal ground and
 flight attitudes, to prevent fuel accumulation after the failure of an
 attempted engine start.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, and 603, 72 Stat. 752, 755, 49 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, and
 1423; sec. 6(c), 49 U.S.C. 1655 (c))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR
 970, Jan. 26, 1968; Amdt. 29-13, 42 FR 15046, Mar. 17, 1977]






 Sec. 29.1123  Exhaust piping.

   (a) Exhaust piping must be heat and corrosion resistant, and must have
 provisions to prevent failure due to expansion by operating temperatures.
   (b) Exhaust piping must be supported to withstand any vibration and inertia
 loads to which it would be subjected in operation.
   (c) Exhaust piping connected to components between which relative motion
 could exist must have provisions for flexibility.






 Sec. 29.1125  Exhaust heat exchangers.

   For reciprocating engine powered rotorcraft the following apply:
   (a) Each exhaust heat exchanger must be constructed and installed to
 withstand the vibration, inertia, and other loads to which it would be
 subjected in operation. In addition--
   (1) Each exchanger must be suitable for continued operation at high
 temperatures and resistant to corrosion from exhaust gases;
   (2) There must be means for inspecting the critical parts of each
 exchanger;
   (3) Each exchanger must have cooling provisions wherever it is subject to
 contact with exhaust gases; and
   (4) Each exhaust heat exchanger muff may have stagnant areas or liquid
 traps that would increase the probability of ignition of flammable fluids or
 vapors that might be present in case of the failure or malfunction of
 components carrying flammable fluids.
   (b) If an exhaust heat exchanger is used for heating ventilating air used
 by personnel--
   (1) There must be a secondary heat exchanger between the primary exhaust
 gas heat exchanger and the ventilating air system; or
   (2) Other means must be used to prevent harmful contamination of the
 ventilating air.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR
 55473, Dec. 20, 1976]






                      Powerplant Controls and Accessories






 Sec. 29.1141  Powerplant controls: general.

   (a) Powerplant controls must be located and arranged under Sec. 29.777 and
 marked under Sec. 29.1555.
   (b) Each control must be located so that it cannot be inadvertently
 operated by persons entering, leaving, or moving normally in the cockpit.
   (c) Each flexible powerplant control must be approved.
   (d) Each control must be able to maintain any set position without--
   (1) Constant attention; or
   (2) Tendency to creep due to control loads or vibration.
   (e) Each control must be able to withstand operating loads without
 excessive deflection.
   (f) Controls of powerplant valves required for safety must have--
   (1) For manual valves, positive stops or in the case of fuel valves
 suitable index provisions, in the open and closed position; and
   (2) For power-assisted valves, a means to indicate to the flight crew when
 the valve--
   (i) Is in the fully open or fully closed position; or
   (ii) Is moving between the fully open and fully closed position.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, and 603, 72 Stat. 752, 775, 49 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, and
 1423; sec. 6(c), 49 U.S.C. 1655(c))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-13, 42 FR
 15046, Mar. 17, 1977; Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR 34219, Sept. 2, 1988]






 Sec. 29.1142  Auxiliary power unit controls.

   Means must be provided on the flight deck for starting, stopping, and
 emergency shutdown of each installed auxiliary power unit.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49 U.S.C.
 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424), sec. 6(c), Dept. of Transportation Act (49 U.S.C.
 1655(c)))

 [Amdt. 29-17, 43 FR 50602, Oct. 30, 1978]






 Sec. 29.1143  Engine controls.

   (a) There must be a separate power control for each engine.
   (b) Power controls must be arranged to allow ready synchronization of all
 engines by--
   (1) Separate control of each engine; and
   (2) Simultaneous control of all engines.
   (c) Each power control must provide a positive and immediately responsive
 means of controlling its engine.
   (d) Each fluid injection control other than fuel system control must be in
 the corresponding power control. However, the injection system pump may have
 a separate control.
   (e) If a power control incorporates a fuel shutoff feature, the control
 must have a means to prevent the inadvertent movement of the control into the
 shutoff position. The means must--
   (1) Have a positive lock or stop at the idle position; and
   (2) Require a separate and distinct operation to place the control in the
 shutoff position.
   (f) For rotorcraft to be certificated for a 30-second OEI power rating, a
 means must be provided to automatically activate and control the 30-second
 OEI power and prevent any engine from exceeding the installed engine limits
 associated with the 30-second OEI power rating approved for the rotorcraft.

 [Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR 34219, Sept. 2, 1988, as amended by Amdt. 29-34, 59 FR
 47768, Sept. 16, 1994]

 *****************************************************************************


 59 FR 47764, No. 179, Sept. 16, 1994

 SUMMARY: This rule adopts new and revised airworthiness standards by
 incorporating optional one-engine-inoperative (OEI) power ratings for
 multiengine, turbine-powered rotorcraft. These amendments result from a
 petition for rulemaking from Aerospace Industries Association of America
 (AIA) and the recognition by both government and industry that additional OEI
 power rating standards are needed. These amendments enhance rotorcraft safety
 after an engine failure or precautionary shutdown by providing higher OEI
 power, when necessary. These amendments also assure that the drive system
 will maintain its structural integrity and allow continued safe flight while
 operating at the new OEI power ratings with the operable engine(s).

 EFFECTIVE DATE: October 17, 1994.

 *****************************************************************************






 Sec. 29.1145  Ignition switches.

   (a) Ignition switches must control each ignition circuit on each engine.
   (b) There must be means to quickly shut off all ignition by the grouping of
 switches or by a master ignition control.
   (c) Each group of ignition switches, except ignition switches for turbine
 engines for which continuous ignition is not required, and each master
 ignition control must have a means to prevent its inadvertent operation.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, and 603, 72 Stat. 759, 775, 49 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, and
 1423; sec. 6(c), 49 U.S.C. 1655 (c))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-13, 42 FR
 15046, Mar. 17, 1977]






 Sec. 29.1147  Mixture controls.

   (a) If there are mixture controls, each engine must have a separate
 control, and the controls must be arranged to allow--
   (1) Separate control of each engine; and
   (2) Simultaneous control of all engines.
   (b) Each intermediate position of the mixture controls that corresponds to
 a normal operating setting must be identifiable by feel and sight.






 Sec. 29.1151  Rotor brake controls.

   (a) It must be impossible to apply the rotor brake inadvertently in flight.
   (b) There must be means to warn the crew if the rotor brake has not been
 completely released before takeoff.






 Sec. 29.1157  Carburetor air temperature controls.

   There must be a separate carburetor air temperature control for each
 engine.






 Sec. 29.1159  Supercharger controls.

   Each supercharger control must be accessible to--
   (a) The pilots; or
   (b) (If there is a separate flight engineer station with a control panel)
 the flight engineer.






 Sec. 29.1163   Powerplant accessories.

   (a) Each engine mounted accessory must--
   (1) Be approved for mounting on the engine involved;
   (2) Use the provisions on the engine for mounting; and
   (3) Be sealed in such a way as to prevent contamination of the engine oil
 system and the accessory system.
   (b) Electrical equipment subject to arcing or sparking must be installed,
 to minimize the probability of igniting flammable fluids or vapors.
   (c) If continued rotation of an engine-driven cabin supercharger or any
 remote accessory driven by the engine will be a hazard if they malfunction,
 there must be means to prevent their hazardous rotation without interfering
 with the continued operation of the engine.
   (d) Unless other means are provided, torque limiting means must be provided
 for accessory drives located on any component of the transmission and rotor
 drive system to prevent damage to these components from excessive accessory
 load.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-22, 49 FR
 6850, Feb. 23, 1984; Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR 34219, Sept. 2, 1988]






 Sec. 29.1165  Engine ignition systems.

   (a) Each battery ignition system must be supplemented with a generator that
 is automatically available as an alternate source of electrical energy to
 allow continued engine operation if any battery becomes depleted.
   (b) The capacity of batteries and generators must be large enough to meet
 the simultaneous demands of the engine ignition system and the greatest
 demands of any electrical system components that draw from the same source.
   (c) The design of the engine ignition system must account for--
   (1) The condition of an inoperative generator;
   (2) The condition of a completely depleted battery with the generator
 running at its normal operating speed; and
   (3) The condition of a completely depleted battery with the generator
 operating at idling speed, if there is only one battery.
   (d) Magneto ground wiring (for separate ignition circuits) that lies on the
 engine side of any firewall must be installed, located, or protected, to
 minimize the probability of the simultaneous failure of two or more wires as
 a result of mechanical damage, electrical fault, or other cause.
   (e) No ground wire for any engine may be routed through a fire zone of
 another engine unless each part of that wire within that zone is fireproof.
   (f) Each ignition system must be independent of any electrical circuit that
 is not used for assisting, controlling, or analyzing the operation of that
 system.
   (g) There must be means to warn appropriate crewmembers if the
 malfunctioning of any part of the electrical system is causing the continuous
 discharge of any battery necessary for engine ignition.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR
 55473, Dec. 20, 1976]






                          Powerplant Fire Protection






 Sec. 29.1181  Designated fire zones: regions included.

   (a) Designated fire zones are--
   (1) The engine power section of reciprocating engines;
   (2) The engine accessory section of reciprocating engines;
   (3) Any complete powerplant compartment in which there is no isolation
 between the engine power section and the engine accessory section, for
 reciprocating engines;
   (4) Any auxiliary power unit compartment;
   (5) Any fuel-burning heater and other combustion equipment installation
 described in Sec. 29.859;
   (6) The compressor and accessory sections of turbine engines; and
   (7) The combustor, turbine, and tailpipe sections of turbine engine
 installations except sections that do not contain lines and components
 carrying flammable fluids or gases and are isolated from the designated fire
 zone prescribed in paragraph (a)(6) of this section by a firewall that meets
 Sec. 29.1191.
   (b) Each designated fire zone must meet the requirements of Secs. 29.1183
 through 29.1203.

 [Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR 970, Jan. 26, 1968, as amended by Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR
 34219, Sept. 2, 1988]






 Sec. 29.1183   Lines, fittings, and components.

   (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each line,
 fitting, and other component carrying flammable fluid in any area subject to
 engine fire conditions and each component which conveys or contains flammable
 fluid in a designated fire zone must be fire resistant, except that flammable
 fluid tanks and supports in a designated fire zone must be fireproof or be
 enclosed by a fireproof shield unless damage by fire to any non-fireproof
 part will not cause leakage or spillage of flammable fluid. Components must
 be shielded or located so as to safeguard against the ignition of leaking
 flammable fluid. An integral oil sump of less than 25-quart capacity on a
 reciprocating engine need not be fireproof nor be enclosed by a fireproof
 shield.
   (b) Paragraph (a) of this section does not apply to--
   (1) Lines, fittings, and components which are already approved as part of a
 type certificated engine; and
   (2) Vent and drain lines, and their fittings, whose failure will not result
 in or add to, a fire hazard.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-2, 32 FR
 6914, May 5, 1967; Amdt. 29-10, 39 FR 35463, Oct. 1, 1974; Amdt. 29-22, 49 FR
 6850, Feb. 23, 1984]






 Sec. 29.1185  Flammable fluids.

   (a) No tank or reservoir that is part of a system containing flammable
 fluids or gases may be in a designated fire zone unless the fluid contained,
 the design of the system, the materials used in the tank and its supports,
 the shutoff means, and the connections, lines, and controls provide a degree
 of safety equal to that which would exist if the tank or reservoir were
 outside such a zone.
   (b) Each fuel tank must be isolated from the engines by a firewall or
 shroud.
   (c) There must be at least one-half inch of clear airspace between each
 tank or reservoir and each firewall or shroud isolating a designated fire
 zone, unless equivalent means are used to prevent heat transfer from the fire
 zone to the flammable fluid.
   (d) Absorbent material close to flammable fluid system components that
 might leak must be covered or treated to prevent the absorption of hazardous
 quantities of fluids.






 Sec. 29.1187  Drainage and ventilation of fire zones.

   (a) There must be complete drainage of each part of each designated fire
 zone to minimize the hazards resulting from failure or malfunction of any
 component containing flammable fluids. The drainage means must be--
   (1) Effective under conditions expected to prevail when drainage is needed;
 and
   (2) Arranged so that no discharged fluid will cause an additional fire
 hazard.
   (b) Each designated fire zone must be ventilated to prevent the
 accumulation of flammable vapors.
   (c) No ventilation opening may be where it would allow the entry of
 flammable fluids, vapors, or flame from other zones.
   (d) Ventilation means must be arranged so that no discharged vapors will
 cause an additional fire hazard.
   (e) For category A rotorcraft, there must be means to allow the crew to
 shut off the sources of forced ventilation in any fire zone (other than the
 engine power section of the powerplant compartment) unless the amount of
 extinguishing agent and the rate of discharge are based on the maximum
 airflow through that zone.






 Sec. 29.1189  Shutoff means.

   (a) There must be means to shut off or otherwise prevent hazardous
 quantities of fuel, oil, de-icing fluid, and other flammable fluids from
 flowing into, within, or through any designated fire zone, except that this
 means need not be provided--
   (1) For lines, fittings, and components forming an integral part of an
 engine;
   (2) For oil systems for turbine engine installations in which all
 components of the system, including oil tanks, are fireproof or located in
 areas not subject to engine fire conditions; or
   (3) For engine oil systems in category B rotorcraft using reciprocating
 engines of less than 500 cubic inches displacement.
   (b) The closing of any fuel shutoff valve for any engine may not make fuel
 unavailable to the remaining engines.
   (c) For category A rotorcraft, no hazardous quantity of flammable fluid may
 drain into any designated fire zone after shutoff has been accomplished, nor
 may the closing of any fuel shutoff valve for an engine make fuel unavailable
 to the remaining engines.
   (d) The operation of any shutoff may not interfere with the later emergency
 operation of any other equipment, such as the means for declutching the
 engine from the rotor drive.
   (e) Each shutoff valve and its control must be designed, located, and
 protected to function properly under any condition likely to result from fire
 in a designated fire zone.
   (f) Except for ground-use-only auxiliary power unit installations, there
 must be means to prevent inadvertent operation of each shutoff and to make it
 possible to reopen it in flight after it has been closed.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR
 55473, Dec. 20, 1976; Amdt. 29-22, 49 FR 6850, Feb. 23, 1984; Amdt. 29-26, 53
 FR 34219, Sept. 2, 1988]






 Sec. 29.1191  Firewalls.

   (a) Each engine, including the combustor, turbine, and tailpipe sections of
 turbine engine installations, must be isolated by a firewall, shroud, or
 equivalent means, from personnel compartments, structures, controls, rotor
 mechanisms, and other parts that are--
   (1) Essential to controlled flight and landing; and
   (2) Not protected under Sec. 29.861.
   (b) Each auxiliary power unit, combustion heater, and other combustion
 equipment to be used in flight, must be isolated from the rest of the
 rotorcraft by firewalls, shrouds, or equivalent means.
   (c) Each firewall or shroud must be constructed so that no hazardous
 quantity of air, fluid, or flame can pass from any engine compartment to
 other parts of the rotorcraft.
   (d) Each opening in the firewall or shroud must be sealed with close-
 fitting fireproof grommets, bushings, or firewall fittings.
   (e) Each firewall and shroud must be fireproof and protected against
 corrosion.
   (f) In meeting this section, account must be taken of the probable path of
 a fire as affected by the airflow in normal flight and in autorotation.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR
 970, Jan. 26, 1968]






 Sec. 29.1193  Cowling and engine compartment covering.

   (a) Each cowling and engine compartment covering must be constructed and
 supported so that it can resist the vibration, inertia, and air loads to
 which it may be subjected in operation.
   (b) Cowling must meet the drainage and ventilation requirements of Sec.
 29.1187.
   (c) On rotorcraft with a diaphragm isolating the engine power section from
 the engine accessory section, each part of the accessory section cowling
 subject to flame in case of fire in the engine power section of the
 powerplant must--
   (1) Be fireproof; and
   (2) Meet the requirements of Sec. 29.1191.
   (d) Each part of the cowling or engine compartment covering subject to high
 temperatures due to its nearness to exhaust system parts or exhaust gas
 impingement must be fireproof.
   (e) Each rotorcraft must--
   (1) Be designated and constructed so that no fire originating in any fire
 zone can enter, either through openings or by burning through external skin,
 any other zone or region where it would create additional hazards;
   (2) Meet the requirements of paragraph (e)(1) of this section with the
 landing gear retracted (if applicable); and
   (3) Have fireproof skin in areas subject to flame if a fire starts in or
 burns out of any designated fire zone.
   (f) A means of retention for each openable or readily removable panel,
 cowling, or engine or rotor drive system covering must be provided to
 preclude hazardous damage to rotors or critical control components in the
 event of--
   (1) Structural or mechanical failure of the normal retention means, unless
 such failure is extremely improbable; or
   (2) Fire in a fire zone, if such fire could adversely affect the normal
 means of retention.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, and 603, 72 Stat. 759, 775, 49 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, and
 1423; sec. 6(c), 49 U.S.C. 1655(c))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR
 970, Jan. 26, 1968; Amdt. 29-13, 42 FR 15046, Mar. 17, 1977; Amdt. 29-26, 53
 FR 34219, Sept. 2, 1988]






 Sec. 29.1194  Other surfaces.

   All surfaces aft of, and near, engine compartments and designated fire
 zones, other than tail surfaces not subject to heat, flames, or sparks
 emanating from a designated fire zone or engine compartment, must be at least
 fire resistant.

 [Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR 970, Jan. 26, 1968]






 Sec. 29.1195  Fire extinguishing systems.

   (a) Each turbine engine powered rotorcraft and Category A reciprocating
 engine powered rotorcraft, and each Category B reciprocating engine powered
 rotorcraft with engines of more than 1,500 cubic inches must have a fire
 extinguishing system for the designated fire zones. The fire extinguishing
 system for a powerplant must be able to simultaneously protect all zones of
 the powerplant compartment for which protection is provided.
   (b) For multiengine powered rotorcraft, the fire extinguishing system, the
 quantity of extinguishing agent, and the rate of discharge must--
   (1) For each auxiliary power unit and combustion equipment, provide at
 least one adequate discharge; and
   (2) For each other designated fire zone, provide two adequate discharges.
   (c) For single engine rotorcraft, the quantity of extinguishing agent and
 the rate of discharge must provide at least one adequate discharge for the
 engine compartment.
   (d) It must be shown by either actual or simulated flight tests that under
 critical airflow conditions in flight the discharge of the extinguishing
 agent in each designated fire zone will provide an agent concentration
 capable of extinguishing fires in that zone and of minimizing the probability
 of reignition.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49 U.S.C.
 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424), sec. 6(c), Dept. of Transportation Act (49 U.S.C.
 1655(c)))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR
 970, Jan. 26, 1968; Amdt. 29-13, 42 FR 15047, Mar. 17, 1977; Amdt. 29-17, 43
 FR 50602, Oct. 30, 1978]






 Sec. 29.1197  Fire extinguishing agents.

   (a) Fire extinguishing agents must--
   (1) Be capable of extinguishing flames emanating from any burning of fluids
 or other combustible materials in the area protected by the fire
 extinguishing system; and
   (2) Have thermal stability over the temperature range likely to be
 experienced in the compartment in which they are stored.
   (b) If any toxic extinguishing agent is used, it must be shown by test that
 entry of harmful concentrations of fluid or fluid vapors into any personnel
 compartment (due to leakage during normal operation of the rotorcraft, or
 discharge on the ground or in flight) is prevented, even though a defect may
 exist in the extinguishing system.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, and 603, 72 Stat. 759, 775, 49 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, and
 1423; sec. 6(c), 49 U.S.C. 1655(c))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR
 55473, Dec. 20, 1976; Amdt. 29-13, 42 FR 15047, Mar. 17, 1977]






 Sec. 29.1199  Extinguishing agent containers.

   (a) Each extinguishing agent container must have a pressure relief to
 prevent bursting of the container by excessive internal pressures.
   (b) The discharge end of each discharge line from a pressure relief
 connection must be located so that discharge of the fire extinguishing agent
 would not damage the rotorcraft. The line must also be located or protected
 to prevent clogging caused by ice or other foreign matter.
   (c) There must be a means for each fire extinguishing agent container to
 indicate that the container has discharged or that the charging pressure is
 below the established minimum necessary for proper functioning.
   (d) The temperature of each container must be maintained, under intended
 operating conditions, to prevent the pressure in the container from--
   (1) Falling below that necessary to provide an adequate rate of discharge;
 or
   (2) Rising high enough to cause premature discharge.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, and 603, 72 Stat. 759, 775, 49 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, and
 1423; sec. 6(c), 49 U.S.C. 1655 (c))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-13, 42 FR
 15047, Mar. 17, 1977]






 Sec. 29.1201  Fire extinguishing system materials.

   (a) No materials in any fire extinguishing system may react chemically with
 any extinguishing agent so as to create a hazard.
   (b) Each system component in an engine compartment must be fireproof.






 Sec. 29.1203  Fire detector systems.

   (a) For each turbine engine powered rotorcraft and Category A reciprocating
 engine powered rotorcraft, and for each Category B reciprocating engine
 powered rotorcraft with engines of more than 900 cubic inches displacement,
 there must be approved, quick-acting fire detectors in designated fire zones
 and in the combustor, turbine, and tailpipe sections of turbine installations
 (whether or not such sections are designated fire zones) in numbers and
 locations ensuring prompt detection of fire in those zones.
   (b) Each fire detector must be constructed and installed to withstand any
 vibration, inertia, and other loads to which it would be subjected in
 operation.
   (c) No fire detector may be affected by any oil, water, other fluids, or
 fumes that might be present.
   (d) There must be means to allow crewmembers to check, in flight, the
 functioning of each fire detector system electrical circuit.
   (e) The writing and other components of each fire detector system in an
 engine compartment must be at least fire resistant.
   (f) No fire detector system component for any fire zone may pass through
 another fire zone, unless--
   (1) It is protected against the possibility of false warnings resulting
 from fires in zones through which it passes; or
   (2) The zones involved are simultaneously protected by the same detector
 and extinguishing systems.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR
 970, Jan. 26, 1968]



                             Subpart F--Equipment

                                    General

 Sec. 29.1301  Function and installation.

   Each item of installed equipment must--
   (a) Be of a kind and design appropriate to its intended function;
   (b) Be labeled as to its identification, function, or operating
 limitations, or any applicable combination of these factors;
   (c) Be installed according to limitations specified for that equipment; and
   (d) Function properly when installed.

 Sec. 29.1303  Flight and navigation instruments.

   The following are required flight and navigational instruments:
   (a) An airspeed indicator. For Category A rotorcraft with VNE less than a
 speed at which unmistakable pilot cues provide overspeed warning, a maximum
 allowable airspeed indicator must be provided. If maximum allowable airspeed
 varies with weight, altitude, temperature, or r.p.m., the indicator must show
 that variation.
   (b) A sensitive altimeter.
   (c) A magnetic direction indicator.
   (d) A clock displaying hours, minutes, and seconds with a sweep-second
 pointer or digital presentation.
   (e) A free-air temperature indicator.
   (f) A non-tumbling gyroscopic bank and pitch indicator.
   (g) A gyroscopic rate-of-turn indicator combined with an integral slip-skid
 indicator (turn-and-bank indicator) except that only a slip-skid indicator is
 required on rotorcraft with a third altitude instrument system that--
   (1) Is useable through flight altitudes of +/- 80 degrees of pitch and +/-
 120 degrees of roll;
   (2) Is powered from a source independent of the electrical generating
 system;
   (3) Continues reliable operation for a minimum of 30 minutes after total
 failure of the electrical generating system;
   (4) Operates independently of any other altitude indicating system;
   (5) Is operative without selection after total failure of the electrical
 generating system;
   (6) Is located on the instrument panel in a position acceptable to the
 Administrator that will make it plainly visible to and useable by any pilot
 at his station; and
   (7) Is appropriately lighted during all phases of operation.
   (h) A gyroscopic direction indicator.
   (i) A rate-of-climb (vertical speed) indicator.
   (j) For Category A rotorcraft, a speed warning device when VNE is less than
 the speed at which unmistakable overspeed warning is provided by other pilot
 cues. The speed warning device must give effective aural warning (differing
 distinctively from aural warnings used for other purposes) to the pilots
 whenever the indicated speed exceeds VNE plus 3 knots and must operate
 satisfactorily throughout the approved range of altitudes and temperatures.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, and 605 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49
 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424, and 1425); and sec. 6(c), Dept. of
 Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1655(c)))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR
 55474, Dec. 20, 1976; Amdt. 29-14, 42 FR 36972, July 18, 1977; Amdt. 29-24,
 49 FR 44438, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.1305  Powerplant instruments.

   The following are required powerplant instruments:
   (a) For each rotorcraft--
   (1) A carburetor air temperature indicator for each reciprocating engine;
   (2) A cylinder head temperature indicator for each air-cooled reciprocating
 engine, and a coolant temperature indicator for each liquid-cooled
 reciprocating engine;
   (3) A fuel quantity indicator for each fuel tank;
   (4) A low fuel warning device for each fuel tank which feeds an engine.
 This device must--
   (i) Provide a warning to the crew when approximately 10 minutes of usable
 fuel remains in the tank; and
   (ii) Be independent of the normal fuel quantity indicating system.
   (5) A manifold pressure indicator, for each reciprocating engine of the
 altitude type;
   (6) An oil pressure warning device for each pressure-lubricated gearbox to
 indicate when the oil pressure falls below a safe value;
   (7) An oil quantity indicator for each oil tank and each rotor drive
 gearbox, if lubricant is self-contained;
   (8) An oil temperature indicator for each engine;
   (9) An oil temperature warning device to indicate unsafe oil temperatures
 in each main rotor drive gearbox, including gearboxes necessary for rotor
 phasing;
   (10) A gas temperature indicator for each turbine engine;
   (11) A gas producer rotor tachometer for each turbine engine;
   (12) A tachometer for each engine that, if combined with the applicable
 instrument required by paragraph (a)(13) of this section, indicates rotor
 r.p.m. during autorotation.
   (13) At least one tachometer to indicate, as applicable--
   (i) The r.p.m. of the single main rotor;
   (ii) The common r.p.m. of any main rotors whose speeds cannot vary
 appreciably with respect to each other; and
   (iii) The r.p.m. of each main rotor whose speed can vary appreciably with
 respect to that of another main rotor;
   (14) A free power turbine tachometer for each turbine engine;
   (15) A means, for each turbine engine, to indicate power for that engine;
   (16) For each turbine engine, an indicator to indicate the functioning of
 the powerplant ice protection system;
   (17) An indicator for the filter required by Sec. 29.997 to indicate the
 occurrence of contamination of the filter to the degree established in
 compliance with Sec. 29.955;
   (18) For each turbine engine, a warning means for the oil strainer or
 filter required by Sec. 29.1019, if it has no bypass, to warn the pilot of
 the occurrence of contamination of the strainer or filter before it reaches
 the capacity established in accordance with Sec. 29.1019(a)(2);
   (19) An indicator to indicate the functioning of any selectable or
 controllable heater used to prevent ice clogging of fuel system components;
   (20) An individual fuel pressure indicator for each engine, unless the fuel
 system which supplies that engine does not employ any pumps, filters, or
 other components subject to degradation or failure which may adversely affect
 fuel pressure at the engine;
   (21) A means to indicate to the flightcrew the failure of any fuel pump
 installed to show compliance with Sec. 29.955;
   (22) Warning or caution devices to signal to the flightcrew when
 ferromagnetic particles are detected by the chip detector required by Sec.
 29.1337(e); and
   (23) For auxiliary power units, an individual indicator, warning or caution
 device, or other means to advise the flightcrew that limits are being
 exceeded, if exceeding these limits can be hazardous, for--
   (i) Gas temperature;
   (ii) Oil pressure; and
   (iii) Rotor speed.
   (b) For category A rotorcraft--
   (1) An individual oil pressure indicator for each engine, and either an
 independent warning device for each engine or a master warning device for the
 engines with means for isolating the individual warning circuit from the
 master warning device;
   (2) An independent fuel pressure warning device for each engine or a master
 warning device for all engines with provision for isolating the individual
 warning device from the master warning device; and
   (3) Fire warning indicators.
   (c) For category B rotorcraft--
   (1) An individual oil pressure indicator for each engine; and
   (2) Fire warning indicators, when fire detection is required.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR
 970, Jan. 26, 1968; Amdt. 29-10, 39 FR 35463, Oct. 1, 1974; Amdt. 29-26, 53
 FR 34219, Sept. 2, 1988]

 Sec. 29.1307  Miscellaneous equipment.

   The following is required miscellaneous equipment:
   (a) An approved seat for each occupant.
   (b) A master switch arrangement for electrical circuits other than
 ignition.
   (c) Hand fire extinguishers.
   (d) A windshield wiper or equivalent device for each pilot station.
   (e) A two-way radio communication system.

 [Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR 55473, Dec. 20, 1976]

 Sec. 29.1309  Equipment, systems, and installations.

   (a) The equipment, systems, and installations whose functioning is required
 by this subchapter must be designed and installed to ensure that they perform
 their intended functions under any foreseeable operating condition.
   (b) The rotorcraft systems and associated components, considered separately
 and in relation to other systems, must be designed so that--
   (1) For Category B rotorcraft, the equipment, systems, and installations
 must be designed to prevent hazards to the rotorcraft if they malfunction or
 fail; or
   (2) For Category A rotorcraft--
   (i) The occurrence of any failure condition which would prevent the
 continued safe flight and landing of the rotorcraft is extremely improbable;
 and
   (ii) The occurrence of any other failure conditions which would reduce the
 capability of the rotorcraft or the ability of the crew to cope with adverse
 operating conditions is improbable.
   (c) Warning information must be provided to alert the crew to unsafe system
 operating conditions and to enable them to take appropriate corrective
 action. Systems, controls, and associated monitoring and warning means must
 be designed to minimize crew errors which could create additional hazards.
   (d) Compliance with the requirements of paragraph (b)(2) of this section
 must be shown by analysis and, where necessary, by appropriate ground,
 flight, or simulator tests. The analysis must consider--
   (1) Possible modes of failure, including malfunctions and damage from
 external sources;
   (2) The probability of multiple failures and undetected failures;
   (3) The resulting effects on the rotorcraft and occupants, considering the
 stage of flight and operating conditions; and
   (4) The crew warning cues, corrective action required, and the capability
 of detecting faults.
   (e) For Category A rotorcraft, each installation whose functioning is
 required by this subchapter and which requires a power supply is an
 "essential load" on the power supply. The power sources and the system must
 be able to supply the following power loads in probable operating
 combinations and for probable durations:
   (1) Loads connected to the system with the system functioning normally.
   (2) Essential loads, after failure of any one prime mover, power converter,
 or energy storage device.
   (3) Essential loads, after failure of--
   (i) Any one engine, on rotorcraft with two engines; and
   (ii) Any two engines, on rotorcraft with three or more engines.
   (f) In determining compliance with paragraphs (e) (2) and (3) of this
 section, the power loads may be assumed to be reduced under a monitoring
 procedure consistent with safety in the kinds of operations authorized. Loads
 not required for controlled flight need not be considered for the two-engine-
 inoperative condition on rotorcraft with three or more engines.
   (g) In showing compliance with paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section with
 regard to the electrical system and to equipment design and installation,
 critical environmental conditions must be considered. For electrical
 generation, distribution, and utilization equipment required by or used in
 complying with this subchapter, except equipment covered by Technical
 Standard Orders containing environmental test procedures, the ability to
 provide continuous, safe service under foreseeable environmental conditions
 may be shown by environmental tests, design analysis, or reference to
 previous comparable service experience on other aircraft.
   (h) In showing compliance with paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the
 effects of lightning strikes on the rotorcraft must be considered in
 accordance with Sec. 29.610.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, and 605 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49
 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424, and 1425); and sec. 6(c), Dept. of
 Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1655(c)))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-14, 42 FR
 36972, July 18, 1977; Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR 44438, Nov. 6, 1984]

                           Instruments: Installation

 Sec. 29.1321  Arrangement and visibility.

   (a) Each flight, navigation, and powerplant instrument for use by any pilot
 must be easily visible to him from his station with the minimum practicable
 deviation from his normal position and line of vision when he is looking
 forward along the flight path.
   (b) Each instrument necessary for safe operation, including the airspeed
 indicator, gyroscopic direction indicator, gyroscopic bank-and-pitch
 indicator, slip-skid indicator, altimeter, rate-of-climb indicator, rotor
 tachometers, and the indicator most representative of engine power, must be
 grouped and centered as nearly as practicable about the vertical plane of the
 pilot's forward vision. In addition, for rotorcraft approved for IFR flight--
   (1) The instrument that most effectively indicates attitude must be on the
 panel in the top center position;
   (2) The instrument that most effectively indicates direction of flight must
 be adjacent to and directly below the attitude instrument;
   (3) The instrument that most effectively indicates airspeed must be
 adjacent to and to the left of the attitude instrument; and
   (4) The instrument that most effectively indicates altitude or is most
 frequently utilized in control of altitude must be adjacent to and to the
 right of the attitude instrument.
   (c) Other required powerplant instruments must be closely grouped on the
 instrument panel.
   (d) Identical powerplant instruments for the engines must be located so as
 to prevent any confusion as to which engine each instrument relates.
   (e) Each powerplant instrument vital to safe operation must be plainly
 visible to appropriate crewmembers.
   (f) Instrument panel vibration may not damage, or impair the readability or
 accuracy of, any instrument.
   (g) If a visual indicator is provided to indicate malfunction of an
 instrument, it must be effective under all probable cockpit lighting
 conditions.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, and 605 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49
 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424, and 1425); and sec. 6(c), Dept. of
 Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1655(c)))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-14, 42 FR
 36972, July 18, 1977; Amdt. 29-21, 48 FR 4391, Jan. 31, 1983]

 Sec. 29.1322  Warning, caution, and advisory lights.

   If warning, caution or advisory lights are installed in the cockpit they
 must, unless otherwise approved by the Administrator, be--
   (a) Red, for warning lights (lights indicating a hazard which may require
 immediate corrective action);
   (b) Amber, for caution lights (lights indicating the possible need for
 future corrective action);
   (c) Green, for safe operation lights; and
   (d) Any other color, including white, for lights not described in
 paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section, provided the color differs
 sufficiently from the colors prescribed in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this
 section to avoid possible confusion.

 [Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR 55474, Dec. 20, 1976]

 Sec. 29.1323  Airspeed indicating system.

   For each airspeed indicating system, the following apply:
   (a) Each airspeed indicating instrument must be calibrated to indicate true
 airspeed (at sea level with a standard atmosphere) with a minimum practicable
 instrument calibration error when the corresponding pitot and static
 pressures are applied.
   (b) Each system must be calibrated to determine system error excluding
 airspeed instrument error. This calibration must be determined--
   (1) In level flight at speeds of 20 knots and greater, and over an
 appropriate range of speeds for flight conditions of climb and autorotation;
 and
   (2) During takeoff, with repeatable and readable indications that ensure--
   (i) Consistent realization of the field lengths specified in the Rotorcraft
 Flight Manual; and
   (ii) Avoidance of the critical areas of the limiting height-speed envelope
 established under Sec. 29.79.
   (c) For Category A rotorcraft--
   (1) The indication must allow consistent definition of the critical
 decision point; and
   (2) The system error, excluding the airspeed instrument calibration error,
 may not exceed--
   (i) Three percent or 5 knots, whichever is greater, in level flight at
 speeds above 80 percent of takeoff safety speed; and
   (ii) Ten knots in climb at speeds from 10 knots below takeoff safety speed
 to 10 knots above VY.
   (d) For Category B rotorcraft, the system error, excluding the airspeed
 instrument calibration error, may not exceed 3 percent or 5 knots, whichever
 is greater, in level flight at speeds above 80 percent of the climbout speed
 attained at 50 feet when complying with Sec. 29.63.
   (e) Each system must be arranged, so far as practicable, to prevent
 malfunction or serious error due to the entry of moisture, dirt, or other
 substances.
   (f) Each system must have a heated pitot tube or an equivalent means of
 preventing malfunction due to icing.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964 as amended by Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR
 970, Jan. 26, 1968; Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR 44439, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.1325  Static pressure and pressure altimeter systems.

   (a) Each instrument with static air case connections must be vented to the
 outside atmosphere through an appropriate piping system.
   (b) Each vent must be located where its orifices are least affected by
 airflow variation, moisture, or foreign matter.
   (c) Each static pressure port must be designed and located in such manner
 that the correlation between air pressure in the static pressure system and
 true ambient atmospheric static pressure is not altered when the rotorcraft
 encounters icing conditions. An anti-icing means or an alternate source of
 static pressure may be used in showing compliance with this requirement. If
 the reading of the altimeter, when on the alternate static pressure system,
 differs from the reading of altimeter when on the primary static system by
 more than 50 feet, a correction card must be provided for the alternate
 static system.
   (d) Except for the vent into the atmosphere, each system must be airtight.
   (e) Each pressure altimeter must be approved and calibrated to indicate
 pressure altitude in a standard atmosphere with a minimum practicable
 calibration error when the corresponding static pressures are applied.
   (f) Each system must be designed and installed so that an error in
 indicated pressure altitude, at sea level, with a standard atmosphere,
 excluding instrument calibration error, does not result in an error of more
 than +/-30 feet per 100 knots speed. However, the error need not be less than
 +/-30 feet.
   (g) Except as provided in paragraph (h) of this section, if the static
 pressure system incorporates both a primary and an alternate static pressure
 source, the means for selecting one or the other source must be designed so
 that--
   (1) When either source is selected, the other is blocked off; and
   (2) Both sources cannot be blocked off simultaneously.
   (h) For unpressurized rotorcraft, paragraph (g)(1) of this section does not
 apply if it can be demonstrated that the static pressure system calibration,
 when either static pressure source is selected, is not changed by the other
 static pressure source being open or blocked.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, and 605 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49
 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424, and 1425); and sec. 6(c), Dept. of
 Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1655(c)))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-14, 42 FR
 36972, July 18, 1977; Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR 44439, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.1327  Magnetic direction indicator.

   (a) Each magnetic direction indicator must be installed so that its
 accuracy is not excessively affected by the rotorcraft's vibration or
 magnetic fields.
   (b) The compensated installation may not have a deviation, in level flight,
 greater than 10 degrees on any heading.

 Sec. 29.1329  Automatic pilot system.

   (a) Each automatic pilot system must be designed so that the automatic
 pilot can--
   (1) Be sufficiently overpowered by one pilot to allow control of the
 rotorcraft; and
   (2) Be readily and positively disengaged by each pilot to prevent it from
 interfering with the control of the rotorcraft.
   (b) Unless there is automatic synchronization, each system must have a
 means to readily indicate to the pilot the alignment of the actuating device
 in relation to the control system it operates.
   (c) Each manually operated control for the system's operation must be
 readily accessible to the pilots.
   (d) The system must be designed and adjusted so that, within the range of
 adjustment available to the pilot, it cannot produce hazardous loads on the
 rotorcraft, or create hazardous deviations in the flight path, under any
 flight condition appropriate to its use, either during normal operation or in
 the event of a malfunction, assuming that corrective action begins within a
 reasonable period of time.
   (e) If the automatic pilot integrates signals from auxiliary controls or
 furnishes signals for operation of other equipment, there must be positive
 interlocks and sequencing of engagement to prevent improper operation.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR
 44439, Nov. 6, 1984; Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR 47594, Dec. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.1331  Instruments using a power supply.

   For category A rotorcraft--
   (a) Each required flight instrument using a power supply must have--
   (1) Two independent sources of power;
   (2) A means of selecting either power source; and
   (3) A visual means integral with each instrument to indicate when the power
 adequate to sustain proper instrument performance is not being supplied. The
 power must be measured at or near the point where it enters the instrument.
 For electrical instruments, the power is considered to be adequate when the
 voltage is within the approved limits; and
   (b) The installation and power supply system must be such that failure of
 any flight instrument connected to one source, or of the energy supply from
 one source, or a fault in any part of the power distribution system does not
 interfere with the proper supply of energy from any other source.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR
 44439, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.1333  Instrument systems.

   For systems that operate the required flight instruments which are located
 at each pilot's station, the following apply:
   (a) Only the required flight instruments for the first pilot may be
 connected to that operating system.
   (b) The equipment, systems, and installations must be designed so that one
 display of the information essential to the safety of flight which is
 provided by the flight instruments remains available to a pilot, without
 additional crewmember action, after any single failure or combination of
 failures that are not shown to be extremely improbable.
   (c) Additional instruments, systems, or equipment may not be connected to
 the operating system for a second pilot unless provisions are made to ensure
 the continued normal functioning of the required flight instruments in the
 event of any malfunction of the additional instruments, systems, or equipment
 which is not shown to be extremely improbable.

 [Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR 44439, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.1335  Flight director systems.

   If a flight director system is installed, means must be provided to
 indicate to the flight crew its current mode of operation. Selector switch
 position is not acceptable as a means of indication.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, and 605 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49
 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424, and 1425); and sec. 6(c), Dept. of
 Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1655(c)))

 [Amdt. 29-14, 42 FR 36973, July 18, 1977]

 Sec. 29.1337  Powerplant instruments.

   (a) Instruments and instrument lines. (1) Each powerplant and auxiliary
 power unit instrument line must meet the requirements of Secs. 29.993 and
 29.1183.
   (2) Each line carrying flammable fluids under pressure must--
   (i) Have restricting orifices or other safety devices at the source of
 pressure to prevent the escape of excessive fluid if the line fails; and
   (ii) Be installed and located so that the escape of fluids would not create
 a hazard.
   (3) Each powerplant and auxiliary power unit instrument that utilizes
 flammable fluids must be installed and located so that the escape of fluid
 would not create a hazard.
   (b) Fuel quantity indicator. There must be means to indicate to the flight
 crew members the quantity, in gallons or equivalent units, of usable fuel in
 each tank during flight. In addition--
   (1) Each fuel quantity indicator must be calibrated to read "zero" during
 level flight when the quantity of fuel remaining in the tank is equal to the
 unusable fuel supply determined under Sec. 29.959;
   (2) When two or more tanks are closely interconnected by a gravity feed
 system and vented, and when it is impossible to feed from each tank
 separately, at least one fuel quantity indicator must be installed;
   (3) Tanks with interconnected outlets and airspaces may be treated as one
 tank and need not have separate indicators; and
   (4) Each exposed sight gauge used as a fuel quantity indicator must be
 protected against damage.
   (c) Fuel flowmeter system. If a fuel flowmeter system is installed, each
 metering component must have a means for bypassing the fuel supply if
 malfunction of that component severely restricts fuel flow.
   (d) Oil quantity indicator. There must be a stick gauge or equivalent means
 to indicate the quantity of oil--
   (1) In each tank; and
   (2) In each transmission gearbox.
   (e) Rotor drive system transmissions and gearboxes utilizing ferromagnetic
 materials must be equipped with chip detectors designed to indicate the
 presence of ferromagnetic particles resulting from damage or excessive wear
 within the transmission or gearbox. Each chip detector must--
   (1) Be designed to provide a signal to the indicator required by Sec.
 29.1305(a)(22); and
   (2) Be provided with a means to allow crewmembers to check, in flight, the
 function of each detector electrical circuit and signal.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, and 603, 72 Stat. 759, 775, 49 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, and
 1423; sec. 6(c), 49 U.S.C. 1655(c))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-13, 42 FR
 15047, Mar. 17, 1977; Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR 34219, Sept. 2, 1988]

                       Electrical Systems and Equipment

 Sec. 29.1351  General.

   (a) Electrical system capacity. The required generating capacity and the
 number and kind of power sources must--
   (1) Be determined by an electrical load analysis; and
   (2) Meet the requirements of Sec. 29.1309.
   (b) Generating system. The generating system includes electrical power
 sources, main power busses, transmission cables, and associated control,
 regulation, and protective devices. It must be designed so that--
   (1) Power sources function properly when independent and when connected in
 combination;
   (2) No failure or malfunction of any power source can create a hazard or
 impair the ability of remaining sources to supply essential loads;
   (3) The system voltage and frequency (as applicable) at the terminals of
 essential load equipment can be maintained within the limits for which the
 equipment is designed, during any probable operating condition;
   (4) System transients due to switching, fault clearing, or other causes do
 not make essential loads inoperative, and do not cause a smoke or fire
 hazard;
   (5) There are means accessible in flight to appropriate crewmembers for the
 individual and collective disconnection of the electrical power sources from
 the main bus; and
   (6) There are means to indicate to appropriate crewmembers the generating
 system quantities essential for the safe operation of the system, such as the
 voltage and current supplied by each generator.
   (c) External power. If provisions are made for connecting external power to
 the rotorcraft, and that external power can be electrically connected to
 equipment other than that used for engine starting, means must be provided to
 ensure that no external power supply having a reverse polarity, or a reverse
 phase sequence, can supply power to the rotorcraft's electrical system.
   (d) Operation without normal electrical power. It must be shown by
 analysis, tests, or both, that the rotorcraft can be operated safely in VFR
 conditions, for a period of not less than five minutes, with the normal
 electrical power (electrical power sources excluding the battery)
 inoperative, with critical type fuel (from the standpoint of flameout and
 restart capability, and with the rotorcraft initially at the maximum
 certificated altitude. Parts of the electrical system may remain on if--
   (1) A single malfunction, including a wire bundle or junction box fire,
 cannot result in loss of the part turned off and the part turned on;
   (2) The parts turned on are electrically and mechanically isolated from the
 parts turned off; and
   (3) The electrical wire and cable insulation, and other materials, of the
 parts turned on are self-extinguishing when tested in accordance with Sec.
 25.1359(d) in effect on September 1, 1977.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, and 605 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49
 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424, and 1425); and sec. 6(c), Dept. of
 Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1655(c)))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-14, 42 FR
 36973, July 18, 1977]

 Sec. 29.1353  Electrical equipment and installations.

   (a) Electrical equipment, controls, and wiring must be installed so that
 operation of any one unit or system of units will not adversely affect the
 simultaneous operation of any other electrical unit or system essential to
 safe operation.
   (b) Cables must be grouped, routed, and spaced so that damage to essential
 circuits will be minimized if there are faults in heavy current-carrying
 cables.
   (c) Storage batteries must be designed and installed as follows:
   (1) Safe cell temperatures and pressures must be maintained during any
 probable charging and discharging condition. No uncontrolled increase in cell
 temperature may result when the battery is recharged (after previous complete
 discharge)--
   (i) At maximum regulated voltage or power;
   (ii) During a flight of maximum duration; and
   (iii) Under the most adverse cooling condition likely in service.
   (2) Compliance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section must be shown by test
 unless experience with similar batteries and installations has shown that
 maintaining safe cell temperatures and pressures presents no problem.
   (3) No explosive or toxic gases emitted by any battery in normal operation,
 or as the result of any probable malfunction in the charging system or
 battery installation, may accumulate in hazardous quantities within the
 rotorcraft.
   (4) No corrosive fluids or gases that may escape from the battery may
 damage surrounding structures or adjacent essential equipment.
   (5) Each nickel cadmium battery installation capable of being used to start
 an engine or auxiliary power unit must have provisions to prevent any
 hazardous effect on structure or essential systems that may be caused by the
 maximum amount of heat the battery can generate during a short circuit of the
 battery or of its individual cells.
   (6) Nickel cadmium battery installations capable of being used to start an
 engine or auxiliary power unit must have--
   (i) A system to control the charging rate of the battery automatically so
 as to prevent battery overheating;
   (ii) A battery temperature sensing and over-temperature warning system with
 a means for disconnecting the battery from its charging source in the event
 of an over-temperature condition; or
   (iii) A battery failure sensing and warning system with a means for
 disconnecting the battery from its charging source in the event of battery
 failure.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, and 605 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49
 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424, and 1425); and sec. 6(c), Dept. of
 Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1655(c)))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-14, 42 FR
 36973, July 18, 1977; Amdt. 29-15, 43 FR 2327, Jan. 16, 1978]

 Sec. 29.1355  Distribution system.

   (a) The distribution system includes the distribution busses, their
 associated feeders, and each control and protective device.
   (b) If two independent sources of electrical power for particular equipment
 or systems are required by this chapter, in the event of the failure of one
 power source for such equipment or system, another power source (including
 its separate feeder) must be provided automatically or be manually selectable
 to maintain equipment or system operation.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, and 605 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49
 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424, and 1425); and sec. 6(c), Dept. of
 Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1655(c)))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-14, 42 FR
 36973, July 18, 1977; Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR 44439, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.1357  Circuit protective devices.

   (a) Automatic protective devices must be used to minimize distress to the
 electrical system and hazard to the rotorcraft system and hazard to the
 rotorcraft in the event of wiring faults or serious malfunction of the system
 or connected equipment.
   (b) The protective and control devices in the generating system must be
 designed to de-energize and disconnect faulty power sources and power
 transmission equipment from their associated buses with sufficient rapidity
 to provide protection from hazardous overvoltage and other malfunctioning.
   (c) Each resettable circuit protective device must be designed so that,
 when an overload or circuit fault exists, it will open the circuit regardless
 of the position of the operating control.
   (d) If the ability to reset a circuit breaker or replace a fuse is
 essential to safety in flight, that circuit breaker or fuse must be located
 and identified so that it can be readily reset or replaced in flight.
   (e) Each essential load must have individual circuit protection. However,
 individual protection for each circuit in an essential load system (such as
 each position light circuit in a system) is not required.
   (f) If fuses are used, there must be spare fuses for use in flight equal to
 at least 50 percent of the number of fuses of each rating required for
 complete circuit protection.
   (g) Automatic reset circuit breakers may be used as integral protectors for
 electrical equipment provided there is circuit protection for the cable
 supplying power to the equipment.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR
 44440, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.1359  Electrical system fire and smoke protection.

   (a) Components of the electrical system must meet the applicable fire and
 smoke protection provisions of Secs. 29.831 and 29.863.
   (b) Electrical cables, terminals, and equipment, in designated fire zones,
 and that are used in emergency procedures, must be at least fire resistant.

 Sec. 29.1363  Electrical system tests.

   (a) When laboratory tests of the electrical system are conducted--
   (1) The tests must be performed on a mock-up using the same generating
 equipment used in the rotorcraft;
   (2) The equipment must simulate the electrical characteristics of the
 distribution wiring and connected loads to the extent necessary for valid
 test results; and
   (3) Laboratory generator drives must simulate the prime movers on the
 rotorcraft with respect to their reaction to generator loading, including
 loading due to faults.
   (b) For each flight condition that cannot be simulated adequately in the
 laboratory or by ground tests on the rotorcraft, flight tests must be made.

                                    Lights

 Sec. 29.1381  Instrument lights.

   The instrument lights must--
   (a) Make each instrument, switch, and other device for which they are
 provided easily readable; and
   (b) Be installed so that--
   (1) Their direct rays are shielded from the pilot's eyes; and
   (2) No objectionable reflections are visible to the pilot.

 Sec. 29.1383  Landing lights.

   (a) Each required landing or hovering light must be approved.
   (b) Each landing light must be installed so that--
   (1) No objectionable glare is visible to the pilot;
   (2) The pilot is not adversely affected by halation; and
   (3) It provides enough light for night operation, including hovering and
 landing.
   (c) At least one separate switch must be provided, as applicable--
   (1) For each separately installed landing light; and
   (2) For each group of landing lights installed at a common location.

 Sec. 29.1385  Position light system installation.

   (a) General. Each part of each position light system must meet the
 applicable requirements of this section and each system as a whole must meet
 the requirements of Secs. 29.1387 through 29.1397.
   (b) Forward position lights. Forward position lights must consist of a red
 and a green light spaced laterally as far apart as practicable and installed
 forward on the rotorcraft so that, with the rotorcraft in the normal flying
 position, the red light is on the left side, and the green light is on the
 right side. Each light must be approved.
   (c) Rear position light. The rear position light must be a white light
 mounted as far aft as practicable, and must be approved.
   (d) Circuit. The two forward position lights and the rear position light
 must make a single circuit.
   (e) Light covers and color filters. Each light cover or color filter must
 be at least flame resistant and may not change color or shape or lose any
 appreciable light transmission during normal use.

 Sec. 29.1387  Position light system dihedral angles.

   (a) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, each forward and
 rear position light must, as installed, show unbroken light within the
 dihedral angles described in this section.
   (b) Dihedral angle L (left) is formed by two intersecting vertical planes,
 the first parallel to the longitudinal axis of the rotorcraft, and the other
 at 110 degrees to the left of the first, as viewed when looking forward along
 the longitudinal axis.
   (c) Dihedral angle R (right) is formed by two intersecting vertical planes,
 the first parallel to the longitudinal axis of the rotorcraft, and the other
 at 110 degrees to the right of the first, as viewed when looking forward
 along the longitudinal axis.
   (d) Dihedral angle A (aft) is formed by two intersecting vertical planes
 making angles of 70 degrees to the right and to the left, respectively, to a
 vertical plane passing through the longitudinal axis, as viewed when looking
 aft along the longitudinal axis.
   (e) If the rear position light, when mounted as far aft as practicable in
 accordance with Sec. 29.1385(c), cannot show unbroken light within dihedral
 angle A (as defined in paragraph (d) of this section), a solid angle or
 angles of obstructed visibility totaling not more than 0.04 steradians is
 allowable within that dihedral angle, if such solid angle is within a cone
 whose apex is at the rear position light and whose elements make an angle of
 30 deg. with a vertical line passing through the rear position light.

 (49 U.S.C. 1655(c))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-9, 36 FR
 21279, Nov. 5, 1971]

 Sec. 29.1389  Position light distribution and intensities.

   (a) General. The intensities prescribed in this section must be provided by
 new equipment with light covers and color filters in place. Intensities must
 be determined with the light source operating at a steady value equal to the
 average luminous output of the source at the normal operating voltage of the
 rotorcraft. The light distribution and intensity of each position light must
 meet the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section.
   (b) Forward and rear position lights. The light distribution and
 intensities of forward and rear position lights must be expressed in terms of
 minimum intensities in the horizontal plane, minimum intensities in any
 vertical plane, and maximum intensities in overlapping beams, within dihedral
 angles, L, R, and A, and must meet the following requirements:
   (1) Intensities in the horizontal plane.  Each intensity in the horizontal
 plane (the plane containing the longitudinal axis of the rotorcraft and
 perpendicular to the plane of symmetry of the rotorcraft), must equal or
 exceed the values in Sec. 29.1391.
   (2) Intensities in any vertical plane. Each intensity in any vertical plane
 (the plane perpendicular to the horizontal plane) must equal or exceed the
 appropriate value in Sec. 29.1393 where I is the minimum intensity prescribed
 in Sec. 29.1391 for the corresponding angles in the horizontal plane.
   (3) Intensities in overlaps between adjacent signals. No intensity in any
 overlap between adjacent signals may exceed the values in Sec. 29.1395,
 except that higher intensities in overlaps may be used with the use of main
 beam intensities substantially greater than the minima specified in Secs.
 29.1391 and 29.1393 if the overlap intensities in relation to the main beam
 intensities do not adversely affect signal clarity.

 Sec. 29.1391  Minimum intensities in the horizontal plane of forward and rear
     position lights.

   Each position light intensity must equal or exceed the applicable values in
 the following table:

                            Angle from right or left
   Dihedral angle (light     of longitudinal axis,
         included)          measured from dead ahead    Intensity (candles)

  L and R (forward red and  0 deg. to 10 deg.         40
   green)                    10 deg. to 20 deg.        30
                             20 deg. to 110 deg.       5
  A (rear white)            110 deg. to 180 deg.      20

 Sec. 29.1393  Minimum intensities in any vertical plane of forward and rear
     position lights.

   Each position light intensity must equal or exceed the applicable values in
 the following table:

                          Angle above or
                            below the       Intensity,
                         horizontal plane       I

                        0 deg.                    1.00
                        0 deg. to 5 deg.           .90
                        5 deg. to 10 deg.          .80
                        10 deg. to 15 deg.         .70
                        15 deg. to 20 deg.         .50
                        20 deg. to 30 deg.         .30
                        30 deg. to 40 deg.         .10
                        40 deg. to 90 deg.         .05

 Sec. 29.1395  Maximum intensities in overlapping beams of forward and rear
     position lights.

   No position light intensity may exceed the applicable values in the
 following table, except as provided in Sec. 29.1389(b)(3).

                                               Maximum intensity

                                               Area A     Area B
                         Overlaps             (candles)  (candles)

              Green in dihedral angle L              10          1
              Red in dihedral angle R                10          1
              Green in dihedral angle A               5          1
              Red in dihedral angle A                 5          1
              Rear white in dihedral angle L          5          1
              Rear white in dihedral angle R          5          1

 Where--
   (a) Area A includes all directions in the adjacent dihedral angle that pass
 through the light source and intersect the common boundary plane at more than
 10 degrees but less than 20 degrees; and
   (b) Area B includes all directions in the adjacent dihedral angle that pass
 through the light source and intersect the common boundary plane at more than
 20 degrees.

 Sec. 29.1397  Color specifications.

   Each position light color must have the applicable International Commission
 on Illumination chromaticity coordinates as follows:
   (a) Aviation red--

   "y" is not greater than 0.335; and
   "z" is not greater than 0.002.

   (b) Aviation green--

   "x" is not greater than 0.440--0.320y;
   "x" is not greater than y--0.170; and
   "y" is not less than 0.390--0.170x.

   (c) Aviation white--

   "x" is not less than 0.300 and not greater than 0.540;
   "y" is not less than "x--0.040" or "yc--0.010," whichever is the smaller;
 and
   "y" is not greater than "x+0.020" nor "0.636--0.400 x";
   Where "Ye" is the "y" coordinate of the Planckian radiator for the value of
 "x"  considered.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-7, 36 FR
 12972, July 10, 1971]

 Sec. 29.1399  Riding light.

   (a) Each riding light required for water operation must be installed so
 that it can--
   (1) Show a white light for at least two miles at night under clear
 atmospheric conditions; and
   (2) Show a maximum practicable unbroken light with the rotorcraft on the
 water.
   (b) Externally hung lights may be used.

 Sec. 29.1401  Anticollision light system.

   (a) General. If certification for night operation is requested, the
 rotorcraft must have an anticollision light system that--
   (1) Consists of one or more approved anticollision lights located so that
 their emitted light will not impair the crew's vision or detract from the
 conspicuity of the position lights; and
   (2) Meets the requirements of paragraphs (b) through (f) of this section.
   (b) Field of coverage. The system must consist of enough lights to
 illuminate the vital areas around the rotorcraft, considering the physical
 configuration and flight characteristics of the rotorcraft. The field of
 coverage must extend in each direction within at least 30 degrees above and
 30 degrees below the horizontal plane of the rotorcraft, except that there
 may be solid angles of obstructed visibility totaling not more than 0.5
 steradians.
   (c) Flashing characteristics. The arrangement of the system, that is, the
 number of light sources, beam width, speed of rotation, and other
 characteristics, must give an effective flash frequency of not less than 40,
 nor more than 100, cycles per minute. The effective flash frequency is the
 frequency at which the rotorcraft's complete anticollision light system is
 observed from a distance, and applies to each sector of light including any
 overlaps that exist when the system consists of more than one light source.
 In overlaps, flash frequencies may exceed 100, but not 180, cycles per
 minute.
   (d) Color. Each anticollision light must be aviation red and must meet the
 applicable requirements of Sec. 29.1397.
   (e) Light intensity. The minimum light intensities in any vertical plane,
 measured with the red filter (if used) and expressed in terms of "effective"
 intensities must meet the requirements of paragraph (f) of this section. The
 following relation must be assumed:

                             t2
                           INTEGRAL       I(t)dt
                             t1
                          Ie =
                          --------------
                          0.2+(t2-t1)

 where:

 Ie=effective intensity (candles).
 I(t)=instantaneous intensity as a function of time.
 t2-tl=flash time interval (seconds).

 Normally, the maximum value of effective intensity is obtained when t2 and t1
 are chosen so that the effective intensity is equal to the instantaneous
 intensity at t2 and t1.
   (f) Minimum effective intensities for anticollision light. Each
 anticollision light effective intensity must equal or exceed the applicable
 values in the following table:

                           Angle above or    Effective
                             below the       intensity
                          horizontal plane   (candles)

                         0 deg. to 5 deg.          150
                         5 deg. to 10 deg.          90
                         10 deg. to 20 deg.         30
                         20 deg. to 30 deg.         15

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-7, 36 FR
 12972, July 10, 1971; Amdt. 29-11, 41 FR 5290, Feb. 5, 1976]

                               Safety Equipment

 Sec. 29.1411  General.

   (a) Accessibility. Required safety equipment to be used by the crew in an
 emergency, such as automatic liferaft releases, must be readily accessible.
   (b) Stowage provisions. Stowage provisions for required emergency equipment
 must be furnished and must--
   (1) Be arranged so that the equipment is directly accessible and its
 location is obvious; and
   (2) Protect the safety equipment from inadvertent damage.
   (c) Emergency exit descent device. The stowage provisions for the emergency
 exit descent device required by Sec. 29.809(f) must be at the exits for which
 they are intended.
   (d) Liferafts. Liferafts must be stowed near exits through which the rafts
 can be launched during an unplanned ditching. Rafts automatically or remotely
 released outside the rotorcraft must be attached to the rotorcraft by the
 static line prescribed in Sec. 29.1415.
   (e) Long-range signaling device. The stowage provisions for the long-range
 signaling device required by Sec. 29.1415 must be near an exit available
 during an unplanned ditching.
   (f) Life preservers. Each life preserver must be within easy reach of each
 occupant while seated.

 Sec. 29.1413  Safety belts: passenger warning device.

   (a) If there are means to indicate to the passengers when safety belts
 should be fastened, they must be installed to be operated from either pilot
 seat.
   (b) Each safety belt must be equipped with a metal to metal latching
 device.

 (Secs. 313, 314, and 601 through 610 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49
 U.S.C. 1354, 1355, and 1421 through 1430) and sec. 6(c), Dept. of
 Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1655(c)))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-16 43 FR
 46233, Oct. 5, 1978]


Sec. 29.1415  Ditching equipment.

   (a) Emergency flotation and signaling equipment required by any operating
 rule of this chapter must meet the requirements of this section.
   (b) Each liferaft and each life preserver must be approved. In addition--
   (1) Provide not less than two rafts, of an approximately equal rated
 capacity and buoyancy to accommodate the occupants of the rotorcraft; and
   (2) Each raft must have a trailing line, and must have a static line
 designed to hold the raft near the rotorcraft but to release it if the
 rotorcraft becomes totally submerged.
   (c) Approved survival equipment must be attached to each liferaft.
   (d) There must be an approved survival type emergency locator transmitter
 for use in one life raft.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-8, 36 FR
 18722, Sept. 21, 1971; Amdt. 29-19, 45 FR 38348, June 9, 1980; Amdt. 29-30,
 55 FR 8005, Mar. 6, 1990; Amdt. 29-33, 59 FR 32057, June 21, 1994]

 *****************************************************************************
 59 FR 32050, No. 118, June 21, 1994

 SUMMARY: This rule requires that newly installed emergency locator
 transmitters (ELT's) on U.S.-registered aircraft be of an improved design
 that meets the requirements of a revised Technical Standard Order (TSO) or
 later TSO's issued for ELT's. This rule is prompted by unsatisfactory
 performance experienced with automatic ELT's manufactured under the original
 TSO. Further, it addresses certain safety recommendations made by the
 National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) and the search and rescue (SAR)
 community. The FAA is also adopting improved standards for survival ELT's.
 The rule is expected to have a dramatic effect on reducing activation
 failures and would increase the likelihood of locating airplanes after
 accidents. In addition, publication of this document coincides with notice of
 the FAA's withdrawal of manufacturing authority for ELT's produced under TSO-
 C91.

 EFFECTIVE DATE: This document is effective June 21, 1994.

 *****************************************************************************






 Sec. 29.1419  Ice protection.

   (a) To obtain certification for flight into icing conditions, compliance
 with this section must be shown.
   (b) It must be demonstrated that the rotorcraft can be safely operated in
 the continuous maximum and intermittent maximum icing conditions determined
 under Appendix C of this part within the rotorcraft altitude envelope. An
 analysis must be performed to establish, on the basis of the rotorcraft's
 operational needs, the adequacy of the ice protection system for the various
 components of the rotorcraft.
   (c) In addition to the analysis and physical evaluation prescribed in
 paragraph (b) of this section, the effectiveness of the ice protection system
 and its components must be shown by flight tests of the rotorcraft or its
 components in measured natural atmospheric icing conditions and by one or
 more of the following tests as found necessary to determine the adequacy of
 the ice protection system:
   (1) Laboratory dry air or simulated icing tests, or a combination of both,
 of the components or models of the components.
   (2) Flight dry air tests of the ice protection system as a whole, or its
 individual components.
   (3) Flight tests of the rotorcraft or its components in measured simulated
 icing conditions.
   (d) The ice protection provisions of this section are considered to be
 applicable primarily to the airframe. Powerplant installation requirements
 are contained in Subpart E of this part.
   (e) A means must be identified or provided for determining the formation of
 ice on critical parts of the rotorcraft. Unless otherwise restricted, the
 means must be available for nighttime as well as daytime operation. The
 rotorcraft flight manual must describe the means of determining ice formation
 and must contain information necessary for safe operation of the rotorcraft
 in icing conditions.

 [Amdt. 29-21, 48 FR 4391, Jan. 31, 1983]






                            Miscellaneous Equipment






 Sec. 29.1431  Electronic equipment.

   (a) Radio communication and navigation equipment installations must be free
 from hazards in themselves, in their method of operation, and in their
 effects on other components, under any critical environmental conditions.
   (b) Radio communication and navigation equipment, controls, and wiring must
 be installed so that operation of any one unit or system of units will not
 adversely affect the simultaneous operation of any other radio or electronic
 unit, or system of units, required by this chapter.






 Sec. 29.1433  Vacuum systems.

   (a) There must be means, in addition to the normal pressure relief, to
 automatically relieve the pressure in the discharge lines from the vacuum air
 pump when the delivery temperature of the air becomes unsafe.
   (b) Each vacuum air system line and fitting on the discharge side of the
 pump that might contain flammable vapors or fluids must meet the requirements
 of Sec. 29.1183 if they are in a designated fire zone.
   (c) Other vacuum air system components in designated fire zones must be at
 least fire resistant.






 Sec. 29.1435  Hydraulic systems.

   (a) Design. Each hydraulic system must be designed as follows:
   (1) Each element of the hydraulic system must be designed to withstand,
 without detrimental, permanent deformation, any structural loads that may be
 imposed simultaneously with the maximum operating hydraulic loads.
   (2) Each element of the hydraulic system must be designed to withstand
 pressures sufficiently greater than those prescribed in paragraph (b) of this
 section to show that the system will not rupture under service conditions.
   (3) There must be means to indicate the pressure in each main hydraulic
 power system.
   (4) There must be means to ensure that no pressure in any part of the
 system will exceed a safe limit above the maximum operating pressure of the
 system, and to prevent excessive pressures resulting from any fluid
 volumetric change in lines likely to remain closed long enough for such a
 change to take place. The possibility of detrimental transient (surge)
 pressures during operation must be considered.
   (5) Each hydraulic line, fitting, and component must be installed and
 supported to prevent excessive vibration and to withstand inertia loads. Each
 element of the installation must be protected from abrasion, corrosion, and
 mechanical damage.
   (6) Means for providing flexibility must be used to connect points, in a
 hydraulic fluid line, between which relative motion or differential vibration
 exists.
   (b) Tests. Each element of the system must be tested to a proof pressure of
 1.5 times the maximum pressure to which that element will be subjected in
 normal operation, without failure, malfunction, or detrimental deformation of
 any part of the system.
   (c) Fire protection. Each hydraulic system using flammable hydraulic fluid
 must meet the applicable requirements of Secs. 29.861, 29.1183, 29.1185, and
 29.1189.






 Sec. 29.1439  Protective breathing equipment.

   (a) If one or more cargo or baggage compartments are to be accessible in
 flight, protective breathing equipment must be available for an appropriate
 crewmember.
   (b) For protective breathing equipment required by paragraph (a) of this
 section or by any operating rule of this chapter--
   (1) That equipment must be designed to protect the crew from smoke, carbon
 dioxide, and other harmful gases while on flight deck duty;
   (2) That equipment must include--
   (i) Masks covering the eyes, nose, and mouth; or
   (ii) Masks covering the nose and mouth, plus accessory equipment to protect
 the eyes; and
   (3) That equipment must supply protective oxygen of 10 minutes duration per
 crewmember at a pressure altitude of 8,000 feet with a respiratory minute
 volume of 30 liters per minute BTPD.






 Sec. 29.1457  Cockpit voice recorders.

   (a) Each cockpit voice recorder required by the operating rules of this
 chapter must be approved, and must be installed so that it will record the
 following:
   (1) Voice communications transmitted from or received in the rotorcraft by
 radio.
   (2) Voice communications of flight crewmembers on the flight deck.
   (3) Voice communications of flight crewmembers on the flight deck, using
 the rotorcraft's interphone system.
   (4) Voice or audio signals identifying navigation or approach aids
 introduced into a headset or speaker.
   (5) Voice communications of flight crewmembers using the passenger
 loudspeaker system, if there is such a system, and if the fourth channel is
 available in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this
 section.
   (b) The recording requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of this section may be
 met--
   (1) By installing a cockpit-mounted area microphone, located in the best
 position for recording voice communications originating at the first and
 second pilot stations and voice communications of other crewmembers on the
 flight deck when directed to those stations; or
   (2) By installing a continually energized or voice-actuated lip microphone
 at the first and second pilot stations.

 The microphone specified in this paragraph must be so located and, if
 necessary, the preamplifiers and filters of the recorder must be so adjusted
 or supplemented, that the recorded communications are intelligible when
 recorded under flight cockpit noise conditions and played back. The level of
 intelligibility must be approved by the Administrator. Repeated aural or
 visual playback of the record may be used in evaluating intelligibility.
   (c) Each cockpit voice recorder must be installed so that the part of the
 communication or audio signals specified in paragraph (a) of this section
 obtained from each of the following sources is recorded on a separate
 channel:
   (1) For the first channel, from each microphone, headset, or speaker used
 at the first pilot station.
   (2) For the second channel, from each microphone, headset, or speaker used
 at the second pilot station.
   (3) For the third channel, from the cockpit-mounted area microphone, or the
 continually energized or voice-actuated lip microphones at the first and
 second pilot stations.
   (4) For the fourth channel, from--
   (i) Each microphone, headset, or speaker used at the stations for the third
 and fourth crewmembers; or
   (ii) If the stations specified in paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section are
 not required or if the signal at such a station is picked up by another
 channel, each microphone on the flight deck that is used with the passenger
 loudspeaker system if its signals are not picked up by another channel.
   (iii) Each microphone on the flight deck that is used with the rotorcraft's
 loudspeaker system if its signals are not picked up by another channel.
   (d) Each cockpit voice recorder must be installed so that--
   (1) It receives its electric power from the bus that provides the maximum
 reliability for operation of the cockpit voice recorder without jeopardizing
 service to essential or emergency loads;
   (2) There is an automatic means to simultaneously stop the recorder and
 prevent each erasure feature from functioning, within 10 minutes after crash
 impact; and
   (3) There is an aural or visual means for preflight checking of the
 recorder for proper operation.
   (e) The record container must be located and mounted to minimize the
 probability of rupture of the container as a result of crash impact and
 consequent heat damage to the record from fire.
   (f) If the cockpit voice recorder has a bulk erasure device, the
 installation must be designed to minimize the probability of inadvertent
 operation and actuation of the device during crash impact.
   (g) Each recorder container must be either bright orange or bright yellow.

 [Amdt. 29-6, 35 FR 7293, May 9, 1970]






 Sec. 29.1459   Flight recorders.

   (a) Each flight recorder required by the operating rules of Subchapter G of
 this chapter must be installed so that:
   (1) It is supplied with airspeed, altitude, and directional data obtained
 from sources that meet the accuracy requirements of Secs. 29.1323, 29.1325,
 and 29.1327 of this part, as applicable;
   (2) The vertical acceleration sensor is rigidly attached, and located
 longitudinally within the approved center of gravity limits of the
 rotorcraft;
   (3) It receives its electrical power from the bus that provides the maximum
 reliability for operation of the flight recorder without jeopardizing service
 to essential or emergency loads;
   (4) There is an aural or visual means for perflight checking of the
 recorder for proper recording of data in the storage medium; and
   (5) Except for recorders powered solely by the engine-drive electrical
 generator system, there is an automatic means to simultaneously stop a
 recorder that has a data erasure feature and prevent each erasure feature
 from functioning, within 10 minutes after any crash impact.
   (b) Each nonejectable recorder container must be located and mounted so as
 to minimize the probability of container rupture resulting from crash impact
 and subsequent damage to the record from fire.
   (c) A correlation must be established between the flight recorder readings
 of airspeed, altitude, and heading and the corresponding readings (taking
 into account correction factors) of the first pilot's instruments. This
 correlation must cover the airspeed range over which the aircraft is to be
 operated, the range of altitude to which the aircraft is limited, and 360
 degrees of heading. Correlation may be established on the ground as
 appropriate.
   (d) Each recorder container must:
   (1) Be either bright orange or bright yellow;
   (2) Have a reflective tape affixed to its external surface to facilitate
 its location under water; and
   (3) Have an underwater locating device, when required by the operating
 rules of this chapter, on or adjacent to the container which is secured in
 such a manner that it is not likely to be separated during crash impact.

 [Amdt. 29-25, 53 FR 26145, July 11, 1988; 53 FR 26144, July 11, 1988]






 Sec. 29.1461  Equipment containing high energy rotors.

   (a) Equipment containing high energy rotors must meet paragraph (b), (c),
 or (d) of this section.
   (b) High energy rotors contained in equipment must be able to withstand
 damage caused by malfunctions, vibration, abnormal speeds, and abnormal
 temperatures. In addition--
   (1) Auxiliary rotor cases must be able to contain damage caused by the
 failure of high energy rotor blades; and
   (2) Equipment control devices, systems, and instrumentation must reasonably
 ensure that no operating limitations affecting the integrity of high energy
 rotors will be exceeded in service.
   (c) It must be shown by test that equipment containing high energy rotors
 can contain any failure of a high energy rotor that occurs at the highest
 speed obtainable with the normal speed control devices inoperative.
   (d) Equipment containing high energy rotors must be located where rotor
 failure will neither endanger the occupants nor adversely affect continued
 safe flight.

 [Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR 971, Jan. 26, 1968]






               Subpart G--Operating Limitations and Information






 Sec. 29.1501  General.

   (a) Each operating limitation specified in Secs. 29.1503 through 29.1525
 and other limitations and information necessary for safe operation must be
 established.
   (b) The operating limitations and other information necessary for safe
 operation must be made available to the crewmembers as prescribed in Secs.
 29.1541 through 29.1589.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, and 605 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49
 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424, and 1425); and sec. 6(c), Dept. of
 Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1655(c)))

 [Amdt. 29-15, 43 FR 2327, Jan. 16, 1978]






                             Operating Limitations






 Sec. 29.1503  Airspeed limitations: general.

   (a) An operating speed range must be established.
   (b) When airspeed limitations are a function of weight, weight
 distribution, altitude, rotor speed, power, or other factors, airspeed
 limitations corresponding with the critical combinations of these factors
 must be established.






 Sec. 29.1505  Never-exceed speed.

   (a) The never-exceed speed, VNE, must be established so that it is--
   (1) Not less than 40 knots (CAS); and
   (2) Not more than the lesser of--
   (i) 0.9 times the maximum forward speeds established under Sec. 29.309;
   (ii) 0.9 times the maximum speed shown under Secs. 29.251 and 29.629; or
   (iii) 0.9 times the maximum speed substantiated for advancing blade tip
 mach number effects under critical altitude conditions.
   (b) VNE may vary with altitude, r.p.m., temperature, and weight, if--
   (1) No more than two of these variables (or no more than two instruments
 integrating more than one of these variables) are used at one time; and
   (2) The ranges of these variables (or of the indications on instruments
 integrating more than one of these variables) are large enough to allow an
 operationally practical and safe variation of VNE.
   (c) For helicopters, a stabilized power-off VNE denoted as VNE (power-off)
 may be established at a speed less than VNE established pursuant to paragraph
 (a) of this section, if the following conditions are met:
   (1) VNE (power-off) is not less than a speed midway between the power-on
 VNE and the speed used in meeting the requirements of--
   (i) Sec. 29.67(a)(3) for Category A helicopters;
   (ii) Sec. 29.65(a) for Category B helicopters, except multi-engine
 helicopters meeting the requirements of Sec. 29.67(b); and
   (iii) Sec. 29.67(b) for multi-engine Category B helicopters meeting the
 requirements of Sec. 29.67(b).
   (2) VNE (power-off) is--
   (i) A constant airspeed;
   (ii) A constant amount less than power-on VNE; or
   (iii) A constant airspeed for a portion of the altitude range for which
 certification is requested, and a constant amount less than power-on VNE for
 the remainder of the altitude range.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, and 605 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49
 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424, and 1425); and sec. 6(c), Dept. of
 Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1655(c)))

 [Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR 971, Jan. 26, 1968, as amended by Amdt. 29-15, 43 FR 2327,
 Jan. 16, 1978; Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR 44440, Nov. 6, 1984]






 Sec. 29.1509  Rotor speed.

   (a) Maximum power-off (autorotation).  The maximum power-off rotor speed
 must be established so that it does not exceed 95 percent of the lesser of--
   (1) The maximum design r.p.m. determined under Sec. 29.309(b); and
   (2) The maximum r.p.m. shown during the type tests.
   (b) Minimum power-off. The minimum power-off rotor speed must be
 established so that it is not less than 105 percent of the greater of--
   (1) The minimum shown during the type tests; and
   (2) The minimum determined by design substantiation.
   (c) Minimum power-on. The minimum power-on rotor speed must be established
 so that it is--
   (1) Not less than the greater of--
   (i) The minimum shown during the type tests; and
   (ii) The minimum determined by design substantiation; and
   (2) Not more than a value determined under Sec. 29.33 (a)(1) and (c)(1).






 Sec. 29.1517   Limiting height-speed envelope.

   For Category A rotorcraft, if a range of heights exists at any speed,
 including zero, within which it is not possible to make a safe landing
 following power failure, the range of heights and its variation with forward
 speed must be established, together with any other pertinent information,
 such as the kind of landing surface.

 [Amdt. 29-21, 48 FR 4391, Jan. 31, 1983]






 Sec. 29.1519  Weight and center of gravity.

   The weight and center of gravity limitations determined under Secs. 29.25
 and 29.27, respectively, must be established as operating limitations.






 Sec. 29.1521  Powerplant limitations.

   (a) General. The powerplant limitations prescribed in this section must be
 established so that they do not exceed the corresponding limits for which the
 engines are type certificated.
   (b) Takeoff operation. The powerplant takeoff operation must be limited
 by--
   (1) The maximum rotational speed, which may not be greater than--
   (i) The maximum value deterimined be the rotor design; or
   (ii) The maximum value shown during the type tests;
   (2) The maximum allowable manifold pressure (for reciprocating engines);
   (3) The maximum allowable turbine inlet or turbine outlet gas temperature
 (for turbine engines);
   (4) The maximum allowable power or torque for each engine, considering the
 power input limitations of the transmission with all engines operating;
   (5) The maximum allowable power or torque for each engine considering the
 power input limitations of the transmission with one engine inoperative;
   (6) The time limit for the use of the power corresponding to the
 limitations established in paragraphs (b) (1) through (5) of this section;
 and
   (7) If the time limit established in paragraph (b)(6) of this section
 exceeds 2 minutes--
   (i) The maximum allowable cylinder head or coolant outlet temperature (for
 reciprocating engines); and
   (ii) The maximum allowable engine and transmission oil temperatures.
   (c) Continuous operation. The continuous operation must be limited by--
   (1) The maximum rotational speed, which may not be greater than--
   (i) The maximum value determined by the rotor design; or
   (ii) The maximum value shown during the type tests;
   (2) The minimum rotational speed shown under the rotor speed requirements
 in Sec. 29.1509(c).
   (3) The maximum allowable manifold pressure (for reciprocating engines);
   (4) The maximum allowable turbine inlet or turbine outlet gas temperature
 (for turbine engines);
   (5) The maximum allowable power or torque for each engine, considering the
 power input limitations of the transmission with all engines operating;
   (6) The maximum allowable power or torque for each engine, considering the
 power input limitations of the transmission with one engine inoperative; and
   (7) The maximum allowable temperatures for--
   (i) The cylinder head or coolant outlet (for reciprocating engines);
   (ii) The engine oil; and
   (iii) The transmission oil.
   (d) Fuel grade or designation. The minimum fuel grade (for reciprocating
 engines) or fuel designation (for turbine engines) must be established so
 that it is not less than that required for the operation of the engines
 within the limitations in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
   (e) Ambient temperature. Ambient temperature limitations (including
 limitations for winterization installations if applicable) must be
 established as the maximum ambient atmospheric temperature at which
 compliance with the cooling provisions of Secs. 29.1041 through 29.1049 is
 shown.
   (f) Two and one-half minute OEI power operation. Unless otherwise
 authorized, the use of 2 1/2 -minute OEI power must be limited to engine
 failure operation of multiengine, turbine-powered rotorcraft for not longer
 than 2 1/2  minutes for any period in which that power is used. The use of 2
 1/2 -minute OEI power must also be limited by--
   (1) The maximum rotational speed, which may not be greater than--
   (i) The maximum value determined by the rotor design; or
   (ii) The maximum value shown during the type tests;
   (2) The maximum allowable gas temperature;
   (3) The maximum allowable torque; and
   (4) The maximum allowable oil temperature.
   (g) Thirty-minute OEI power operation. Unless otherwise authorized, the use
 of 30-minute OEI power must be limited to multiengine, turbine-powered
 rotorcraft for not longer than 30 minutes after failure of an engine. The use
 of 30-minute OEI power must also be limited by--
   (1) The maximum rotational speed, which may not be greater than--
   (i) The maximum value determined by the rotor design; or
   (ii) The maximum value shown during the type tests;
   (2) The maximum allowable gas temperature;
   (3) The maximum allowable torque; and
   (4) The maximum allowable oil temperature.
   (h) Continuous OEI power operation. Unless otherwise authorized, the use of
 continuous OEI power must be limited to multiengine, turbine-powered
 rotorcraft for continued flight after failure of an engine. The use of
 continuous OEI power must also be limited by--
   (1) The maximum rotational speed, which may not be greater than--
   (i) The maximum value determined by the rotor design; or
   (ii) The maximum value shown during the type tests.
   (2) The maximum allowable gas temperature;
   (3) The maximum allowable torque; and
   (4) The maximum allowable oil temperature.
   (i) Rated 30-second OEI power operation. Rated 30-second OEI power is
 permitted only on multiengine, turbine-powered rotorcraft, also certificated
 for the use of rated 2-minute OEI power, and can only be used for continued
 operation of the remaining engine(s) after a failure or precautionary
 shutdown of an engine. It must be shown that following application of 30-
 second OEI power, any damage will be readily detectable by the applicable
 inspections and other related procedures furnished in accordance with Section
 A29.4 of Appendix A of this part and Section A33.4 of Appendix A of part 33.
 The use of 30-second OEI power must be limited to not more than 30 seconds
 for any period in which that power is used, and by--
   (1) The maximum rotational speed which may not be greater than--
   (i) The maximum value determined by the rotor design; or
   (ii) The maximum value demonstrated during the type tests;
   (2) The maximum allowable gas temperature; and
   (3) The maximum allowable torque.
   (j) Rated 2-minute OEI power operation. Rated 2-minute OEI power is
 permitted only on multiengine, turbine-powered rotorcraft, also certificated
 for the use of rated 30-second OEI power, and can only be used for continued
 operation of the remaining engine(s) after a failure or precautionary
 shutdown of an engine. It must be shown that following application of 2-
 minute OEI power, any damage will be readily detectable by the applicable
 inspections and other related procedures furnished in accordance with Section
 A29.4 of Appendix a of this part and Section A33.4 of Appendix A of part 33.
 The use of 2-minute OEI power must be limited to not more than 2 minutes for
 any period in which that power is used, and by--
   (1) The maximum rotational speed, which may not be greater than--
   (i) The maximum value determined by the rotor design; or
   (ii) The maximum value demonstrated during the type tests;
   (2) The maximum allowable gas temperature; and
   (3) The maximum allowable torque.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, and 605 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49
 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424, and 1425); and sec. 6(c), Dept. of
 Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1655(c)))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-1, 30 FR
 8778, July 13, 1965; Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR 971, Jan. 26, 1968; Amdt. 29-15, 43 FR
 2327, Jan. 16, 1978; Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR 34220, Sept. 2, 1988; Amdt. 29-34, 59
 FR 47768, Sept. 16, 1994]

 *****************************************************************************
 59 FR 47764, No. 179, Sept. 16, 1994

 SUMMARY: This rule adopts new and revised airworthiness standards by
 incorporating optional one-engine-inoperative (OEI) power ratings for
 multiengine, turbine-powered rotorcraft. These amendments result from a
 petition for rulemaking from Aerospace Industries Association of America
 (AIA) and the recognition by both government and industry that additional OEI
 power rating standards are needed. These amendments enhance rotorcraft safety
 after an engine failure or precautionary shutdown by providing higher OEI
 power, when necessary. These amendments also assure that the drive system
 will maintain its structural integrity and allow continued safe flight while
 operating at the new OEI power ratings with the operable engine(s).

 EFFECTIVE DATE: October 17, 1994.

 *****************************************************************************






 Sec. 29.1522  Auxiliary power unit limitations.

   If an auxiliary power unit that meets the requirements of TSO-C77 is
 installed in the rotorcraft, the limitations established for that auxiliary
 power unit under the TSO including the categories of operation must be
 specified as operating limitations for the rotorcraft.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49 U.S.C.
 1354(a), 1421, 1423), sec. 6(c), Dept. of Transportation Act (49 U.S.C.
 1655(c)))

 [Amdt. 29-17, 43 FR 50602, Oct. 30, 1978]






 Sec. 29.1523  Minimum flight crew.

   The minimum flight crew must be established so that it is sufficient for
 safe operation, considering--
   (a) The workload on individual crewmembers;
   (b) The accessibility and ease of operation of necessary controls by the
 appropriate crewmember; and
   (c) The kinds of operation authorized under Sec. 29.1525.






 Sec. 29.1525   Kinds of operations.

   The kinds of operations (such as VFR, IFR, day, night, or icing) for which
 the rotorcraft is approved are established by demonstrated compliance with
 the applicable certification requirements and by the installed equipment.

 [Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR 44440, Nov. 6, 1984]






 Sec. 29.1527  Maximum operating altitude.

   The maximum altitude up to which operation is allowed, as limited by
 flight, structural, powerplant, functional, or equipment characteristics,
 must be established.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, and 605 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49
 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424, and 1425); and sec. 6(c), Dept. of
 Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1655(c)))

 [Amdt. 29-15, 43 FR 2327, Jan. 16, 1978]






 Sec. 29.1529  Instructions for continued airworthiness.

   The applicant must prepare Instructions for Continued Airworthiness in
 accordance with Appendix A to this part that are acceptable to the
 Administrator. The instructions may be incomplete at type certification if a
 program exists to ensure their completion prior to delivery of the first
 rotorcraft or issuance of a standard certificate of airworthiness, whichever
 occurs later.

 [Amdt. 29-20, 45 FR 60178, Sept. 11, 1980]






                             Markings and Placards






 Sec. 29.1541  General.

   (a) The rotorcraft must contain--
   (1) The markings and placards specified in Secs. 29.1545 through 29.1565;
 and
   (2) Any additional information, instrument markings, and placards required
 for the safe operation of the rotorcraft if it has unusual design, operating
 or handling characteristics.
   (b) Each marking and placard prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section--
   (1) Must be displayed in a conspicuous place; and
   (2) May not be easily erased, disfig-ured, or obscured.






 Sec. 29.1543  Instrument markings: general.

   For each instrument--
   (a) When markings are on the cover glass of the instrument there must be
 means to maintain the correct alignment of the glass cover with the face of
 the dial; and
   (b) Each arc and line must be wide enough, and located to be clearly
 visible to the pilot.






 Sec. 29.1545  Airspeed indicator.

   (a) Each airspeed indicator must be marked as specified in paragraph (b) of
 this section, with the marks located at the corresponding indicated
 airspeeds.
   (b) The following markings must be made:
   (1) A red radial line--
   (i) For rotorcraft other than helicopters, at VNE; and
   (ii) For helicopters, at a VNE (power-on).
   (2) A red, cross-hatched radial line at VNE (power-off) for helicopters, if
 VNE (power-off) is less than VNE (power-on).
   (3) For the caution range, a yellow arc.
   (4) For the safe operating range, a green arc.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, and 605 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49
 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424, and 1425); and sec. 6(c), Dept. of
 Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1655(c)))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-15, 43 FR
 2327, Jan. 16, 1978; 43 FR 3900, Jan. 30, 1978; Amdt. 29-17, 43 FR 50602,
 Oct. 30, 1978]






 Sec. 29.1547  Magnetic direction indicator.

   (a) A placard meeting the requirements of this section must be installed on
 or near the magnetic direction indicator.
   (b) The placard must show the calibration of the instrument in level flight
 with the engines operating.
   (c) The placard must state whether the calibration was made with radio
 receivers on or off.
   (d) Each calibration reading must be in terms of magnetic heading in not
 more than 45 degree increments.






 Sec. 29.1549  Powerplant instruments.

   For each required powerplant instrument, as appropriate to the type of
 instruments--
   (a) Each maximum and, if applicable, minimum safe operating limit must be
 marked with a red radial or a red line;
   (b) Each normal operating range must be marked with a green arc or green
 line, not extending beyond the maximum and minimum safe limits;
   (c) Each takeoff and precautionary range must be marked with a yellow arc
 or yellow line;
   (d) Each engine or propeller range that is restricted because of excessive
 vibration stresses must be marked with red arcs or red lines; and
   (e) Each OEI limit or approved operating range must be marked to be clearly
 differentiated from the markings of paragraphs (a) through (d) of this
 section except that no marking is normally required for the 30-second OEI
 limit.

 [Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR 55474, Dec. 20, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 29-26, 53 FR
 34220, Sept. 2, 1988; Amdt. 29-34, 59 FR 47769, Sept. 16, 1994]

 *****************************************************************************
 59 FR 47764, No. 179, Sept. 16, 1994

 SUMMARY: This rule adopts new and revised airworthiness standards by
 incorporating optional one-engine-inoperative (OEI) power ratings for
 multiengine, turbine-powered rotorcraft. These amendments result from a
 petition for rulemaking from Aerospace Industries Association of America
 (AIA) and the recognition by both government and industry that additional OEI
 power rating standards are needed. These amendments enhance rotorcraft safety
 after an engine failure or precautionary shutdown by providing higher OEI
 power, when necessary. These amendments also assure that the drive system
 will maintain its structural integrity and allow continued safe flight while
 operating at the new OEI power ratings with the operable engine(s).

 EFFECTIVE DATE: October 17, 1994.

 *****************************************************************************



 Sec. 29.1551  Oil quantity indicator.

   Each oil quantity indicator must be marked with enough increments to
 indicate readily and accurately the quantity of oil.

 Sec. 29.1553  Fuel quantity indicator.

   If the unusable fuel supply for any tank exceeds one gallon, or five
 percent of the tank capacity, whichever is greater, a red arc must be marked
 on its indicator extending from the calibrated zero reading to the lowest
 reading obtainable in level flight.

 Sec. 29.1555  Control markings.

   (a) Each cockpit control, other than primary flight controls or control
 whose function is obvious, must be plainly marked as to its function and
 method of operation.
   (b) For powerplant fuel controls--
   (1) Each fuel tank selector valve control must be marked to indicate the
 position corresponding to each tank and to each existing cross feed position;
   (2) If safe operation requires the use of any tanks in a specific sequence,
 that sequence must be marked on, or adjacent to, the selector for those
 tanks; and
   (3) Each valve control for any engine of a multiengine rotorcraft must be
 marked to indicate the position corresponding to each engine controlled.
   (c) Usable fuel capacity must be marked as follows:
   (1) For fuel systems having no selector controls, the usable fuel capacity
 of the system must be indicated at the fuel quantity indicator.
   (2) For fuel systems having selector controls, the usable fuel capacity
 available at each selector control position must be indicated near the
 selector control.
   (d) For accessory, auxiliary, and emergency controls--
   (1) Each essential visual position indicator, such as those showing rotor
 pitch or landing gear position, must be marked so that each crewmember can
 determine at any time the position of the unit to which it relates; and
   (2) Each emergency control must be red and must be marked as to method of
 operation.
   (e) For rotorcraft incorporating retractable landing gear, the maximum
 landing gear operating speed must be displayed in clear view of the pilot.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR
 55474, Dec. 20, 1976; Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR 44440, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.1557  Miscellaneous markings and placards.

   (a) Baggage and cargo compartments, and ballast location. Each baggage and
 cargo compartment, and each ballast location must have a placard stating any
 limitations on contents, including weight, that are necessary under the
 loading requirements.
   (b) Seats. If the maximum allowable weight to be carried in a seat is less
 than 170 pounds, a placard stating the lesser weight must be permanently
 attached to the seat structure.
   (c) Fuel and oil filler openings. The following apply:
   (1) Fuel filler openings must be marked at or near the filler cover with--
   (i) The word "fuel";
   (ii) For reciprocating engine powered rotorcraft, the minimum fuel grade;
   (iii) For turbine-engine-powered rotorcraft, the permissible fuel
 designations, except that if impractical, this information may be included in
 the rotorcraft flight manual, and the fuel filler may be marked with an
 appropriate reference to the flight manual; and
   (iv) For pressure fueling systems, the maximum permissible fueling supply
 pressure and the maximum permissible defueling pressure.
   (2) Oil filler openings must be marked at or near the filler cover with the
 word "oil".
   (d) Emergency exit placards. Each placard and operating control for each
 emergency exit must differ in color from the surrounding fuselage surface as
 prescribed in Sec. 29.811(h)(2). A placard must be near each emergency exit
 control and must clearly indicate the location of that exit and its method of
 operation.

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR
 971, Jan. 26, 1968; Amdt. 29-12, 41 FR 55474, Dec. 20, 1976; Amdt. 29-26, 53
 FR 34220, Sept. 2, 1988]

 Sec. 29.1559   Limitations placard.

   There must be a placard in clear view of the pilot that specifies the kinds
 of operations (VFR, IFR, day, night, or icing) for which the rotorcraft is
 approved.

 [Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR 44440, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.1561  Safety equipment.

   (a) Each safety equipment control to be operated by the crew in emergency,
 such as controls for automatic liferaft releases, must be plainly marked as
 to its method of operation.
   (b) Each location, such as a locker or compartment, that carries any fire
 extinguishing, signaling, or other life saving equipment, must be so marked.
   (c) Stowage provisions for required emergency equipment must be
 conspicuously marked to identify the contents and facilitate removal of the
 equipment.
   (d) Each liferaft must have obviously marked operating instructions.
   (e) Approved survival equipment must be marked for identification and
 method of operation.

 Sec. 29.1565  Tail rotor.

   Each tail rotor must be marked so that its disc is conspicuous under normal
 daylight ground conditions.

 [Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR 971, Jan. 26, 1968]

                           Rotorcraft Flight Manual

 Sec. 29.1581  General.

   (a) Furnishing information. A Rotorcraft Flight Manual must be furnished
 with each rotorcraft, and it must contain the following:
   (1) Information required by Secs. 29.1583 through 29.1589.
   (2) Other information that is necessary for safe operation because of
 design, operating, or handling characteristics.
   (b) Approved information. Each part of the manual listed in Secs. 29.1583
 through 29.1589 that is appropriate to the rotorcraft, must be furnished,
 verified, and approved, and must be segregated, indentified, and clearly
 distinguished from each unapproved part of that manual.
   (c) [Reserved]
   (d) Table of contents. Each Rotorcraft Flight Manual must include a table
 of contents if the complexity of the manual indicates a need for it.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, and 605 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49
 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424, and 1425); and sec. 6(c), Dept. of
 Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1655(c)))

 [Amdt. 29-15, 43 FR 2327, Jan. 16, 1978]

 Sec. 29.1583  Operating limitations.

   (a) Airspeed and rotor limitations. Information necessary for the marking
 of airspeed and rotor limitations on or near their respective indicators must
 be furnished. The significance of each limitation and of the color coding
 must be explained.
   (b) Powerplant limitations. The following information must be furnished:
   (1) Limitations required by Sec. 29.1521.
   (2) Explanation of the limitations, when appropriate.
   (3) Information necessary for marking the instruments required by Secs.
 29.1549 through 29.1553.
   (c) Weight and loading distribution. The weight and center of gravity
 limits required by Secs. 29.25 and 29.27, respectively, must be furnished. If
 the variety of possible loading conditions warrants, instructions must be
 included to allow ready observance of the limitations.
   (d) Flight crew. When a flight crew of more than one is required, the
 number and functions of the minimum flight crew determined under Sec. 29.1523
 must be furnished.
   (e) Kinds of operation. Each kind of operation for which the rotorcraft and
 its equipment installations are approved must be listed.
   (f) Limiting heights. Enough information must be furnished to allow
 compliance with Sec. 29.1517.
   (g) Maximum allowable wind. For Category A rotorcraft, the maximum
 allowable wind for safe operation near the ground must be furnished.
   (h) Altitude. The altitude established under Sec. 29.1527 and an
 explanation of the limiting factors must be furnished.
   (i) Ambient temperature. Maximum and minimum ambient temperature
 limitations must be furnished.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, and 605 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49
 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424, and 1425); and sec. 6(c), Dept. of
 Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1655(c)))

 [Doc. No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-3, 33 FR
 971, Jan. 26, 1968; Amdt. 29-15, 43 FR 2327, Jan. 16, 1978; Amdt. 29-17, 43
 FR 50602, Oct. 30, 1978; Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR 44440, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.1585  Operating procedures.

   (a) The parts of the manual containing operating procedures must have
 information concerning any normal and emergency procedures, and other
 information necessary for safe operation, including the applicable
 procedures, such as those involving minimum speeds, to be followed if an
 engine fails.
   (b) For multiengine rotorcraft, information identifying each operating
 condition in which the fuel system independence prescribed in Sec. 29.953 is
 necessary for safety must be furnished, together with instructions for
 placing the fuel system in a configuration used to show compliance with that
 section.
   (c) For helicopters for which a VNE (power-off) is established under Sec.
 29.1505(c), information must be furnished to explain the VNE (power-off) and
 the procedures for reducing airspeed to not more than the VNE (power-off)
 following failure of all engines.
   (d) For each rotorcraft showing compliance with Sec. 29.1353 (c)(6)(ii) or
 (c)(6)(iii), the operating procedures for disconnecting the battery from its
 charging source must be furnished.
   (e) If the unusable fuel supply in any tank exceeds 5 percent of the tank
 capacity, or 1 gallon, whichever is greater, information must be furnished
 which indicates that when the fuel quantity indicator reads "zero" in level
 flight, any fuel remaining in the fuel tank cannot be used safely in flight.
   (f) Information on the total quantity of usable fuel for each fuel tank
 must be furnished.
   (g) For Category B rotorcraft, the airspeeds and corresponding rotor speeds
 for minimum rate of descent and best glide angle as prescribed in Sec. 29.71
 must be provided.

 (Secs. 313(a), 601, 603, 604, and 605 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49
 U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, 1423, 1424, and 1425); and sec. 6(c), Dept. of
 Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1655(c)))

 [Amdt. 29-2, 32 FR 6914, May 5, 1967, as amended by Amdt. 29-15, 43 FR 2328,
 Jan. 16, 1978; Amdt. 29-17, 43 FR 50602, Oct. 30, 1978; Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR
 44440, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.1587  Performance information.

   Flight manual performance information which exceeds any operating
 limitation may be shown only to the extent necessary for presentation clarity
 or to determine the effects of approved optional equipment or procedures.
 When data beyond operating limits are shown, the limits must be clearly
 indicated. The following must be provided:
   (a) Category A. For each category A rotorcraft, the Rotorcraft Flight
 Manual must contain a summary of the performance data, including data
 necessary for the application of any operating rule of this chapter, together
 with descriptions of the conditions, such as airspeeds, under which this data
 was determined, and must contain--
   (1) The indicated airspeeds corresponding with those determined for
 takeoff, and the procedures to be followed if the critical engine fails
 during takeoff;
   (2) The airspeed calibrations;
   (3) The techniques, associated airspeeds, and rates of descent for
 autorotative landings;
   (4) The rejected takeoff distance determined under Sec. 29.59(b) and the
 takeoff distance determined under Sec. 29.59(c); and
   (5) The landing data determined under Secs. 29.75 and 29.77.
   (b) Category B. For each category B rotorcraft, the Rotorcraft Flight
 Manual must contain--
   (1) The takeoff distance and the climbout speed together with the pertinent
 information defining the flight path with respect to autorotative landing if
 an engine fails, including the calculated effects of altitude and
 temperature;
   (2) The steady rates of climb and hovering ceiling, together with the
 corresponding airspeeds and other pertinent information, including the
 calculated effects of altitude and temperature;
   (3) The landing distance, appropriate glide airspeed, and kind of landing
 surface, together with any pertinent information that might affect this
 distance, including the calculated effects of altitude and temperature;
   (4) The maximum safe wind for operation near the ground;
   (5) The airspeed calibrations;
   (6) The height-speed envelope except for rotorcraft incorporating this as
 an operating limitation;
   (7) Glide distance as a function of altitude when autorotating at the
 speeds and conditions for minimum rate of descent and best glide angle, as
 determined in Sec. 29.71;
   (8) Maximum safe wind for hover operations out-of-ground effect if hover
 performance for that condition is provided; and
   (9) Any additional performance data necessary for the application of any
 operating rule in this chapter.

 [Docket No. 5084, 29 FR 16150, Dec. 3, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 29-21, 48 FR
 4392, Jan. 31, 1983; Amdt. 29-24, 49 FR 44440, Nov. 6, 1984]

 Sec. 29.1589  Loading information.

   There must be loading instructions for each possible loading condition
 between the maximum and minimum weights determined under Sec. 29.25 that can
 result in a center of gravity beyond any extreme prescribed in Sec. 29.27,
 assuming any probable occupant weights.





        Appendix A to Part 29--Instructions for Continued Airworthiness

                                A29.1  GENERAL

   (a) This appendix specifies requirements for the preparation of
 Instructions for Continued Airworthiness as required by Sec. 29.1529.
   (b) The Instructions for Continued Airworthiness for each rotorcraft must
 include the Instructions for Continued Airworthiness for each engine and
 rotor (hereinafter designated "products" ), for each applicance required by
 this chapter, and any required information relating to the interface of those
 appliances and products with the rotorcraft. If Instructions for Continued
 Airworthiness are not supplied by the manufacturer of an appliance or product
 installed in the rotorcraft, the Instructions for Continued Airworthiness for
 the rotorcraft must include the information essential to the continued
 airworthiness of the rotorcraft.
   (c) The applicant must submit to the FAA a program to show how changes to
 the Instructions for Continued Airworthiness made by the applicant or by the
 manufacturers of products and appliances installed in the rotorcraft will be
 distributed.

                                 A29.2  FORMAT

   (a) The Instructions for Continued Airworthiness must be in the form of a
 manual or manuals as appropriate for the quantity of data to be provided.
   (b) The format of the manual or manuals must provide for a practical
 arrangement.

                                A29.3  CONTENT

   The contents of the manual or manuals must be prepared in the English
 language. The Instructions for Continued Airworthiness must contain the
 following manuals or sections, as appropriate, and information:
   (a) Rotorcraft maintenance manual or section. (1) Introduction information
 that includes an explanation of the rotorcraft's features and data to the
 extent necessary for maintenance or preventive maintenance.
   (2) A description of the rotorcraft and its systems and installations
 including its engines, rotors, and appliances.
   (3) Basic control and operation information describing how the rotorcraft
 components and systems are controlled and how they operate, including any
 special procedures and limitations that apply.
   (4) Servicing information that covers details regarding servicing points,
 capacities of tanks, reservoirs, types of fluids to be used, pressures
 applicable to the various systems, location of access panels for inspection
 and servicing, locations of lubrication points, the lubricants to be used,
 equipment required for servicing, tow instructions and limitations, mooring,
 jacking, and leveling information.
   (b) Maintenance Instructions. (1) Scheduling information for each part of
 the rotorcraft and its engines, auxiliary power units, rotors, accessories,
 instruments, and equipment that provides the recommended periods at which
 they should be cleaned, inspected, adjusted, tested, and lubricated, and the
 degree of inspection, the applicable wear tolerances, and work recommended at
 these periods. However, the applicant may refer to an accessory, instrument,
 or equipment manufacturer as the source of this information if the applicant
 shows that the item has an exceptionally high degree of complexity requiring
 specialized maintenance techniques, test equipment, or expertise. The
 recommended overhaul periods and necessary cross references to the
 Airworthiness Limitations section of the manual must also be included. In
 addition, the applicant must include an inspection program that includes the
 frequency and extent of the inspections necessary to provide for the
 continued airworthiness of the rotorcraft.
   (2) Troubleshooting information describing probable malfunctions, how to
 recognize those malfunctions, and the remedial action for those malfunctions.
   (3) Information describing the order and method of removing and replacing
 products and parts with any necessary precautions to be taken.
   (4) Other general procedural instructions including procedures for system
 testing during ground running, symmetry checks, weighing and determining the
 center of gravity, lifting and shoring, and storage limitations.
   (c) Diagrams of structural access plates and information needed to gain
 access for inspections when access plates are not provided.
   (d) Details for the application of special inspection techniques including
 radiographic and ultrasonic testing where such processes are specified.
   (e) Information needed to apply protective treatments to the structure
 after inspection.
   (f) All data relative to structural fasteners such as identification,
 discard recommendations, and torque values.
   (g) A list of special tools needed.

                   A29.4  AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS SECTION

   The Instructions for Continued Airworthiness must contain a section titled
 Airworthiness Limitations that is segregated and clearly distinguishable from
 the rest of the document. This section must set forth each mandatory
 replacement time, structural inspection interval, and related structural
 inspection procedure approved under Sec. 29.571. If the Instructions for
 Continued Airworthiness consist of multiple documents, the section required
 by this paragraph must be included in the principal manual. This section must
 contain a legible statement in a prominent location that reads: "The
 Airworthiness Limitations section is FAA approved and specifies maintenance
 required under Secs. 43.16 and 91.403 of the Federal Aviation Regulations
 unless an alternative program has been FAA approved."

 [Amdt. 29-20, 45 FR 60178, Sept 11, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 29-27, 54 FR
 34330, Aug. 18, 1989]

   Effective Date Note: At 54 FR 34330, Aug. 18, 1989, Sec. A29.4 in Appendix
 A, Part 29 was amended by changing the cross reference "Sec. 91.163" to "Sec.
 91.403", effective August 18, 1990.

 Appendix B to Part 29--Airworthiness Criteria for Helicopter Instrument
     Flight

   I. General. A transport category helicopter may not be type certificated
 for operation under the instrument flight rules (IFR) of this chapter unless
 it meets the design and installation requirements contained in this appendix.
   II. Definitions. (a) VYI means instrument climb speed, utilized instead of
 VY for compliance with the climb requirements for instrument flight.
   (b) VNEI means instrument flight never exceed speed, utilized instead of
 VNE for compliance with maximum limit speed requirements for instrument
 flight.
   (c) VMINI means instrument flight minimum speed, utilized in complying with
 minimum limit speed requirements for instrument flight.
   III. Trim. It must be possible to trim the cyclic, collective, and
 directional control forces to zero at all approved IFR airspeeds, power
 settings, and configurations appropriate to the type.
   IV. Static longitudinal stability. (a) General. The helicopter must possess
 positive static longitudinal control force stability at critical combinations
 of weight and center of gravity at the conditions specified in paragraphs IV
 (b) through (f) of this appendix. The stick force must vary with speed so
 that any substantial speed change results in a stick force clearly
 perceptible to the pilot. The airspeed must return to within 10 percent of
 the trim speed when the control force is slowly released for each trim
 condition specified in paragraphs IV (b) through (f) of this appendix.
   (b) Climb. Stability must be shown in climb thoughout the speed range 20
 knots either side of trim with--
   (1) The helicopter trimmed at VYI;
   (2) Landing gear retracted (if retractable); and
   (3) Power required for limit climb rate (at least 1,000 fpm) at VYI or
 maximum continuous power, whichever is less.
   (c) Cruise. Stability must be shown throughout the speed range from 0.7 to
 1.1 VH or VNEI, whichever is lower, not to exceed +/-20 knots from trim
 with--
   (1) The helicopter trimmed and power adjusted for level flight at 0.9 VH or
 0.9 VNEI, whichever is lower; and
   (2) Landing gear retracted (if retractable).
   (d) Slow cruise. Stability must be shown throughout the speed range from
 0.9 VMINI to 1.3 VMINI or 20 knots above trim speed, whichever is greater,
 with--
   (1) The helicopter trimmed and power adjusted for level flight at 1.1
 VMINI; and
   (2) Landing gear retracted (if retractable).
   (e) Descent. Stability must be shown throughout the speed range 20 knots
 either side of trim with--
   (1) The helicopter trimmed at 0.8 VH or 0.8 VNEI (or 0.8 VLE for the
 landing gear extended case), whichever is lower;
   (2) Power required for 1,000 fpm descent at trim speed; and
   (3) Landing gear extended and retracted, if applicable.
   (f) Approach. Stability must be shown throughout the speed range from 0.7
 times the minimum recommended approach speed to 20 knots above the maximum
 recommended approach speed with--
   (1) The helicopter trimmed at the recommended approach speed or speeds;
   (2) Landing gear extended and retracted, if applicable; and
   (3) Power required to maintain a 3 deg. glide path and power required to
 maintain the steepest approach gradient for which approval is requested.
   V. Static lateral-directional stability. (a) Static directional stability
 must be positive throughout the approved ranges of airspeed, power, and
 vertical speed. In straight, steady sideslips up to +/-10 deg. from trim,
 directional control position must increase in approximately constant
 proportion to angle of sideslip. At greater angles up to the maximum sideslip
 angle appropriate to the type, increased directional control position must
 produce increased angle of sideslip.
   (b) During sideslips up to +/-10 deg. from trim throughout the approved
 ranges of airspeed, power, and vertical speed there must be no negative
 dihedral stability perceptible to the pilot through lateral control motion or
 force. Longitudinal cycle movement with sideslip must not be excessive.
   VI. Dynamic stability. (a) Any oscillation having a period of less than 5
 seconds must damp to 1/2 amplitude in not more than one cycle.
   (b) Any oscillation having a period of 5 seconds or more but less than 10
 seconds must damp to 1/2 amplitude in not more than two cycles.
   (c) Any oscillation having a period of 10 seconds or more but less than 20
 seconds must be damped.
   (d) Any oscillation having a period of 20 seconds or more may not achieve
 double amplitude in less than 20 seconds.
   (e) Any aperiodic response may not achieve double amplitude in less than 9
 seconds.
   VII. Stability augmentation system (SAS). (a) If a SAS is used, the
 reliability of the SAS must be related to the effects of its failure. The
 occurrence of any failure condition which would prevent continued safe flight
 and landing must be extremely improbable. For any failure condition of the
 SAS which is not shown to be extremely improbable--
   (1) The helicopter must be safely controllable and capable of prolonged
 instrument flight without undue pilot effort. Additional unrelated probable
 failures affecting the control system must be considered; and
   (2) The flight characteristics requirements in Subpart B of Part 29 must be
 met throughout a practical flight envelope.
   (b) The SAS must be designed so that it cannot create a hazardous deviation
 in flight path or produce hazardous loads on the helicopter during normal
 operation or in the event of malfunction or failure, assuming corrective
 action begins within an appropriate period of time. Where multiple systems
 are installed, subsequent malfunction conditions must be considered in
 sequence unless their occurrence is shown to be improbable.
   (c) Thunderstorm lights. In addition to the instrument lights required by
 Sec. 29.1381(a), thunderstorm lights which provide high intensity white flood
 lighting to the basic flight instruments must be provided. The thunderstorm
 lights must be installed to meet the requirements of Sec. 29.1381(b).
   VIII. Equipment, systems, and installation. The basic equipment and
 installation must comply with Subpart F of Part 29 through Amendment 29-14,
 with the following exceptions and additions:
   (a) Flight and navigation instruments. (1) A magnetic gyro-stabilized
 direction indicator instead of the gyroscopic direction indicator required by
 Sec. 29.1303(h); and
   (2) A standby attitude indicator which meets the requirements of Secs.
 29.1303(g) (1) through (7), instead of a rate-of-turn indicator required by
 Sec. 29.1303(g). If standby batteries are provided, they may be charged from
 the aircraft electrical system if adequate isolation is incorporated. The
 system must be designed so that the standby batteries may not be used for
 engine starting.
   (b) Miscellaneous requirements. (1) Instrument systems and other systems
 essential for IFR flight that could be adversely affected by icing must be
 provided with adequate ice protection whether or not the rotorcraft is
 certificated for operation in icing conditions.
   (2) There must be means in the generating system to automatically de-
 energize and disconnect from the main bus any power source developing
 hazardous overvoltage.
   (3) Each required flight instrument using a power supply (electric, vacuum,
 etc.) must have a visual means integral with the instrument to indicate the
 adequacy of the power being supplied.
   (4) When multiple systems performing like functions are required, each
 system must be grouped, routed, and spaced so that physical separation
 between systems is provided to ensure that a single malfunction will not
 adversely affect more than one system.
   (5) For systems that operate the required flight instruments at each
 pilot's station--
   (i) Only the required flight instruments for the first pilot may be
 connected to that operating system;
   (ii) Additional instruments, systems, or equipment may not be connected to
 an operating system for a second pilot unless provisions are made to ensure
 the continued normal functioning of the required instruments in the event of
 any malfunction of the additional instruments, systems, or equipment which is
 not shown to be extremely improbable;
   (iii) The equipment, systems, and installations must be designed so that
 one display of the information essential to the safety of flight which is
 provided by the instruments will remain available to a pilot, without
 additional crew-member action, after any single failure or combination of
 failures that is not shown to be extremely improbable; and
   (iv) For single-pilot configurations, instruments which require a static
 source must be provided with a means of selecting an alternate source and
 that source must be calibrated.
   IX. Rotorcraft Flight Manual. A Rotorcraft Flight Manual or Rotorcraft
 Flight Manual IFR Supplement must be provided and must contain--
   (a) Limitations. The approved IFR flight envelope, the IFR flightcrew
 composition, the revised kinds of operation, and the steepest IFR precision
 approach gradient for which the helicopter is approved;
   (b) Procedures. Required information for proper operation of IFR systems
 and the recommended procedures in the event of stability augmentation or
 electrical system failures; and
   (c) Performance. If VYI differs from VY, climb performance at VYI and with
 maximum continuous power throughout the ranges of weight, altitude, and
 temperature for which approval is requested.

 [Amdt. 29-21, 48 FR 4392, Jan. 31, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 29-31, 55 FR
 38967, Sept. 21, 1990; Amdt. 29-31, 55 FR 41309, Oct. 10, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 38964, No. 184, Sept. 21, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule amends the airworthiness standards for systems,
 propulsion, and airframe for both normal and transport category rotorcraft.
 In addition, these amendments introduce safety improvements, clarifying
 existing regulations, and standardize terminology. The changes are based on
 some of the proposals that were submitted to the FAA by the European
 Airworthiness Authorities. These amendments are also intended to encourage
 the European community's acceptance of the Federal Aviation Regulations for
 rotorcraft type certification, obviate development of different European
 standards, and achieve increased commonality of airworthiness standards
 among the respective countries.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: October 22, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************

                  Appendix C to Part 29--Icing Certification

   (a) Continuous maximum icing. The maximum continuous intensity of
 atmospheric icing conditions (continuous maximum icing) is defined by the
 variables of the cloud liquid water content, the mean effective diameter of
 the cloud droplets, the ambient air temperature, and the interrelationship of
 these three variables as shown in Figure 1 of this appendix. The limiting
 icing envelope in terms of altitude and temperature is given in Figure 2 of
 this appendix. The interrelationship of cloud liquid water content with drop
 diameter and altitude is determined from Figures 1 and 2. The cloud liquid
 water content for continuous maximum icing conditions of a horizontal extent,
 other than 17.4 nautical miles, is determined by the value of liquid water
 content of Figure 1, multiplied by the appropriate factor from Figure 3 of
 this appendix.
   (b) Intermittent maximum icing. The intermittent maximum intensity of
 atmospheric icing conditions (intermittent maximum icing) is defined by the
 variables of the cloud liquid water content, the mean effective diameter of
 the cloud droplets, the ambient air temperature, and the interrelationship of
 these three variables as shown in Figure 4 of this appendix. The limiting
 icing envelope in terms of altitude and temperature is given in Figure 5 of
 this appendix. The interrelationship of cloud liquid water content with drop
 diameter and altitude is determined from Figures 4 and 5. The cloud liquid
 water content for intermittent maximum icing conditions of a horizontal
 extent, other than 2.6 nautical miles, is determined by the value of cloud
 liquid water content of Figure 4 multiplied by the appropriate factor in
 Figure 6 of this appendix.

                      [ ...Illustration appears here... ]

                Figures 1-3 -- Continuous Maximum (Stratiform Clouds)

                      [ ...Illustration appears here... ]

                Figures 4-6 -- Intermittent Maximum (Cumuliform Clouds)

 [Amdt. 29-21, 48 FR 4393, Jan. 31, 1983]


  Appendix D--Criteria for Demonstration of Emergency Evacuation Procedures
                              Under Sec. 29.803

   (a) The demonstration must be conducted either during the dark of the night
 or during daylight with the dark of night simulated. If the demonstration is
 conducted indoors during daylight hours, it must be conducted inside a
 darkened hangar having doors and windows covered. In addition, the doors and
 windows of the rotorcraft must be covered if the hangar illumination exceeds
 that of a moonless night. Illumination on the floor or ground may be used,
 but it must be kept low and shielded against shining into the rotorcraft's
 windows or doors.
   (b) The rotorcraft must be in a normal attitude with landing gear extended.
   (c) Safety equipment such as mats or inverted liferafts may be placed on
 the floor or ground to protect participants. No other equipment that is not
 part of the rotorcraft's emergency evacuation equipment may be used to aid
 the participants in reaching the ground.
   (d) Except as provided in paragraph (a) of this appendix, only the
 rotorcraft's emergency lighting system may provide illumination.
   (e) All emergency equipment required for the planned operation of the
 rotorcraft must be installed.
   (f) Each external door and exit and each internal door or curtain must be
 in the takeoff configuration.
   (g) Each crewmember must be seated in the normally assigned seat for
 takeoff and must remain in that seat until receiving the signal for
 commencement of the demonstration. For compliance with this section, each
 crewmember must be--
   (1) A member of a regularly scheduled line crew; or
   (2) A person having knowledge of the operation of exits and emergency
 equipment.
   (h) A representative passenger load of persons in normal health must be
 used as follows:
   (1) At least 25 percent must be over 50 years of age, with at least 40
 percent of these being females.
   (2) The remaining, 75 percent or less, must be 50 years of age or younger,
 with at least 30 percent of these being females.
   (3) Three life-size dolls, not included as part of the total passenger
 load, must be carried by passengers to simulate live infants 2 years old or
 younger, except for a total passenger load of fewer than 44 but more than 19,
 one doll must be carried. A doll is not required for a 19 or fewer passenger
 load.
   (4) Crewmembers, mechanics, and training personnel who maintain or operate
 the rotorcraft in the n@mal course of their duties may not be used as
 passengers.
   (i) No passenger may be assigned a specific seat except as the
 Administrator may require. Except as required by paragraph (1) of this
 appendix, no employee of the applicant may be seated next to an emergency
 exit, except as allowed by the Administrator.
   (j) Seat belts and shoulder harnesses (as required) must be fastened.
   (k) Before the start of the demonstration, approximately one-half of the
 total average amount of carry-on baggage, blankets, pillows, and other
 similar articles must be distributed at several locations in the aisles and
 emergency exit access ways to create minor obstructions.
   (l) No prior indication may be given to any crewmember or passenger of the
 particular exits to be used in the demonstration.
   (m) The applicant may not practice, rehearse, or describe the demonstration
 for the participants nor may any participant have taken part in this type of
 demonstration within the preceding 6 months.
   (n) A pretakeoff passenger briefing may be given. The passengers may also
 be advised to follow directions of crewmembers, but not be instructed on the
 procedures to be followed in the demonstration.
   (o) If safety equipment, as allowed by paragraph (c) of this appendix, is
 provided, either all passenger and cockpit windows must be blacked out or all
 emergency exits must have safety equipment to prevent disclosure of the
 available emergency exits.
   (p) Not more than 50 percent of the emergency exits in the sides of the
 fuselage of a rotorcraft that meet all of the requirements applicable to the
 required emergency exits for that rotorcraft may be used for demonstration.
 Exits that are not to be used for the demonstration must have the exit handle
 deactivated or must be indicated by red lights, red tape, or other acceptable
 means placed outside the exits to indicate fire or other reasons why they are
 unusable. The exits to be used must be representative of all the emergency
 exits on the rotorcraft and must be designated by the applicant, subject to
 approval by the Administrator. If installed, at least one floor level exit
 (Type I; Sec. 29.807(a)(1)) must be used as required by Sec. 29.807(c).
   (q) All evacuees must leave the rotorcraft by a means provided as part of
 the rotorcraft's equipment.
   (r) Approved procedures must be fully utilized during the demonstration.
   (s) The evacuation time period is completed when the last occupant has
 evacuated the rotorcraft and is on the ground.

 [Doc. No. 25570, Amdt. 29-30, 55 FR 8005, Mar. 6, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 7992, No. 44, Mar. 6, 1990

   SUMMARY: This rule adopts new and revised airworthiness standards for
 certification of airframe and related equipment on both normal and transport
 category rotorcraft. In addition, one amendment changes an operating rule
 affecting external load operators. These amendments grew out of a rotorcraft
 regulatory review program and the recognition by both government and industry
 that updated safety standards are needed. These amendments provide a high
 level of safety in design requirements, while removing certain unnecessary
 existing burdens and better utilizing the unique characteristics and
 capabilities of rotorcraft.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: April 5, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************